2017 Chevrolet Tahoe Suburban Owners Manual

2k17_Chevrolet_Tahoe_Suburban_23476164.
ai 1 7/11/2016 3:02:29 PM
2017 Tahoe/Suburban
C
CM
MY
CY
CMY
Tahoe/Suburban Owners Manual
23476164 A
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 31
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 129
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 198
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 234
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 411
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 429
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 439
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
2 Introduction
Introduction This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that A French language manual can be
was not purchased on the vehicle, obtained from your dealer, at
model variants, country www.helminc.com, or from:
specifications, features/applications Propritaires Canadiens
that may not be available in your
region, or changes subsequent to On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
the printing of this owner manual. ce guide en franais auprs du
The names, logos, emblems, concessionnaire ou l'adresse
Refer to the purchase suivante:
slogans, vehicle model names, and documentation relating to your
vehicle body designs appearing in specific vehicle to confirm the Helm, Incorporated
this manual including, but not limited features. Attention: Customer Service
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, 47911 Halyard Drive
the CHEVROLET Emblem, TAHOE, Keep this manual in the vehicle for Plymouth, MI 48170
SUBURBAN, and Z71 are quick reference. USA
trademarks and/or service marks of
General Motors LLC, its Using this Manual
subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.
To quickly locate information about
For vehicles first sold in Canada, the vehicle, use the Index in the
substitute the name General back of the manual. It is an
Motors of Canada Company for alphabetical list of what is in the
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it manual and the page number where
appears in this manual. it can be found.
Litho in U.S.A.

Part No. 23476164 A First Printing 2016 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Introduction 3
Danger, Warning, and Vehicle Symbol Chart

Caution Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
Warning messages found on vehicle and what they mean. For more
labels and in this manual describe information on the symbol, refer to
hazards and what to do to avoid or the Index.
reduce them. A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means Do
0 : Adjustable Pedals
{ Danger Not, Do not do this, or Do not let 9 : Airbag Readiness Light
this happen. ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result Symbols g : AudioSteering Wheel Controls
in serious injury or death. or OnStar (if equipped)
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of $ : Brake System Warning Light
text. Symbols are shown along with " : Charging System
{ Warning the text describing the operation or I : Cruise Control
information relating to a specific
Warning indicates a hazard that component, control, message, ` : Do Not Puncture
could result in injury or death. gauge, or indicator. ^ : Do Not Service
M : Shown when the owner B : Engine Coolant Temperature
manual has additional instructions
Caution or information. O : Exterior Lamps
* : Shown when the service _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
Caution indicates a hazard that
could result in property or vehicle
manual has additional instructions # : Fog Lamps
or information.
damage. . : Fuel Gauge
0 : Shown when there is more + : Fuses
information on another page
see page.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
4 Introduction
3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
( : Heated Steering Wheel
j : LATCH System Child Restraints
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
g : Outside Power Foldaway
Mirrors
O : Power
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Safety Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
_ : Tow/Haul Mode
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak
a : Under Pressure
M : Windshield Washer Fluid
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
In Brief 5
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
In Brief Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
29
29
Vehicle Features Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 29
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Driving for Better Fuel
Instrument Panel Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . 6 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Roadside Assistance
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . . 23 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Initial Drive Information Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 23
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Driver Information
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Forward Automatic
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (1500
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 25
Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 14 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 26
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 14 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Passenger Sensing System . . . 15 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 16 Universal Remote System . . . . . 27
Throttle and Brake Pedal Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Performance and Maintenance
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Traction Control/Electronic
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 19 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 28
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Overview
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
In Brief 7
1. Air Vents 0 231. Volume Switches (Out of View). 14. Rear Climate Control Buttons.
See Steering Wheel See Dual Automatic Climate
2. g Traction Control/Electronic Controls 0 131. Control System 0 226.
Stability Control 0 274.
5. Instrument Cluster 0 141. 15. Steering Wheel Controls 0 131.
j Power Assist Steps 0 52 (If 6. Hazard Warning 16. Horn 0 132.
Equipped). Flashers 0 193. 17. Steering Wheel
X Parking Assist Button (If 7. Shift Lever. See Automatic Adjustment 0 130.
Equipped). See Assistance Transmission 0 262. 18. Hood Release. See
Systems for Parking or
Tow/Haul Selector Button. See Hood 0 322.
Backing 0 288.
Tow/Haul Mode 0 266. 19. Cruise Control 0 278.
A Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Range Selection Mode (If
(1500 Series) 0 297 (If Adaptive Cruise Control 0 280
Equipped). See Manual (If Equipped).
Equipped). Mode 0 265.
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
0 Pedal Adjust Switch (If 8. Light Sensor. See Automatic System 0 291 (If Equipped).
Equipped). See Adjustable Headlamp System 0 192.
Throttle and Brake Heated Steering Wheel 0 132
9. Infotainment 0 198. (If Equipped).
Pedal 0 251.
10. Dual Automatic Climate Control 20. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If
3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn System 0 226.
and Lane-Change Equipped). See Towing
Signals 0 193. 11. Heated and Ventilated Front Equipment 0 310.
Seats 0 72 (If Equipped). 21. Data Link Connector (DLC)
Windshield Wiper/
Washer 0 132. 12. 110 Volt Power Outlet (If (Out of View). See Malfunction
Equipped). See Power Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
4. Favorite Switches (Out of Outlets 0 136. Light) 0 151.
View). See Steering Wheel
Controls 0 131. 13. Power Outlets 0 136 (If 22. Four-Wheel Drive 0 267 (If
Equipped). Equipped).
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
8 In Brief
23. Parking Brake 0 273. Initial Drive

24. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 189.
Information
Fog Lamps 0 194 (If
Equipped). This section provides a brief
overview about some of the
25. Instrument Panel Illumination important features that may or may
Control 0 194. not be on your specific vehicle.
For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owners manual.
Remote Keyless Entry Key Access RKE Transmitter with

(RKE) System Remote Start
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter is used to remotely lock
and unlock the doors and it may
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from
the vehicle.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
In Brief 9
7 : Press and release to initiate When the vehicle starts, the parking
vehicle locate. The turn signal lamps will turn on.
lamps flash and the horn sounds Remote start can be extended.
three times.
Canceling a Remote Start
Press 7 and hold for more than
three seconds to sound the panic To cancel a remote start, do one of
alarm. the following:
Press 7 again to cancel the panic

. Press and hold / until the
alarm. parking lamps turn off.
. Turn on the hazard warning
See Keys (Keyless Access) 0 34 or
Keys (Key Access) 0 31 and flashers.
Keyless Access RKE Transmitter
with Remote Start Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) . Turn the vehicle on and then off.
System 0 35. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 44.
K : Press to unlock the driver door.
Press K again within three seconds Remote Vehicle Start
to unlock all remaining doors.
Door Locks
If equipped, the engine can be To lock or unlock the doors from
Q : Press to lock all doors. started from outside of the vehicle. inside the vehicle:
Lock and unlock feedback can be Starting the Vehicle
personalized. See Vehicle . Press Q or K on a power door
Personalization 0 178. 1. Press and release Q on the lock switch.
b : Press twice to open or close RKE transmitter. . Pushing down the manual lock
the liftgate. Press once to stop the knob on the driver door will lock
2. Immediately press and hold /
liftgate from moving. all doors. Pushing down the lock
for at least four seconds or until
knob on a passenger door will
c : Press twice to open the the turn signal lamps flash.
lock that door only.
liftglass. Start the vehicle normally after
entering.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
10 In Brief
. Pulling the door handle once will See Door Locks 0 45. Liftgate
unlock that door. Pulling the
handle again will unlatch it. Keyless Access
To lock or unlock the doors from If equipped with Keyless Access,
the RKE transmitter must be within
outside the vehicle press Q or K on 1 m (3 ft) of the driver door.
the RKE transmitter. See Remote Pressing the button on the driver
Keyless Entry (RKE) System door handle will unlock the driver
Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or door. If the handle button is pressed
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) again within five seconds, the
System Operation (Keyless passenger doors and liftgate will
Access) 0 37. unlock. See Remote Keyless Entry
Power Door Locks (RKE) System Operation (Key
Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation
(Keyless Access) 0 37. To open the liftgate, press K on the
power door lock switch or press K
on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter twice to unlock all doors.
Press the touch pad on the
underside of the liftgate handle and
lift up. See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Key
Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation
(Keyless Access) 0 37.
Q : Press to lock the doors.

K : Press to unlock the doors.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
In Brief 11
Use the pull cup to lower and close Windows Seat Adjustment
the liftgate. Do not press the touch
pad while closing the liftgate. This Manual Seats
will cause the liftgate to be
unlatched.
Power Liftgate Operation
If equipped with a power liftgate, the
switch is on the overhead console.
The vehicle must be in P (Park).
Choose the power liftgate mode by
selecting MAX or 3/4. Press 8 on
the overhead console. On the RKE
transmitter press b twice quickly.
The windows work when the vehicle
Pressing and releasing b while the is in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
liftgate is moving stops the liftgate. or when Retained Accessory Power To adjust a manual seat:
Pressing again reverses the (RAP) is active. See Retained 1. Pull the handle at the front of
direction. Accessory Power (RAP) 0 258. the seat.
To close, press l on the bottom Press or pull the switch to open or 2. Slide the seat to the desired
of the liftgate next to the latch. close the window. position and release the
handle.
To disable the power liftgate
function, select OFF on the liftgate 3. Try to move the seat back and
switch. See Liftgate 0 47. forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
See Seat Adjustment 0 67.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
12 In Brief
Power Seats Lumbar Adjustment Power Lumbar

Manual Lumbar
To adjust a power seat, if equipped: To adjust the power lumbar support,

. Move the seat forward or if equipped:
If equipped, move the lever up or
rearward by sliding the control down repeatedly to increase or . Press and hold the control
forward or rearward. decrease lumbar support. forward to increase or rearward
. If equipped, raise or lower the to decrease upper and lower
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 68. lumbar support at the same time.
front part of the seat cushion by
moving the front of the control . If equipped, press and hold the
up or down. control up to increase upper
. If equipped, raise or lower the lumbar support and decrease
lower lumbar support.
seat by moving the rear of the
control up or down. Press and hold the control down
to increase lower lumbar support
See Power Seat Adjustment 0 68.
and decrease upper lumbar
support.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
In Brief 13
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 68. menus to automatically recall the 4. Fully lower the head restraints.
positions previously stored to the 1, See Head Restraints 0 66.
Memory Features 2, and B buttons.
See Memory Seats 0 70 and
Vehicle Personalization 0 178.
Second Row Seats

The second row seatbacks can be
folded for additional cargo space,
or the seats can be folded and
tumbled for easy entry/exit to the
third row seats (if equipped). The
seatbacks also recline.
See Second Row Seats 0 74.
5. Disconnect the rear safety belt
If equipped, the SET, 1, 2, and B Third Row Seats mini-latch using a key in the
slot on the mini-buckle, and let
(Exit) buttons on the driver door are If equipped, third row seatbacks can the belt retract into the
used to manually store and recall be folded. headliner.
memory settings for the driver seat,
outside mirrors, power tilt and To fold the third row seatback:
telescoping steering column (if 1. Open the liftgate.
equipped), and adjustable pedals (if
equipped). 2. Make sure that there is nothing
under, in front of, or on
Automatic Memory Recall and/or the seat.
Easy Exit Recall features may be
enabled in the personalization 3. Make sure the second row
seatbacks are in the upright
position.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
14 In Brief
9. Push the seatback forward to Press J to heat the driver or

lay flat. passenger seat cushion and
10. Repeat the steps for the other seatback.
seatback, if desired.
Press C to ventilate the driver or
See Third Row Seats 0 79. passenger seat.
See Heated and Ventilated Front
Heated and Ventilated Seats 0 72.
Seats
Head Restraint
Adjustment
7. Stow the mini-latch in the Do not drive until the head restraints
holder in the headliner. for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head
restraint height in the proper
position.
See Head Restraints 0 66 and Seat
The buttons are on the center stack Adjustment 0 67.
below the climate control system. To
operate, the engine must be
running.
8. Pull up on the lever on the Press I to heat the driver or
back of the seat to release the passenger seatback only.
seatback.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
In Brief 15
Safety Belts Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status

indicator will light on the overhead
System console when the vehicle is started.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 150.
Mirror Adjustment
Interior Mirror
United States Adjustment
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind the vehicle.
Manual Rearview Mirror
Refer to the following sections for Push the tab forward for daytime
important information on how to use use and pull it rearward for
safety belts properly: Canada and Mexico nighttime use to avoid glare of the
. Safety Belts 0 83. headlamps from behind.
The passenger sensing system will
. How to Wear Safety Belts turn off the front outboard Automatic Dimming Rearview
Properly 0 84. passenger frontal airbag under Mirror
. certain conditions. No other airbag If equipped, the mirror automatically
Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 85.
is affected by the passenger dims to reduce the glare of
. Lower Anchors and Tethers for sensing system. See Passenger headlamps from behind. The
Children (LATCH System) 0 111. Sensing System 0 98. dimming feature comes on when the
vehicle is started.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
16 In Brief
Exterior Mirrors Folding Mirrors Steering Wheel

Power Mirrors The outside mirrors can be folded Adjustment
inward to prevent damage when
going through an automatic car
wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward
the vehicle. See Folding
Mirrors 0 58.
Power Folding Mirrors
Shown with Power Folding

Mirrors, Manual Folding Similar To adjust the steering wheel:
To adjust the mirrors: 1. Hold the steering wheel and
pull the lever.
1. Press (1) or (2) to select the
driver or passenger side mirror. 2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move each mirror in the To adjust power folding mirrors, 3. Release the lever to lock the
desired direction. if equipped: wheel in place.
3. Press either (1) or (2) again to 1. Press { to fold the mirrors
deselect the mirror. inward.
See Power Mirrors 0 57. 2. Press { again to return the
mirrors to the driving position.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
In Brief 17
Tilt and Telescoping Steering Power Tilt and Telescoping Throttle and Brake Pedal
Wheel Steering Wheel
Adjustment
If equipped, the position of the
throttle and brake pedals can be
changed.
To adjust the tilt and telescoping To adjust the power tilt and
steering wheel, if equipped: telescoping steering wheel,
1. Push the lever (1) down to if equipped:
move the steering wheel Press the control to move the
forward or rearward. Lift the steering wheel up and down or The switch used to adjust the
lever (1) up to lock the wheel in forward and rearward. pedals is to the left of the steering
place. wheel.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
2. Hold the steering wheel and while driving. Press the switch to the left to move
pull the lever (2) toward you to the pedals closer to your body.
move the steering wheel up or Press the switch to the right to move
down. Release the lever (2) to the pedals away.
lock the wheel into place. See Adjustable Throttle and Brake
Pedal 0 251.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
18 In Brief
The vehicle may have a memory DOOR : The lamps come on

function, which lets pedal settings automatically when a door is
be saved and recalled. See Memory opened.
Seats 0 70. ON : Turns all dome lamps on.
Interior Lighting Reading Lamps
Dome Lamps
Press m or n next to each reading

lamp to turn it on or off.
For more information about interior
lighting, see Instrument Panel
Illumination Control 0 194.
Exterior Lighting
There are reading lamps in the

overhead console and the headliner,
There are dome lamps in the if equipped. To operate, the ignition
overhead console and the headliner, must be in the ACC/ACCESSORY
if equipped. or ON/RUN position or using
To change the dome lamp settings, Retained Accessory Power (RAP).
press the following:
OFF : Turns the lamps off, even
when a door is open.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
In Brief 19
The exterior lamp control is on the Windshield Wiper/Washer FRONT band up for more frequent
instrument panel to the left of the wipes or down for less frequent
steering wheel. wipes.
There are four positions. To turn on Rainsense, press z
O : Turns off the automatic AUTO on the lever, then turn the
headlamps and Daytime Running z FRONT band on the wiper
Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp lever to adjust the sensitivity.
control to the off position again to . Turn the band up to a higher INT
turn the automatic headlamps or The windshield wiper control is on setting for more sensitivity to
DRL back on. the turn signal lever. moisture.
For vehicles first sold in Canada, The windshield wipers are controlled . Turn the band down to the lower
the off position will only work when by turning the band with z INT setting for less sensitivity to
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). FRONT on it. moisture.
AUTO : Automatically turns on the 1 : Fast wipes. Move the band out of the 3 INT
headlamps, parking lamps,
taillamps, instrument panel lights, w : Slow wipes. position to deactivate Rainsense.
roof marker lamps (if equipped), and OFF : Turns the windshield
license plate lamps. wipers off.
; : Turns on the parking lamps 8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8,
including all lamps, except the then release. For several wipes,
headlamps. hold the band on 8 longer.
5 : Turns on the headlamps with Lm : Push the paddle at the top of
the parking lamps and instrument 3 INT : Use this setting for the lever to spray washer fluid on
panel lights. intermittent wipes or Rainsense. the windshield.
See: For intermittent wipes, turn the z See Windshield Wiper/
. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 189 Washer 0 132.
. Fog Lamps 0 194
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
20 In Brief
Climate Controls 9. RCTRL (Rear Climate Control Transmission

Lockout)
This system controls the heating, Range Selection Mode
cooling, and ventilation. 10. Rear Temperature Control
11. Rear Air Delivery Mode Control
12. Rear Fan Control
13. Front Climate Control Power
Button
14. Rear AUTO (Automatic
Operation)
The Range Selection Mode switch,
15. Rear Climate Control Power if equipped, is on the shift lever.
Button
1. To enable the Range Selection
16. Air Recirculation feature, move the shift lever to
17. AUTO (Automatic Operation) the L (Manual Mode) position.
The current range will appear
1. Driver Temperature Control See Dual Automatic Climate Control next to the L. This is the
System 0 226 and Rear Climate highest attainable range with
2. A/C (Air Conditioning) Control System 0 230 (if equipped). all lower gears accessible. As
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls an example, when 5 (Fifth)
4. Fan Control gear is selected, 1 (First)
through 5 (Fifth) gears are
5. Defrost available.
6. Passenger Temperature 2. Tap the plus/minus buttons on
Control the shift lever to select the
7. SYNC (Synchronized desired range of gears for
Temperature) current driving conditions. See
Manual Mode 0 265.
8. Rear Window Defogger
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
In Brief 21
While using Range Selection Mode, 4 n : Vehicles with a two speed

cruise control and the Tow/Haul automatic transfer case have a
Mode can be used. Four-Wheel Drive Low position. This
Grade Braking is not available when setting sends maximum power to all
Range Selection Mode is active. four wheels. You might choose 4 n if
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 266. you are driving off-road in deep
sand, mud, or snow, and while
Four-Wheel Drive climbing or descending steep hills.
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, N (Neutral) : Vehicles with a two
you can send the engine's driving speed automatic transfer case have
power to all four wheels for extra a N (Neutral) position. Shift the
traction. Single Speed Transfer Case transfer case to N (Neutral) only
when towing the vehicle. See
Automatic Transfer Case The transfer case knob is to the left Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 396
of the steering wheel. Use this knob or Towing the Vehicle 0 396.
to shift into and out of the different
four-wheel drive modes. See Four-Wheel Drive 0 267.
2 m : This setting is used for driving

in most street and highway
situations.
AUTO : This setting is ideal for use
when road surface traction
conditions are variable.
4 m : Use the Four-Wheel Drive High
position when extra traction is
Two Speed Transfer Case needed, such as on snowy or icy
roads or in most off-road situations.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
22 In Brief
Vehicle Features g : Press to seek the previous Satellite Radio

station or track.
Vehicles with a SiriusXM satellite
Infotainment System l : Press to seek the next station radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
or track. satellite radio subscription can
The base radio information is
included in this manual. See the See Overview 0 199 about these receive SiriusXM programming.
infotainment manual for information and other radio features. SiriusXM Satellite Radio
on the uplevel radios, audio players, Service
phone, navigation system, Rear Storing Radio Station Presets
Seat Entertainment (RSE), and Up to 25 preset stations from all SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
voice or speech recognition, bands can be stored in the favorite based in the 48 contiguous United
if equipped. lists in any order. Up to five stations States and 10 Canadian provinces.
can be stored in each favorite page SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
Radio(s) and the number of favorite pages variety of programming and
can be set. commercial-free music, coast to
O : Press to turn the system on. coast, and in digital-quality sound.
Press and hold to turn it off. When To store the station to a position in A fee is required to receive the
on, press to mute; press again to the list, while on the active source SiriusXM service.
unmute. Turn to increase or main page, such as AM, FM,
decrease the volume. or SiriusXM (if equipped), press and For more information refer to:
hold a favorites/soft key button on . www.siriusxm.com or call
RADIO : Press to choose between the faceplate.
FM, AM, and SiriusXM, 1-888-601-6296 (U.S.).
if equipped. See Storing Radio Station Presets . www.siriusxm.ca or call
under AM-FM Radio 0 204. 1-877-438-9677 (Canada).
MEDIA : Press to change the audio
source between CD, USB, Setting the Clock See Satellite Radio 0 206.
and AUX.
See Clock 0 135.
{ : Press to go to the Home Page.
MENU : Press to select a menu.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
In Brief 23
Portable Audio Devices See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 214 or Base Radio) 0 215 or Bluetooth
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - (Voice Recognition - Base Radio)
This vehicle may have a 3.5 mm Base Radio) 0 215 or Bluetooth 0 219, or Bluetooth (Overview) in
(1/8 in) auxiliary input jack and two (Voice Recognition - Base the infotainment manual.
USB ports in the center stack or Radio) 0 219.
inside the front seat armrest. i : Press to reject an incoming
External devices such as iPods, call or end a current call. Press to
laptop computers, MP3 players, CD
Steering Wheel Controls mute or unmute the infotainment
changers, and USB storage devices system when not on a call.
may be connected, depending on o or p : Press to go to the
the audio system. previous or next menu option.
See USB Port 0 210 and Auxiliary w or x : Press to go to the next or
Jack 0 213. previous selection.
Bluetooth V : Press to select a highlighted

menu option.
The Bluetooth system allows users
with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
to make and receive hands-free
calls using the vehicle audio system
and controls.
The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone If equipped, some audio controls
must be paired with the in-vehicle can be adjusted at the steering
Bluetooth system before it can be wheel.
used in the vehicle. Not all phones g : If equipped

with OnStar or a
will support all functions. Bluetooth system, press to interact
with those systems. See OnStar
Overview 0 443, Bluetooth
(Overview) 0 214 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls -
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
24 In Brief
The favorite and volume switches 5 : Press to turn the system on or If the vehicle has the base level
are on the back of the steering off. The indicator light is white when instrument cluster, the trip odometer
wheel. cruise control is on and turns off reset stem is used to operate
1. Favorite: When on a radio when cruise control is off. the DIC.
source, press to select the next SET : Press briefly to set the If the vehicle has the uplevel
or previous favorite. When on a speed and activate cruise control. instrument cluster, the right steering
media source, press to select If cruise control is already active, wheel controls are used to operate
the next or previous track. use to decrease vehicle speed. the DIC.
2. Volume: Press to increase or +RES : If there is a set speed in
decrease the volume. memory, press to resume that
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 131. speed or press and hold to
accelerate. If cruise control is
Cruise Control already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
* : Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
See Cruise Control 0 278 or
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 280 (if
equipped).
Driver Information w or x : Press to move up or

down in a list.
Center (DIC)
o or p : Press to move between
The DIC display is in the instrument the interactive display zones in the
cluster. It shows the status of many cluster.
vehicle systems.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
In Brief 25
V : Press to open a menu or select Forward Automatic The system will not assist or alert if
a menu item. Press and hold to it detects that you are actively
Braking (FAB) steering. Override LKA by turning
reset values on certain screens.
If the vehicle has Forward Collision the steering wheel. LKA uses a
See Driver Information Center (DIC) Alert (FCA), it also has FAB, which camera to detect lane markings
(Base Level) 0 158 or Driver includes Intelligent Brake between 60 km/h (37 mph) and
Information Center (DIC) Assist (IBA). When the system 180 km/h (112 mph).
(Uplevel) 0 160. detects a vehicle ahead in your path See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
that is traveling in the same 0 296 and Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
Forward Collision Alert direction that you may be about to (1500 Series) 0 297.
(FCA) System crash into, it can provide a boost to
braking or automatically brake the
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or vehicle. This can help avoid or
Lane Change Alert (LCA)
reduce the harm caused by lessen the severity of crashes when If equipped, the LCA system is a
front-end crashes. FCA provides a driving in a forward gear. lane-changing aid that assists
green indicator, V, when a vehicle drivers with avoiding lane change
is detected ahead. This indicator See Forward Automatic Braking
(FAB) 0 293. crashes that occur with moving
displays amber if you follow a vehicles in the side blind zone (or
vehicle much too closely. When spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly
approaching a vehicle ahead too Lane Keep Assist (LKA) approaching these areas from
quickly, FCA provides a flashing red (1500 series) behind. The LCA warning display
alert on the windshield and rapidly will light up in the corresponding
If equipped, LKA may help avoid
beeps or pulses the driver seat. outside side mirror and will flash if
crashes due to unintentional lane
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) departures. It may assist by gently the turn signal is on. The Side Blind
System 0 291. turning the steering wheel if the Zone Alert (SBZA) system is
vehicle approaches a detected lane included as part of the LCA system.
marking without using a turn signal See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
in that direction. It may also provide 0 294 and Lane Change Alert
a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) (LCA) 0 294.
alert as the lane marking is crossed.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
26 In Brief
Rear Vision Parking Assist The vehicle may have up to five

accessory power outlets:
Camera (RVC) If equipped, Rear Parking
Assist (RPA) uses sensors on the Vehicles with a Center Console
If equipped, RVC displays a view of
the area behind the vehicle on the rear bumper to assist with parking . One in front of the cupholders on
infotainment display when the and avoiding objects while in the center console.
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may . One inside the center storage
aid with parking and low-speed console.
backing maneuvers. display a warning triangle on the
Rear Vision Camera screen and a . One on the rear of the center
See Assistance Systems for Parking graphic on the instrument cluster to storage console.
or Backing 0 288. provide the object distance. In . One in the third row seat on the
addition, multiple beeps or seat
Rear Cross Traffic Alert driver side.
pulses may occur if very close to an
(RCTA) System object. . One in the rear cargo area on
the passenger side.
If equipped, the RCTA system uses The vehicle may also have the Front
a triangle with an arrow displayed Parking Assist system. Vehicles with Bench Seats
on the infotainment display to warn See Assistance Systems for Parking . One on the center stack below
of traffic behind your vehicle that or Backing 0 288. the climate control system.
may cross your vehicle's path while
in R (Reverse). In addition, beeps . One in the storage area on the
Power Outlets bench seat.
will sound, or the driver seat will
pulse. Power Outlets 12-Volt Direct . One on the rear of the center
See Assistance Systems for Parking Current armrest storage.
or Backing 0 288. Accessory power outlets can be . One in the third row seat area on
used to plug in electrical equipment, the driver side.
such as a cell phone, MP3 . One in the rear cargo area on
player, etc. the passenger side.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
In Brief 27
Lift the cover to access and replace See Universal Remote Slide Switch
when not in use. System 0 185. Express-Open/Express-Close : To
See Power Outlets 0 136. express-open the sunroof, fully
Sunroof press and release I (1). To
Universal Remote System express-close the sunroof, fully
press and release K (1). Press
the switch again to stop the
movement.
Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To
open the sunroof, press and hold I
(1). Release the switch at the
desired position. Press and hold
K (1) to close the sunroof.
Release the switch at the desired
position.
Tilt Switch
1. SLIDE Switch
2. TILT Switch Vent : From the closed position,
If equipped with the Universal
Remote system, these buttons will press J (2) to vent the sunroof.
If equipped, the sunroof only
be in the front overhead console. operates when the ignition is on or Press K (2) to close the
This system provides a way to in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when sunroof vent.
replace up to three remote control Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is When the sunroof is opened, an air
transmitters used to activate active. See Retained Accessory deflector will automatically raise.
devices such as garage door Power (RAP) 0 258. The air deflector will retract when
openers, security systems, and the sunroof is closed.
home automation devices.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
28 In Brief
The sunroof also has a sunshade Performance and appropriate DIC message
which can be pulled forward to block displays. See Ride Control
sun rays. The sunshade must be Maintenance System Messages 0 172.
opened and closed manually.
. Press and release g again to
If an object is in the path of the Traction Control/ turn on both systems.
sunroof while it is closing, the Electronic Stability
automatic reversal system will StabiliTrak will automatically turn on
Control if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h
detect the object and stop the
sunroof. The vehicle has a traction control (35 mph). Traction control will
system that limits wheel spin and remain off.
See Sunroof 0 63.
the StabiliTrak system that assists See Traction Control/Electronic
with directional control of the vehicle Stability Control 0 274.
in difficult driving conditions. Both
systems come on automatically Tire Pressure Monitor
when the vehicle is started and
begins to move. This vehicle may have a Tire
. To turn off traction control, press Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
and release g on the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel. The traction off light i
displays in the instrument
cluster. The appropriate DIC
message displays. See Ride
Control System The low tire pressure warning light
Messages 0 172. alerts to a significant loss in
. To turn off both traction control pressure of one of the vehicle's
and StabiliTrak, press and hold tires. If the warning light comes on,
g until i and g illuminate in the stop as soon as possible and inflate
instrument cluster and the the tires to the recommended
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
In Brief 29
pressure shown on the Tire and Regular Fuel The oil life system should be reset
Loading Information label. See Use only unleaded gasoline rated to 100% only following an oil
Vehicle Load Limits 0 247. The 87 octane or higher in your vehicle. change.
warning light will remain on until the Do not use gasoline with an octane
tire pressure is corrected. Resetting the Oil Life System
rating lower as it may result in
The low tire pressure warning light vehicle damage and lower fuel To reset the engine oil life system:
may come on in cool weather when economy. See Fuel 0 298. 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING
the vehicle is first started, and then on the DIC. See Driver
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This E85 or FlexFuel Information Center (DIC) (Base
may be an early indicator that the Level) 0 158 or Driver
tire pressures are getting low and Information Center (DIC)
the tires need to be inflated to the (Uplevel) 0 160. If the vehicle
proper pressure. does not have DIC buttons, the
The TPMS does not replace normal vehicle must be in P (Park) to
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain access this display.
the correct tire pressures. 2. Press and hold V on the DIC,
See Tire Pressure Monitor FlexFuel Possible or the trip odometer reset stem
System 0 371. Certain models are compatible with if the vehicle does not have
E85 fuel. See E85 or DIC buttons, for several
Fuel FlexFuel 0 300. seconds. The oil life will
change to 100%.
Engine Oil Life System The oil life system can also be reset
The engine oil life system calculates as follows:
engine oil life based on vehicle use 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING
and, on most vehicles, displays a on the DIC. See Driver
DIC message when it is necessary Information Center (DIC) (Base
to change the engine oil and filter. Level) 0 158 or Driver
Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 160.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
30 In Brief
2. Fully press the accelerator . Keep vehicle tires properly

pedal slowly three times within inflated.
five seconds. . Combine several trips into a
3. If the display changes to 100%, single trip.
the system is reset. . Replace the vehicle's tires with
See Engine Oil Life System 0 327. the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
Driving for Better Fuel near the size.
Economy . Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
Driving habits can affect fuel
mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy Roadside Assistance
possible. Program
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
smoothly. TTY Users (U.S. Only):
. Brake gradually and avoid 1-888-889-2438
abrupt stops. Canada: 1-800-268-6800
. Avoid idling the engine for long
New Chevrolet owners are
periods of time. automatically enrolled in the
. When road and weather Roadside Assistance Program.
conditions are appropriate, use See Roadside Assistance
cruise control. Program 0 433.
. Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Keys, Doors, and Windows 31
Keys, Doors, and Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Immobilizer Operation (Key
Keys and Locks
Windows Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Immobilizer Operation (Keyless Keys (Key Access)
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Keys and Locks Exterior Mirrors
{ Warning
Keys (Key Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Keys (Keyless Access) . . . . . . . . 34 Leaving children in a vehicle with
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 an ignition key or Remote
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 dangerous and children or others
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
System Operation (Key could be seriously injured or
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 killed. They could operate the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Interior Mirrors power window or other controls or
System Operation (Keyless Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 60 make the vehicle move. The
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 60 windows will function with the key
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 44 Automatic Dimming Rearview in the ignition or with the RKE
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 transmitter in the vehicle, and
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Child-View Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 children or others could be caught
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 in the path of a closing window.
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 46 Windows
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Do not leave children in a vehicle
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 with the ignition key or an RKE
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 transmitter.
Doors
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Roof
Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 53
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
32 Keys, Doors, and Windows
moving the key out of the RUN

Warning (Continued) position. Do not add any additional
items to the ring attached to the
impacted, and airbags may not ignition key. Attach additional items
deploy. To reduce the risk of only to the second ring, and limit
unintentional rotation of the added items to a few essential keys
ignition key, do not change the or small, light items no larger than
way the ignition key and Remote an RKE transmitter.
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
if equipped, are connected to the
provided key rings.
The ignition key and key rings, and

{ Warning RKE transmitter, if equipped, are
designed to work together as a
If the key is unintentionally
system to reduce the risk of
rotated while the vehicle is unintentionally moving the key out
running, the ignition could be of the RUN position. The ignition
moved out of the RUN position. key has a small hole to allow
This could be caused by heavy attachment of the provided key ring.
items hanging from the key ring, It is important that any replacement
or by large or long items attached ignition keys have a small hole. See
to the key ring that could be your dealer if a replacement key is
contacted by the driver or required.
steering wheel. If the ignition The combination and size of the
moves out of the RUN position, rings that came with your keys were
the engine will shut off, braking specifically selected for your
and steering power assist may be vehicle. The rings are connected to
(Continued) the key like two links of a chain to
reduce the risk of unintentionally
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Programming with Two If a key is lost or damaged, see your

Recognized Keys (Key dealer to have a new key made.
Vehicles Only)
Programming without Two
To program a new key: Recognized Keys (Key
1. Insert the original, already Vehicles Only)
programmed key in the ignition Program a new key to the vehicle
and turn the key to the ON/ when a recognized key is not
RUN position. available. Canadian regulations
2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF, require that Canadian owners see
and remove the key. their dealer.
3. Quickly, within five seconds, If two currently recognized keys are
Interference from radio-frequency insert the second original not available, follow this procedure
identification (RFID) tags may already programmed key in the to program the first key.
prevent the key from starting the ignition and turn the key to the This procedure will take
vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from ON/RUN position. approximately 30 minutes to
the key when starting the vehicle. complete for the first key. The
4. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF,
The key is used for the driver door, and remove the key vehicle must be off and all of the
ignition, and glove box. keys must be with you.
5. Insert the new key to be
Programming Keys to the programmed and turn it to the 1. Insert the new vehicle key into
ON/RUN position within the ignition.
Vehicle
five seconds. 2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security
For Tahoe Police and Tahoe Special
The security light will turn off light will come on.
Service Package, see the Tahoe
Police and Tahoe and Sliverado once the key has been 3. Wait 10 minutes until the
Special Service Supplement. programmed. security light turns off.
Follow these procedures to program 6. Repeat Steps 15 if additional 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
up to eight keys to the vehicle. keys are to be programmed.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
5. Repeat Steps 24 two more With an active OnStar subscription,

times. After the third time, turn an OnStar Advisor may remotely
to ON/RUN; the key is learned unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
and all previously known keys Overview 0 443.
will no longer work with the
vehicle. Keys (Keyless Access)
6. To learn the second key, turn to
OFF and insert the second key { Warning
to be learned and rotate to
ON/RUN. Leaving children in a vehicle with
an ignition key or Remote
After two keys are learned, the
remaining keys can be learned by Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
following the procedure in dangerous and children or others
Programming with Two Recognized could be seriously injured or
Keys (Key Vehicles Only). killed. They could operate the
power window or other controls or
The key has a bar-coded key tag make the vehicle move. The
that the dealer or qualified locksmith windows will function with the key
can use to make new keys. Store
in the ignition or with the RKE
this information in a safe place, not
transmitter in the vehicle, and
in the vehicle.
children or others could be caught
See your dealer if a replacement in the path of a closing window.
key or additional key is needed. Do not leave children in a vehicle
If it becomes difficult to turn a key, with the ignition key or an RKE
inspect the key blade for debris. transmitter. If the vehicle has the Keyless
Periodically clean with a brush Access system, there is a key in the
or pick. transmitter.
This key is used for the driver door
and glove box.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Remote Keyless Entry Remote Keyless Entry

(RKE) System (RKE) System Operation
See Radio Frequency (Key Access)
Statement 0 439. The RKE transmitter functions may
If there is a decrease in the Remote work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from
Keyless Entry (RKE) operating the vehicle.
range: Other conditions can affect the
. Check the distance. The performance of the transmitter. See
transmitter may be too far from Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
the vehicle. System 0 35.
If the vehicle has the Keyless . Check the location. Other
Access system, the transmitter has vehicles or objects may be
a button on the side of the blocking the signal.
transmitter used to remove the key. . Check the transmitter's battery.
Do not pull the key out without See Battery Replacement later
pressing the button. in this section.
See your dealer if a replacement . If the transmitter is still not
key or additional key is needed. working correctly, see your
If it becomes difficult to turn a key, dealer or a qualified technician
inspect the key blade for debris. for service.
Periodically clean with a brush
or pick. With Remote Start (without
With an active OnStar subscription, Remote Start Similar)
an OnStar Advisor may remotely / : If equipped, press and release
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Q, then immediately press and hold
Overview 0 443.
/ until the turn signal lamps flash
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
or for at least four seconds. The may come on and stay on for c : Press twice to open the
engine may be started from outside 20 seconds or until the ignition is liftglass.
the vehicle using the RKE turned on.
transmitter. See Remote Vehicle 7 : Press and release to initiate
If enabled in Vehicle vehicle locate. The turn signal
Start 0 44. Personalization, the turn signal lamps flash and the horn sounds
Q : Press to lock all doors. lamps flash twice to indicate three times.
If enabled in Vehicle unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 178. If enabled Press and hold 7 for more than
Personalization, the turn signal
through vehicle personalization, the three seconds to activate the panic
lamps flash once to indicate locking
exterior lamps may turn on. See alarm. The turn signal lamps flash
has occurred. If enabled through
Vehicle Personalization 0 178. and the horn sounds repeatedly for
vehicle personalization, the horn
30 seconds. The alarm turns off
chirps when Q is pressed again Pressing K on the RKE transmitter when the ignition is moved to ON/
within three seconds. See Vehicle disarms the alarm system. See RUN or 7 is pressed again. The
Personalization 0 178. Vehicle Alarm System 0 53.
ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for
Pressing Q arms the alarm system. If equipped with auto mirror folding, the panic alarm to work.
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 53. pressing and holding K for
Programming Transmitters to
If equipped with auto mirror folding, one second will unfold the mirrors.
The auto mirror folding feature will
the Vehicle
pressing and holding Q for not operate unless it is enabled. Only RKE transmitters programmed
one second will fold the mirrors. The See Vehicle Personalization 0 178. to this vehicle will work. If a
auto mirror folding feature will not transmitter is lost or stolen, a
operate unless it is enabled. See Press and hold K until the windows replacement can be purchased and
Vehicle Personalization 0 178. fully open. Windows will not operate programmed through your dealer.
K : Press once to unlock only the unless remote window operation is Each vehicle can have up to
enabled. See Vehicle eight transmitters programmed to it.
driver door. If K is pressed again Personalization 0 178. See your dealer for transmitter
within three seconds, all remaining
doors unlock. The interior lamps b : Press twice to open or close programming.
the liftgate. Press once to stop the
liftgate from moving.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
For Tahoe Police and Tahoe Special 2. Press and slide the battery
Service Package, see the Tahoe down toward the pocket of the
Police and Tahoe and Sliverado transmitter in the direction of
Special Service Supplement. the key ring. Do not use a
metal object
Battery Replacement
3. Remove the battery.
Replace the battery in the
transmitter soon if the REPLACE 4. Insert the new battery, positive
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY side facing up. Replace with a
message displays in the DIC. CR2032 or equivalent battery.
5. Push together the transmitter
Caution back cover top side first, and
1. Separate and remove the back then the bottom toward the
When replacing the battery, do cover of the transmitter with a key ring.
not touch any of the circuitry on flat, thin object, such as a coin.
the transmitter. Static from your Remote Keyless Entry
body could damage the (RKE) System Operation
transmitter.
(Keyless Access)
To replace the battery: The Keyless Access system allows
for vehicle entry when the
transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See
Keyless Access Operation later in
this section.
The RKE transmitter functions may
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from
the vehicle.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Other conditions can affect the If enabled in vehicle personalization, doors unlock. The interior lamps
performance of the transmitter. See the turn signal lamps flash once to may come on and stay on for
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) indicate locking has occurred. 20 seconds or until the ignition is
System 0 35. If enabled through vehicle turned on.
personalization, the horn chirps If enabled in vehicle personalization,
when Q is pressed again within the turn signal lamps flash twice to
three seconds. See Vehicle indicate unlocking has occurred.
Personalization 0 178. If enabled through vehicle
personalization, the exterior lamps
If the driver door is open when Q is
may turn on. See Vehicle
pressed all doors will lock and then Personalization 0 178.
the driver door will immediately
unlock, if enabled in vehicle Pressing K on the RKE transmitter
personalization. See Vehicle disarms the alarm system. See
Personalization 0 178. Vehicle Alarm System 0 53.
If the passenger door is open when If equipped with auto mirror folding,
With Remote Start (without Q is pressed, all doors lock. pressing and holding K for
Remote Start Similar) Pressing Q arms the alarm system. one second will unfold the mirrors.
The auto mirror folding feature will
/ : If equipped, press and release See Vehicle Alarm System 0 53.
not operate unless it is enabled.
Q, then immediately press and hold If equipped with auto mirror folding, See Vehicle Personalization 0 178.
/ until the turn signal lamps flash pressing and holding Q for
or for at least four seconds. The one second will fold the mirrors. The Press and hold K until the windows
engine may be started from outside auto mirror folding feature will not fully open. Windows will not operate
the vehicle using the RKE operate unless it is enabled. See unless remote window operation is
transmitter. See Remote Vehicle Vehicle Personalization 0 178. enabled. See Vehicle
Start 0 44. Personalization 0 178.
K : Press once to unlock only the
Q : Press to lock all doors. driver door. If K is pressed again
b : Press twice to open or close
the liftgate. Press once to stop the
within three seconds, all remaining liftgate from moving.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
c : Press twice to open the Keyless Access can be

liftglass. programmed to unlock all doors on
the first lock/unlock press from the
7 : Press and release to initiate driver door. See Vehicle
vehicle locate. The turn signal Personalization 0 178.
lamps flash and the horn sounds
three times. Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
the Driver Door
Press and hold 7 for more than
three seconds to activate the panic When the doors are locked and the
alarm. The turn signal lamps flash RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
and the horn sounds repeatedly for of the door handle, pressing the
30 seconds. The alarm turns off lock/unlock button on the driver door
when the ignition is moved to ON/ handle will unlock the driver door. Driver Side Shown, Passenger
If the lock/unlock button is pressed
RUN or 7 is pressed again. The again within five seconds, all
Side Similar
ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for passenger doors and the liftgate will Pressing the lock/unlock button will
the panic alarm to work. unlock. cause all doors to lock if any of the
Keyless Access Operation following occur:
. It has been more than
The Keyless Access system allows
five seconds since the first lock/
for doors and the liftgate to be
unlock button press.
accessed without pressing the RKE
transmitter button. The RKE . Two lock/unlock button presses
transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft) were used to unlock all doors.
of the door being opened. If the . Any vehicle door has been
vehicle has this feature, there will be opened and all doors are now
a button on the outside door closed.
handles.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from doors may lock with the RKE Keyless Liftglass Opening
the Passenger Doors transmitter inside the vehicle. Do Press the exterior liftglass button to
When the doors are locked and the not leave the RKE transmitter in an open the liftglass when all doors are
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) unattended vehicle. unlocked, or when the transmitter is
of the door handle, pressing the To customize the doors to within 1 m (3 ft).
lock/unlock button on a passenger automatically lock when exiting the See Liftgate 0 47.
door handle will unlock all doors. vehicle, see Remote Lock, Unlock,
Pressing the lock/unlock button will Start under Vehicle Keyed Access
cause all doors to lock if any of the Personalization 0 178. To access a vehicle with a dead
following occur: transmitter battery, see Door
Temporary Disable of Passive
. The lock/unlock button was used Locking Locks 0 45.
to unlock all doors.
Temporarily disable passive locking Programming Transmitters to
. Any vehicle door has been by pressing and holding K on the the Vehicle
opened and all doors are now interior door switch with a door open
closed. Only RKE transmitters programmed
for at least four seconds, or until to the vehicle will work. If a
Passive Locking three chimes are heard. Passive transmitter is lost or stolen, a
locking will then remain disabled replacement can be purchased and
If equipped with Keyless Access,
this feature will lock the vehicle until Q on the interior door is programmed through your dealer.
several seconds after all doors are pressed, or until the vehicle is The vehicle can be reprogrammed
closed, if the vehicle is off and at turned on. so that lost or stolen transmitters no
least one RKE transmitter has been longer work. Each vehicle can have
Keyless Liftgate Opening
removed from the interior, or none up to eight transmitters matched
remain in the interior. Press the touch pad on the to it.
underside of the liftgate handle to
If other electronic devices interfere open the liftgate when all doors are
with the RKE transmitter signal, the unlocked, or when the transmitter is
vehicle may not detect the RKE within 1 m (3 ft).
transmitter inside the vehicle.
If passive locking is enabled, the
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Programming with Two 6. Remove the transmitter from

Recognized Transmitters (Keyless the transmitter pocket and
Access Vehicles Only) press K or Q on the
A new transmitter can be transmitter.
programmed to the vehicle when To program additional
there are two recognized transmitters, repeat Steps 46.
transmitters.
When all additional transmitters
To program, the vehicle must be off are programmed, press and
and all transmitters, both currently hold ENGINE START/STOP for
recognized and new, must be approximately 12 seconds to
with you. exit programming mode.
1. Remove the key from the 4. Place the new transmitter in 7. Return the key back into the
recognized transmitter. the transmitter pocket/insert. transmitter.
2. Place the two recognized Open the center console Programming without Two
transmitters in the cupholder or storage area and the storage Recognized Transmitters (Keyless
on the passenger seat. tray. The transmitter pocket/ Access Vehicles Only)
3. Insert the vehicle key into the insert is in front of the storage
If two currently recognized
key lock cylinder on the driver area next to the center console
transmitters are not available, follow
door handle. Then turn the key storage area between the
this procedure to program up to
counterclockwise, to the unlock driver and front passenger
eight transmitters. This feature is
position, five times within seats.
not available in Canada. This
10 seconds. 5. Press ENGINE START/STOP. procedure will take approximately
The Driver Information Center When the transmitter is 30 minutes to complete. The vehicle
(DIC) displays READY FOR learned, the DIC display will must be off and all transmitters to
REMOTE#2, 3, 4, ETC. show that it is ready to program be programmed must be with you.
the next transmitter.
1. Remove the vehicle key from
the transmitter.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
2. Insert the vehicle key into the 7. Remove the transmitter from
key lock cylinder on the driver the transmitter pocket/insert
door handle; then turn the key and press K or Q on the
counterclockwise, to the unlock transmitter.
position, five times within
10 seconds. To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 57.
The Driver Information Center
(DIC) displays REMOTE When all additional transmitters
LEARN PENDING, are programmed, press and
PLEASE WAIT. hold ENGINE START/STOP for
approximately 12 seconds to
3. Wait for 10 minutes until the exit programming mode.
DIC displays PRESS ENGINE
START BUTTON TO LEARN, 5. Place the new transmitter in 8. Return the key back into the
then press ENGINE the transmitter pocket/insert. transmitter.
START/STOP. Open the center console Starting the Vehicle with a Low
The DIC display will again storage area and the storage Transmitter Battery
show REMOTE LEARN tray. The transmitter pocket/
insert is in front of the storage If the transmitter battery is weak or if
PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
area next to the center console there is interference with the signal,
4. Repeat Step 3 two additional storage area between the the DIC may display NO REMOTE
times. After the third time all driver and front passenger DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY
previously known transmitters seats. WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN
will no longer work with the TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN
vehicle. Remaining transmitters 6. Press ENGINE START/STOP. START YOUR VEHICLE when
can be relearned during the When the transmitter is starting the vehicle. See Key and
next steps. learned, the DIC display will Lock Messages 0 170.
show that it is ready to program
The DIC display should now the next transmitter.
show READY FOR REMOTE
# 1.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
To start the vehicle: Battery Replacement 1. With the key removed, insert a
1. Open the center console flat, thin object in the center of
Replace the battery in the
storage area and the the transmitter to separate and
transmitter soon if the REPLACE
storage tray. remove the back cover.
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
message displays in the DIC.
Caution
When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the
transmitter.
To replace the battery:
2. Place the transmitter in the 2. Lift the battery with a flat

transmitter pocket/insert. object.
3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or 3. Remove the battery.

N (Neutral) press the brake 4. Insert the new battery, positive
pedal and ENGINE side toward the back cover.
START/STOP. Replace with a CR2032 or
Replace the transmitter battery equivalent battery.
as soon as possible. 5. Push together the transmitter.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Remote Vehicle Start The engine will turn off during a The engine will continue to run
remote vehicle start if: for 10 minutes. Repeat
If equipped with the remote start Steps 1 and 2 for a 10-minute
feature, the climate control system . The coolant temperature gets
too high. time extension.
will come on when the vehicle is
started remotely depending on the . The oil pressure gets low. Place the ignition in ON/RUN/
outside temperature. START to operate the vehicle.
The RKE transmitter range may be
The rear defog and heated and reduced while the vehicle is running. Extending Engine Run Time
ventilated seats, if equipped, may The engine run time can be
also come on. See Heated and Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See extended by 10 minutes, for a total
Ventilated Front Seats 0 72 and of 20 minutes, if during the first
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Vehicle Personalization 0 178. 10 minutes Steps 1 and 2 are
System 0 35 or Vehicle
Laws in some communities may Personalization 0 178. repeated while the engine is still
restrict the use of remote starters. running. An extension can be
Check local regulations for any Starting the Engine Using Remote requested, 30 seconds after
requirements on remote starting of Start starting.
vehicles. 1. Press and release Q. A maximum of two remote starts,
Do not use remote start if the or a single start with an extension,
vehicle is low on fuel. 2. Immediately press and hold / is allowed between ignition cycles.
until the turn signal lamps flash
The vehicle cannot be remote or for at least four seconds. The vehicle's ignition must be
started if: turned on and then back off to use
When the vehicle starts, the remote start again.
. The key is in the ignition (Key parking lamps will turn on. The
Access) or the transmitter is in doors will be locked and the Canceling a Remote Start
the vehicle (Keyless Access). climate control system may To cancel a remote start, do one of
. The hood is not closed. come on. the following:
. There is an emission control . Press and hold / until the
system malfunction and the parking lamps turn off.
malfunction indicator lamp is on.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

. Turn on the hazard warning . Pushing down the manual lock
flashers. Warning (Continued) knob on the driver door will lock
. Turn the ignition on and then off. all doors. Pushing down the
. Young children who get into manual lock knob on a
unlocked vehicles may be passenger door will lock only
Door Locks unable to get out. A child that door.
can be overcome by
. Pulling an interior door handle
{ Warning extreme heat and can suffer
permanent injuries or even will unlock the door. Pulling the
Unlocked doors can be death from heat stroke. door handle again unlatches it.
dangerous. Always lock the vehicle Keyless Access
whenever leaving it.
. Passengers, especially If equipped, the RKE transmitter
children, can easily open . Outsiders can easily enter must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the door
the doors and fall out of a through an unlocked door being opened. Press the button on
moving vehicle. When a when you slow down or stop the door handle to open. See
door is locked, the handle the vehicle. Locking the Keyless Access Operation in
will not open it. The chance doors can help prevent this Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
of being thrown out of the from happening. System Operation (Key Access)
vehicle in a crash is 0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry
increased if the doors are To lock or unlock the doors from (RKE) System Operation (Keyless
not locked. So, all outside the vehicle: Access) 0 37.
passengers should wear
safety belts properly and the . Press Q or K on the Remote Power Door Locks
doors should be locked Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
whenever the vehicle is . Use the key in the driver door. Press Q or K on the Remote
driven. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
To lock or unlock the doors from See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
(Continued)
inside the vehicle: System Operation (Key Access)
. Press Q or K on the power door
lock switch.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry Pressing the power lock switch Lockout Protection
(RKE) System Operation (Keyless twice will override the delayed
Access) 0 37. locking feature and immediately lock For Tahoe Police and Tahoe Special
all the doors. Service Package, see the Tahoe
Police and Tahoe and Sliverado
This feature will not operate if the Special Service Supplement.
key is in the ignition.
Key Access : When locking is
This feature can be programmed. requested with the driver door open
See Delayed Door Lock under and the key in the ignition, all the
Vehicle Personalization 0 178. doors will lock and then the driver
door will unlock.
Automatic Door Locks This can be manually overridden by
The doors will lock automatically pressing and holding Q on the
when all doors are closed, the power door lock switch.
ignition is on, and the vehicle is
shifted out of P (Park). Keyless Access : When locking is
requested with the driver door open
Q : Press to lock the doors. To unlock the doors: and the vehicle is in ACC/
K : Press to unlock the doors. . Press K on the power door lock ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,
switch. all the doors will lock and then the
driver door will unlock.
Delayed Locking . Shift the transmission into
P (Park). If the vehicle is off and locking is
When locking the doors with the requested while a door is open,
power lock switch and a door or the Automatic door locking cannot be when all doors are closed the
liftgate is open, the doors will lock disabled. Automatic door unlocking vehicle will check for RKE
five seconds after the last door is can be programmed. See Vehicle transmitters inside. If an RKE
closed. You will hear three chimes Personalization 0 178. transmitter is detected and the
to signal that the delayed locking number of RKE transmitters inside
feature is in use.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
has not reduced, the driver door will Doors

unlock and the horn will sound three
times.
Liftgate
This can be manually overridden by
pressing and holding Q on the { Warning
power door lock switch.
Exhaust gases can enter the
Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
vehicle if it is driven with the
Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout, when liftgate or trunk/hatch open,
on, will unlock the driver door if or with any objects that pass
locking is requested while the driver through the seal between the
door is open. This feature can be body and the trunk/hatch or
turned on or off using the vehicle Press { to activate the safety locks liftgate. Engine exhaust contains
personalization menus. See Vehicle on the rear doors. The indicator light carbon monoxide (CO) which
Personalization 0 178. comes on when activated. cannot be seen or smelled. It can
Press { again to deactivate the cause unconsciousness and even
Safety Locks death.
safety locks.
The rear door safety locks prevent If the vehicle must be driven with
passengers from opening the rear
the liftgate or trunk/hatch open:
doors from inside the vehicle.
. Close all of the windows.
. Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
. Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Manual Liftgate There will be a delay in the release

Warning (Continued) of the liftglass if there is an attempt
to open it while the rear wiper is in
and set the fan speed to the motion.
highest setting. See
Climate Control Systems Use the pull cup to lower and close
in the Index. the liftgate. Do not press the touch
pad while closing the liftgate. This
. If the vehicle is equipped will cause the liftgate to be
with a power liftgate, disable unlatched.
the power liftgate function.
See Engine Exhaust 0 261. the RKE transmitter must be within
1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate to
automatically unlock it. See Remote
Caution Keyless Entry (RKE) System
To open the liftgate, press K on the Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or
To avoid damage to the liftgate or power door lock switch or press K Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
liftgate glass, make sure the area System Operation (Keyless
on the RKE transmitter twice to
above and behind the liftgate is Access) 0 37.
unlock all doors. Press the touch
clear before opening it. pad (1) on the underside of the The liftgate has an electric latch.
liftgate handle and lift up. If the battery is disconnected or has
low voltage, the liftgate will not
Press the button (2) above the
open. The liftgate will resume
license plate to open the liftglass,
operation when the battery is
or press c twice quickly on the reconnected and charged.
RKE transmitter. Do not leave the
liftglass open when raising the
liftgate.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Power Liftgate Operation . Press b twice quickly on the

RKE transmitter until the liftgate
{ Warning moves.
You or others could be injured if . Press 8 on the overhead

caught in the path of the power console. The driver door must
liftgate. Make sure there is no one be unlocked.
in the way of the liftgate as it is . Press the touch pad on the
opening and closing. underside of the liftgate handle
after unlocking all doors.
a locked vehicle can be opened
Caution If equipped, the switch is on the if the RKE transmitter is within
overhead console. The vehicle must 1 m (3 ft) of the touch pad.
Driving with an open and
be in P (Park).
unsecured liftgate may result in
damage to the power liftgate The modes are:
components. MAX : Opens to maximum height.
3/4 : Opens to a reduced height
that can be set from 3/4 to fully
open. Use to prevent the liftgate
from opening into overhead objects
such as a garage door or
roof-mounted cargo. The liftgate can
be opened all the way manually.
OFF : Opens manually only.
To open or close the liftgate, select
MAX or 3/4 mode and then:
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
. Press l on the bottom edge of time. If this occurs, the liftgate can strut failure. This could also activate
the liftgate next to the latch to still be operated manually. Select the falling liftgate detection feature.
close. OFF on the liftgate switch. Allow the liftgate to complete its
If the vehicle is shifted out of operation and wait a few seconds
Press any liftgate button, the touch before manually closing the liftgate.
P (Park) while the power function is
pad, or b on the RKE transmitter
in progress, the liftgate will continue Obstacle Detection Features
while the liftgate is moving to stop it. to completion. If the vehicle is
Pressing any liftgate button or accelerated before the liftgate has If the liftgate encounters an obstacle
pressing b twice quickly on the completed moving, the liftgate may during a power open or close cycle,
RKE transmitter restarts the stop or reverse direction. Check for the liftgate will automatically reverse
operation in the reverse direction. Driver Information Center (DIC) direction and move a short distance
Pressing the touch pad on the messages and make sure the away from the obstacle. After
liftgate handle will restart the liftgate is closed and latched before removing the obstruction, the power
motion, but only in the opening driving. liftgate operation can be used again.
direction. If the liftgate encounters multiple
Falling Liftgate Detection obstacles on the same power cycle,
If the power liftgate automatically the power function will deactivate.
Caution After removing the obstructions,
closes after a power opening cycle,
Manually forcing the liftgate to it indicates that the system is manually close the liftgate. This will
open or close during a power reacting to excess weight on the allow normal power operation
cycle can damage the vehicle. liftgate or a possible support strut functions to resume.
Allow the power cycle to failure. Remove any excess weight. If the vehicle is locked while the
complete. If the liftgate continues to liftgate is closing, and an obstacle
automatically close after opening, prevents the liftgate from completely
see your dealer for service before closing, the horn will sound as an
The power liftgate may be using the power liftgate. alert that the liftgate did not close.
temporarily disabled in extremely
low temperatures, or after repeated Interfering with the power liftgate Pinch sensors are on the side
power cycling over a short period of motion or manually closing the edges of the liftgate. If an object is
liftgate too quickly after power caught between the liftgate and the
opening may resemble a support vehicle and presses against a
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
sensor, the liftgate will reverse Manual Operation Hands-Free Operation

direction and stop at a partially open
Select OFF to manually operate the If equipped with Hands-Free Vehicle
position. The liftgate will remain
liftgate. See Manual Liftgate at the Access, the liftgate may be
open until it is activated again or
beginning of this section. operated with a kicking motion
closed manually.
under the rear bumper.
Setting the 3/4 Mode Caution The liftgate will not operate if the
To change the position the liftgate RKE transmitter is not within
Attempting to move the liftgate 1 m (3 ft).
stops at when opening:
too quickly and with excessive
1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and force may result in damage to the The hands-free feature will not work
open the liftgate. vehicle. while the liftgate is moving. To stop
the liftgate while in motion use one
2. Stop the liftgate movement at of the liftgate switches.
the desired height by pressing Operate the liftgate manually with a
any liftgate button. Manually smooth motion and moderate
adjust the liftgate position if speed. The system includes a
needed. feature which limits the manual
3. Press and hold l on the closing speed to protect the
bottom edge of the liftgate next components.
to the latch on the outside of
the liftgate until the turn signals
flash and a beep sounds. This
indicates the setting has been
recorded.
The liftgate cannot be set below a
minimum programmable height.
If there is no light flash or sound,
then the height adjustment may be
too low.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
When closing the liftgate using this

Caution feature, there will be a short delay.
The rear lights will flash and a
Splashing water may cause the chime will sound. Step away from
liftgate to open. Keep the RKE the liftgate before it starts moving.
transmitter away from the rear
bumper detection area or turn the Power Assist Steps
liftgate mode to OFF when
cleaning or working near the rear If equipped, the power assist steps
bumper to avoid accidental will deploy when the door is opened
opening. and automatically retract
three seconds after the door is
closed. The power assist steps will
Length of Kick Zone . Do not sweep your foot side retract immediately if the vehicle
to side. starts moving.
. Do not keep your foot under the Keep hands, children, pets, objects,
bumper; the liftgate will not and clothing clear of the power
activate. assist steps when in motion. The
. Do not touch the liftgate until it steps will reverse direction if they
has stopped moving. encounter an obstruction when
opening or closing. Remove the
. This feature may be temporarily obstruction, then open and close the
disabled under some conditions. door on the same side to complete
If the liftgate does not respond to the motion of the assist steps. If the
the kick, open or close the obstruction is not cleared, the assist
liftgate by another method or steps remain extended while driving.
start the vehicle. The feature will
To operate, move your foot in a be re-enabled.
forward kicking motion under the
center of the rear bumper, then pull
it back.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Security Arming the Alarm System

This vehicle has theft-deterrent 1. Turn off the vehicle.
features; however, they do not make 2. Lock the vehicle in one of
the vehicle impossible to steal. three ways:
. Use the RKE transmitter.
Vehicle Alarm System
. Use the Keyless Access
system.
. With a door open, press Q
on the interior of the door.
3. After 30 seconds the alarm
To extend both power assist steps system will arm, and the
for cleaning, press j while the indicator light will begin to
vehicle is in P (Park) or N (Neutral). slowly flash. Pressing Q on the
Press j again to retract them. RKE transmitter a second time
The DIC will display a message. The indicator light, on the will bypass the 30-second
instrument panel near the delay and immediately arm the
Enable/Disable
windshield, indicates the status of alarm system.
Press and hold j for four seconds the system. The vehicle alarm system will not
to lock and disable the power assist Off : Alarm system is disarmed. arm if the doors are locked with
steps. Press and hold j for the key.
On Solid : Vehicle is secured
four seconds again to enable them. during the delay to arm the system. If the driver door is opened without
The DIC will display a message. first unlocking with the RKE
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.
transmitter, the horn will chirp and
A door, liftgate, or the hood is open.
the lights will flash to indicate
Slow Flash : Alarm system is pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
armed. started, or the door is not unlocked
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
by pressing K on the RKE . Always unlock a door with the power source, and can sound an
transmitter during the 10-second RKE transmitter, or use the alarm if the vehicles battery is
pre-alarm, the alarm will be Keyless Access system. compromised.
activated. Unlocking the driver door with The inclination sensor can set off
The alarm will also be activated if a the key will not disarm the the alarm if it senses movement of
passenger door, the liftgate, or the system or turn off the alarm. the vehicle, such as a change in
hood is opened without first vehicle orientation.
How to Detect a Tamper
disarming the system. When the Condition The intrusion sensor monitors the
alarm is activated, the turn signals vehicle interior, and can activate the
flash and the horn sounds for about If K is pressed on the RKE alarm if it senses unauthorized entry
30 seconds. The alarm system will transmitter and the horn chirps three into the vehicles interior. Do not
then re-arm to monitor for the next times, an alarm occurred previously allow passengers or pets to remain
unauthorized event. while the alarm system was armed. in the vehicle when the intrusion
sensor is activated.
Disarming the Alarm System If the alarm has been activated, a
message will appear on the DIC. Before arming the theft-deterrent
To disarm the alarm system or turn
See Security Messages 0 174. system and activating the intrusion
off the alarm if it has been activated:
sensor:
. Press K on the RKE transmitter. Power Sounder, Inclination
. Make sure all doors and
Sensor, and Intrusion Sensor
. Unlock the vehicle using the windows are completely closed.
Keyless Access system. In addition to the standard
. Secure any loose items such as
theft-deterrent system features, this
. Start the vehicle. system may also have a power a sunshades.
To avoid setting off the alarm by sounder, inclination sensor, and . Make sure there are no
accident: intrusion sensor. obstructions blocking the
The power sounder provides an sensors in the front overhead
. Lock the vehicle after all console.
occupants have exited. audible alarm which is distinct from
the vehicles horn. It has its own . Close DVD screens before
leaving the vehicle.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Intrusion and Inclination Immobilizer The security light, in the instrument

Sensors Disable Switch cluster, comes on if there is a
See Radio Frequency problem with arming or disarming
Statement 0 439. the theft-deterrent system.
Immobilizer Operation When trying to start the vehicle, the

security light comes on briefly when
(Key Access) the ignition is turned on.
If the engine does not start and the
security light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Turn the
ignition off and try again.
If the engine still does not start, and
the key appears to be undamaged,
This vehicle has a passive try another ignition key. It may be
theft-deterrent system. necessary to check the fuse. See
It is recommended that the intrusion
Fuses 0 351. If the engine still does
and inclination sensors be The system does not have to be not start with the other key, the
deactivated if pets are left in the manually armed or disarmed. vehicle needs service. If the vehicle
vehicle or the vehicle is being
The vehicle is automatically does start, the first key may be
transported.
immobilized when the vehicle is faulty. See your dealer.
With the vehicle off, press o in turned off. It is possible for the immobilizer
the front overhead console to turn The system is automatically system to learn new or replacement
off the feature. disarmed when the key is turned to keys. Up to eight keys can be
The indicator light will come on ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, programmed for the vehicle. To
momentarily, indicating that these or START from the LOCK/OFF program additional keys, see Keys
sensors have been disabled until position. (Keyless Access) 0 34 or Keys (Key
the next time the alarm system is Access) 0 31. To program additional
armed.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
transmitters, see Remote Keyless center console storage area

Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key between the driver and front
Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless passenger seats. See Starting the
Entry (RKE) System Operation Vehicle with a Low Transmitter
(Keyless Access) 0 37. under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Do not leave the key or device that System Operation (Key Access)
disarms or deactivates the vehicle The security light in the instrument 0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry
theft system in the vehicle. cluster comes on if there is a (RKE) System Operation (Keyless
problem with arming or disarming Access) 0 37.
See your dealer to get a new key
the theft-deterrent system. If the engine does not start with the
blank cut exactly as the ignition key
that operates the system. The system has one or more other transmitter or when the
transmitters matched to an transmitter is in the pocket in the
immobilizer control unit in the center console, the vehicle needs
Immobilizer Operation service. See your dealer who can
vehicle. Only a correctly matched
(Keyless Access) transmitter will start the vehicle. service the theft-deterrent system
This vehicle has a passive If the transmitter is ever damaged, and have a new transmitter
theft-deterrent system. you may not be able to start the programmed to the vehicle.
vehicle. Do not leave the transmitter or
The system does not have to be
manually armed or disarmed. When trying to start the vehicle, the device that disarms or deactivates
security light comes on briefly when the theft-deterrent system in the
The vehicle is automatically vehicle.
the ignition is turned on.
immobilized when the vehicle is
turned off. If the engine does not start and the
security light stays on, there is a
The immobilization system is
problem with the system. Turn the
disarmed when the ignition button is
vehicle off and try again.
pressed in and a valid transmitter is
found in the vehicle. If the RKE transmitter appears to be
undamaged, try another transmitter
or place the transmitter in the
transmitter pocket/insert next to the
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors 4. Press either (1) or (2) again to

deselect the mirror. The
indicator light goes off.
Convex Mirrors
Exterior Automatic Dimming
{ Warning Mirror
If equipped, the driver outside mirror
A convex mirror can make things, automatically adjusts for the glare of
like other vehicles, look farther headlamps behind. This feature
away than they really are. If you comes on when the vehicle is
cut too sharply into the right lane, started. See Automatic Dimming
you could hit a vehicle on the Rearview Mirror 0 60.
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before Turn Signal Indicator
changing lanes. Shown with Power Folding The vehicle may also have a turn
Mirrors, Manual Folding Similar signal indicator on the mirror. An
The passenger side mirror is convex To adjust the mirrors: arrow on the mirror flashes in the
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is direction of the turn or lane change.
1. Press (1) or (2) to select the
curved so more can be seen from driver or passenger side mirror.
the driver seat. The indicator light comes on.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move the mirror up,
down, right, or left.
3. Adjust the outside mirror so
that the side of the vehicle and
the area behind are seen.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Folding Mirrors . They are accidentally manually Blind Spot Mirrors

folded/unfolded.
Power Folding If equipped, there is a small convex
. The mirrors will not stay in the mirror built into the upper and outer
unfolded position. corner of the driver outside rearview
. The mirrors vibrate at normal mirror. It can show objects that may
driving speeds. be in the vehicle's blind zone.
Fold and unfold the mirrors one time
using the mirror controls to reset
them to their normal position.
A popping noise may be heard
during the resetting of the power
folding mirrors. This sound is normal
after a manual folding operation.
Manual Folding
To adjust power folding mirrors, Fold the mirrors inward to prevent
if equipped: damage when going through an
automatic car wash. To fold, pull the
1. Press { to fold the mirrors mirror toward the vehicle. Push the
inward. mirror outward, to return to its
original position.
2. Press { again to return the
mirrors to the driving position.
Heated Mirrors
Resetting the Power Folding K : Press to heat the mirrors.
Mirrors
See Rear Window Defogger under
Reset the power folding mirrors if: Dual Automatic Climate Control
. The mirrors are accidentally System 0 226.
obstructed while folding.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Driving with the Blind Spot 1. When the approaching vehicle zone. Then, glance over your
Mirror is a long distance away, the shoulder to double check
image in the main mirror is before moving slowly into the
small and near the inboard adjacent lane.
edge of the mirror.
2. As the vehicle gets closer, the Reverse Tilt Mirrors
image in the main mirror gets If equipped with memory seats, the
larger and moves outboard. passenger and/or driver mirror tilts
3. As the vehicle enters the blind to a preselected position when the
zone, the image transitions vehicle is in R (Reverse). This
from the main mirror to the allows the curb to be seen when
blind spot mirror. parallel parking.
4. When the vehicle is in the blind The mirror(s) return to the original
zone, the image only appears position when:
in the blind spot mirror. . The vehicle is shifted out of
Using the Outside Mirror with R (Reverse), or remains in
R (Reverse) for about
the Blind Spot Mirror 30 seconds.
1. Set the main mirror so that the . The ignition is turned off.
side of the vehicle can just be
seen and the blind spot mirror . The vehicle is driven in
has an unobstructed view. R (Reverse) above a set speed.
2. When checking for traffic or To turn this feature on or off, see
before changing a lane, look at Vehicle Personalization 0 178.
the main driver/passenger side
Actual Mirror View mirror to observe traffic in the
adjacent lane, behind your
vehicle. Check the blind spot
mirror for a vehicle in the blind
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Interior Mirrors Automatic Dimming Windows

Rearview Mirror
Interior Rearview Mirrors If equipped, automatic dimming { Warning
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear reduces the glare of headlamps
from behind. The dimming feature Never leave a child, a helpless
view of the area behind your
comes on when the vehicle is adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
vehicle.
started. especially with the windows
If equipped with OnStar, there are closed in warm or hot weather.
three buttons at the bottom of the They can be overcome by the
mirror. See your dealer for more Child-View Mirror
extreme heat and suffer
information on the system and how permanent injuries or even death
to subscribe to OnStar. See OnStar from heat stroke.
Overview 0 443.
To avoid accidental OnStar calls,
clean the mirror with the ignition off.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
Manual Rearview Mirror

Push the tab forward for daytime
use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare of the If equipped, push up on the
headlamps from behind. sunglasses bin and release. Push
the bin back in halfway to secure
the mirror in position.
The vehicle aerodynamics are
Push the mirror back up when not designed to improve fuel economy
in use. performance. This may result in a
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
pulsing sound when either rear

window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
sound, open either a front window
or the sunroof, if equipped.
Power Windows
{ Warning
Children could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Never The windows work when the vehicle . Press Z to activate the rear
leave keys in a vehicle with is in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, window locks. An indicator light
children. When there are children or when Retained Accessory Power will illuminate when the feature
in the rear seat, use the window (RAP) is active. See Retained is on.
lockout button to prevent Accessory Power (RAP) 0 258.
operation of the windows. See
. Press Z again to deactivate the
Press or pull the switch to open or rear window locks.
Keys (Keyless Access) 0 34 or close the window.
Keys (Key Access) 0 31. Window Express Movement
The windows will be temporarily
disabled if the window switches are Express-down/up allows the
used repeatedly within a short time. windows to be opened or closed
without holding the window switch.
Window Lockout Press the window switch fully down
This feature prevents the rear or pull it up, and quickly release it to
passenger windows from operating, engage. Briefly press or pull the
except from the driver position. same switch to stop window
movement.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Express Window Obstacle Programming the Power Sun Visors

Detection Windows
The express-up feature will reverse Programming may be necessary if
window movement if it comes in the vehicle's battery has been
contact with an object. Extreme cold disconnected or discharged. If the
or ice could cause the window to window is unable to express-up,
auto-reverse. The window will program the window:
operate as normal after the object or 1. Close all doors.
condition is removed.
2. Place the ignition in ACC/
Obstacle Detection Override ACCESSORY or ON/RUN.
3. Partially open the window to be Pull the sun visor down to block
{ Warning programmed, then close it and glare. Detach the sun visor from the
continue to pull the switch center mount to pivot to the side
If obstacle detection override is window or, if equipped, extend
briefly after the window has
activated, the window will not along the rod.
fully closed.
reverse automatically. You or
others could be injured and the 4. Press the power window switch
window could be damaged. until the window is fully open
Before you use obstacle detection and briefly hold.
override, make sure that all
people and obstructions are clear
of the window path.
The window can be closed by

holding the window switch in the up
position if conditions prevent it from
express closing.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Roof Slide Switch The sunroof also has a sunshade

which can be pulled forward to block
Express-Open/Express-Close : To
sun rays. The sunshade must be
Sunroof express-open the sunroof, fully
opened and closed manually when
press and release I (1). To the sunroof is in the vent or fully
express-close the sunroof, fully closed position.
press and release K (1). Press
the switch again to stop the Automatic Reversal System
movement. The sunroof is equipped with an
Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To automatic reversal system that is
only active when the sunroof is
open the sunroof, press and hold I being operated in express-close.
(1). Release the switch at the If an object is in the path of the
desired position. Press and hold sunroof while it is express closing,
K (1) to close the sunroof. the reversal system will detect the
Release the switch at the desired object and stop. In the event of
position. closing difficulties like frost or other
1. SLIDE Switch Tilt Switch conditions, it is possible to override
the reversal system. To override the
2. TILT Switch Vent : From the closed position, reversal system, close in manual
If equipped, the sunroof only press J (2) to vent the sunroof. mode. To stop the movement,
operates when the ignition is on or Press K (2) to close the release the switch.
in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when sunroof vent.
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is
active. See Retained Accessory When the sunroof is opened, an air
Power (RAP) 0 258. deflector will automatically raise.
The air deflector will retract when
the sunroof is closed.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Dirt and debris may collect on the

sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
operation or noise. It could also plug
the water drainage system.
Periodically open the sunroof and
remove any obstacles or loose
debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
roof sealing area using a clean
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from the sunroof.
If water is seen dripping into the
water drainage system, this is
normal.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Seats and Restraints 65
Seats and Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . .
90
90
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 110
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Restraints Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
90
91
Children (LATCH System) . . . 111
Replacing LATCH System
Replacing Safety Belt System Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . 119
Head Restraints Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Securing Child Restraints (With
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 the Safety Belt in the
Airbag System Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Front Seats Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Securing Child Restraints (With
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 93 the Safety Belt in the Center
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 When Should an Airbag Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 68 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Securing Child Restraints (With
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 What Makes an Airbag the Safety Belt in the Front
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Passenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 How Does an Airbag
Heated and Ventilated Front Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Rear Seats Passenger Sensing System . . . 98
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Adding Equipment to the
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . 102
Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 103
Safety Belts Replacing Airbag System Parts
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Child Restraints
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Safety Belt Use During Infants and Young Children . . . 106
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . 108
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
66 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
Front Seats
The vehicles front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/ Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can
spinal injury in a crash. Do not top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
drive until the head restraints for height as the top of the occupant's up to raise it. Try to move the head
all occupants are installed and head. This position reduces the restraint to make sure that it is
chance of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place.
adjusted properly.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Second Row Seats Return the lowered head restraint to Front Seats
the upright position until it locks into
The vehicle's second row seats
place. Push and pull on the head
have head restraints in the outboard
restraint to make sure it is locked. Seat Adjustment
seating positions that cannot be
adjusted. If you are installing a child restraint
in the third row seat, see Securing { Warning
The second row seat outboard head
a Child Restraint Designed for the You can lose control of the
restraints are not removable.
LATCH System under Lower vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
Third Row Seats Anchors and Tethers for Children
seat while the vehicle is moving.
(LATCH System) 0 111.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
The third row seat head restraint

can be lowered for better visibility
when the rear seat is unoccupied.
To lower the head restraint, press To adjust a manual seat:
the button located on the top of the
1. Pull the handle at the front of
seatback and push the head
the seat.
restraint down.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
2. Slide the seat to the desired Power Seat Adjustment To adjust the lumbar support, see
position and release the Lumbar Adjustment 0 68.
handle. Some vehicles are equipped with a
3. Try to move the seat back and feature that activates a vibrating
forth to be sure it is locked in pulse alert in the driver seat to help
place. the driver avoid crashes. See Driver
To adjust the seatback, see Assistance Systems 0 287.
Reclining Seatbacks 0 69.
Lumbar Adjustment
To adjust the lumbar support,
if equipped, see Lumbar Manual Lumbar
Adjustment 0 68.
Center Seat
If equipped, the center front To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
seatback doubles as an armrest and . Move the seat forward or
cupholder/storage area for the driver rearward by sliding the control
and passenger when the center forward or rearward.
front seat is not used. Do not use it
as a seating position when the . If equipped, raise or lower the
seatback is folded down. front part of the seat cushion by
moving the front of the control
up or down.
. If equipped, raise or lower the
seat by moving the rear of the If equipped, move the lever up or
control up or down. down repeatedly to increase or
decrease lumbar support.
To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks 0 69.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Power Lumbar Reclining Seatbacks
{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you Do not have a seatback reclined if
could go into it, receiving neck or the vehicle is moving.
To adjust the power lumbar support, other injuries.
if equipped:
Manual Reclining Seatbacks
The lap belt could go up over
. Press and hold the control your abdomen. The belt forces
forward to increase or rearward would be there, not at your pelvic { Warning
to decrease upper and lower bones. This could cause serious
If either seatback is not locked, it
lumbar support at the same time. internal injuries.
could move forward in a sudden
. If equipped, press and hold the For proper protection when the stop or crash. That could cause
control up to increase upper vehicle is in motion, have the injury to the person sitting there.
lumbar support and decrease seatback upright. Then sit well Always push and pull on the
lower lumbar support. back in the seat and wear the seatbacks to be sure they are
Press and hold the control down safety belt properly. locked.
to increase lower lumbar support
and decrease upper lumbar
support.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
1. Lift the lever fully without Memory Seats

applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
Power Reclining Seatbacks
To adjust a manual seatback:

1. Lift the lever.
If memory equipped, the SET, 1, 2,
The seatback will automatically
fold forward. and B (Exit) buttons on the driver
door are used to manually store and
2. To recline, move the seatback recall memory settings for the driver
rearward to the desired seat, outside mirrors, power tilt and
position, then release the lever telescoping steering column (if
to lock the seatback in place. equipped), and adjustable pedals (if
To recline a power seatback,
3. Push and pull on the seatback equipped).
if equipped:
to make sure it is locked.
. Tilt the top of the control Storing Memory Positions
To return the seatback to the upright rearward to recline. To store positions to the 1 and 2
position:
. Tilt the top of the control forward buttons:
to raise. 1. The ignition must be in ON/
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
2. Adjust the driver seat, outside If something has blocked the driver To stop recall movement, press one
mirrors, power tilt and seat, power tilt and telescoping of the memory, power mirror,
telescoping steering column (if steering column, and/or adjustable or power seat controls; press the
equipped), and adjustable pedals while recalling a memory power tilt and telescoping steering
pedals (if equipped). position, the recall may stop. column control (if equipped); or
3. Press and release SET. A beep Remove the obstruction; then press press the adjustable pedal control (if
will sound. and hold the appropriate manual equipped).
control for the memory item that is If the vehicle driver has changed, in
4. Immediately press and hold 1 not recalling for two seconds. Try
until two beeps sound. some vehicles the Driver ID may be
recalling the memory position again displayed for the first few ignition
5. Repeat Steps 14 for a second by pressing the appropriate memory cycles.
driver using 2. button. If the memory position is still
not recalling, see your dealer for RKE transmitters are not labeled
To store exit positions and easy exit service. with a number. If your memory seat
features to the B (Exit) button, position is stored to 1 or 2, but this
Automatically Recalling Memory position is not automatically
repeat Steps 14 using B to store Positions (Auto Memory Recall) recalling, then store your positions
your positions for getting out of the
If programmed on in the vehicle to the other button or switch RKE
vehicle.
personalization menu, the Auto transmitters with the other driver.
Manually Recalling Memory (Automatic) Memory Recall feature
Positions Easy Exit Recall
automatically recalls the current
drivers previously stored 1 or 2 If programmed on in the vehicle
Press and hold 1, 2, or B (Exit) to personalization menu, the easy exit
position when the ignition is
manually recall the previously changed from off to ON/RUN or feature automatically recalls the
stored memory positions. Releasing ACC/ACCESSORY. previously stored B positions when
1, 2, or B before the stored leaving the vehicle. See Vehicle
See Auto Memory Recall under
positions are reached stops the Personalization 0 178.
Comfort and Convenience in
recall.
Vehicle Personalization 0 178. Easy exit recall automatically
activates when one of the following
occurs:
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

. The vehicle is turned off and the feature not recalling for
driver door is opened within a two seconds. Then try recalling
short time. the exit position again.
. The vehicle is turned off with the If the memory position is still not
driver door open. recalling, see your dealer for
To stop recall movement, press one service.
of the memory, driver seat, outside
mirror, or power tilt and telescoping Heated and Ventilated
steering column controls. Front Seats
Obstructions
If something has blocked the driver
{ Warning
seat, power tilt and telescoping The buttons are on the center stack
If you cannot feel temperature
steering column, and/or adjustable below the climate control system. To
change or pain to the skin, the
pedals while recalling a memory operate, the engine must be
seat heater may cause burns. To running.
position, the recall may stop. reduce the risk of burns, people
Remove the obstruction. Then do with such a condition should use Press I to heat the driver or
one of the following:
care when using the seat heater, passenger seatback only.
. If automatically or manually especially for long periods of
recalling the stored memory time. Do not place anything on Press J to heat the driver or
position, press and hold the the seat that insulates against passenger seat cushion and
appropriate manual control for seatback.
heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
two seconds. Try recalling again cover, or similar item. This may Press C to ventilate the driver or
by pressing the appropriate cause the seat heater to passenger seat.
memory button. overheat. An overheated seat
. If recalling the exit position, The indicator light on the button
heater may cause a burn or may
comes on when this feature is on.
press and hold the appropriate damage the seat.
manual control for the exit
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Press the button once for the The temperature performance of an Rear Seats
highest setting. With each press of unoccupied seat may be reduced.
the button, the seat will change to This is normal. Rear Seat Reminder
the next lower setting, and then to The heated or ventilated seats will
the off setting. The indicator lights Look in Rear Seat Reminder
not turn on during a remote start Feature
next to the buttons indicate three for unless they are enabled in the
the highest setting and one for the vehicle personalization menu. See This message displays under
lowest. If the heated seats are on Remote Vehicle Start 0 44 and certain conditions indicating there
high for an extended time, their level Vehicle Personalization 0 178. may be an item or passenger in the
may automatically be lowered. rear seat. Check before exiting the
The passenger seat may take vehicle.
longer to heat up. This feature will activate when a
second row door is opened while
Remote Start Auto Heated and
the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes
Ventilated Seats
before the vehicle is turned on,
During a remote start, the heated or including if the vehicle was started
ventilated seats can be turned on remotely. There will be an alert
automatically. When it is cold when the vehicle is turned off. The
outside, the heated seats turn on, alert does not directly detect objects
and when it is hot outside the in the rear seat; instead, under
ventilated seats turn on. The heated certain conditions, it detects when a
or ventilated seats are canceled rear door is opened and closed,
when the ignition is turned on. Press indicating that there may be
the heated or ventilated seat button something in the rear seat.
to use the heated or ventilated seats
The feature is active only once each
after the vehicle is started.
time the vehicle is turned on and off,
The heated or ventilated seat and will require reactivation by
indicator lights do not turn on during opening and closing the second row
a remote start. doors. There may be an alert even
when there is nothing in the rear
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
seat; for example, if a child entered Second Row Seats

the vehicle through the rear door
and left the vehicle without the Reclining Seatbacks
vehicle being shut off. To recline the seatback:
The feature can be turned on or off
through Vehicle
Personalization 0 178.
Heated Rear Seats
{ Warning
If you cannot feel temperature The buttons are on the rear of the
change or pain to the skin, the center console.
seat heater may cause burns. Press M or L to heat the left
See the Warning under Heated outboard or right outboard seat
and Ventilated Front Seats 0 72. cushion.
1. Lift the lever on the outboard
Press the button once for the side of the seat.
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the heated seat changes 2. Move the seatback to the
to the next lower setting, and then desired position, and then
the off setting. Indicator lights on the release the lever to lock the
button show the setting: three for seatback in place.
high, two for medium, and one 3. Push and pull on the seatback
for low. to make sure it is locked.
If the heated seats are on high for To return the seatback to the upright
an extended time, their level may position:
automatically be lowered.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Manual Fold and Tumble Folding and Tumbling the Seat

{ Warning Feature To fold and tumble the seat:
If either seatback is not locked, it 1. Make sure that there is nothing
could move forward in a sudden { Warning under, in front of, or on
stop or crash. That could cause the seat.
Do not leave the second row seat
injury to the person sitting there.
in a tumbled position while the
Always push and pull on the
vehicle is in motion. A tumbled
seatbacks to be sure they are
seat is not locked. It can move
locked.
when the vehicle is in motion.
People in the vehicle could be
1. Lift the lever fully while injured in a sudden stop or crash.
applying pressure to the Be sure to return the seat to the
seatback, and the seatback will passenger seating position before
return to the upright position. driving the vehicle. Push and pull
If the lever is lifted without on the seat to make sure it is
applying pressure, the seat will locked into place.
release to a folded position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback 2. Lift the lever, on the outboard
to make sure it is locked. Caution side of the seat, to release the
The second row seats can be folded seatback.
for additional cargo space or folded Folding a rear seat with the safety
and tumbled for easy entry and exit belts still fastened may cause
to the third row seat, if equipped. damage to the seat or the safety
belts. Always unbuckle the safety
belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Folding and Tumbling the Seat

from the Third Row Seat
{ Warning
Using the third row seating
position while the second row is
folded, or folded and tumbled,
could cause injury in a sudden
stop or crash. Be sure to return
the seat to the passenger seating
position. Push and pull on the
The seatback will fold forward 3. Lift the lever again to release seat to make sure it is locked into
to create a flat load floor. the rear of the seat from the place.
If the seatback cannot fold flat, floor. The seat will tumble
try moving the front seat forward. To fold and tumble the seat from the
forward and/or put the front 4. The rear pull strap can also be third row seat, if equipped:
seatback in the upright used to fold or fold and tumble 1. Make sure that there is nothing
position. the seat. It is easier to tumble under, in front of, or on
the seat from the rear pull strap the seat.
once the seat is already
folded flat.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
3. Pull the strap again to release

the rear of the seat from the { Warning
floor. The seat will tumble
forward. Automatically folding and
tumbling the seat when someone
Automatic Fold and Tumble is sitting in the seat, could cause
Feature injury to the person sitting there.
Always make sure there is no one
{ Warning sitting in the seat before pressing
the automatic seat release switch.
Do not leave the second row seat
in a tumbled position while the
vehicle is in motion. A tumbled
2. Pull the strap on the bottom seat is not locked. It can move Caution
rear of the second row seat to
when the vehicle is in motion. Folding a rear seat with the safety
release the seatback. The
People in the vehicle could be belts still fastened may cause
seatback will fold forward.
injured in a sudden stop or crash. damage to the seat or the safety
Be sure to return the seat to the belts. Always unbuckle the safety
passenger seating position before belts and return them to their
driving the vehicle. Push and pull normal stowed position before
on the seat to make sure it is folding a rear seat.
locked into place.
The transmission must be in

P (Park) for this feature to work.
Fold the seat to load cargo. Fold
and tumble the seat to gain entry to
the third row.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Folding and Tumbling the Seat Folding and Tumbling the Seat The left switch folds the left
To fold and tumble the seat: from the Cargo Area seatback, and the right switch
folds the right seatback.
1. Make sure that there is nothing
under, in front of, or on 3. Press the switch again to
the seat. release the rear of the seat
from the floor. The seat will
tumble forward.
The switches (2) can be used to fold
or fold and unfold the third row
seatbacks from the cargo area. See
Third Row Seats 0 79.
Returning the Seat to the
Sitting Position
1. Second Row Power Seat

switches
{ Warning
2. Third Row Power Seat If either seatback is not locked, it
Driver Side Rear Panel Switch switches could move forward in a sudden
2. Press the automatic seat To fold and tumble the seat from the stop or crash. That could cause
release switch on the panel cargo area: injury to the person sitting there.
behind the rear doors. The Always push and pull on the
seatback automatically 1. Make sure that there is nothing seatbacks to be sure they are
folds flat. under, in front of, or on locked.
the seat.
3. Press the switch again to
release the rear of the seat 2. Press the switch (1) on the side To return the seat to the sitting
from the floor. The seat will trim of the cargo area to fold position from the tumbled position:
tumble forward. the seatback.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
1. Pull the seat down until both On third row seats (if equipped), the 5. Disconnect the rear safety belt
sides of the seat are latched to seatbacks can be folded to increase mini-latch using a key in the
the floor. Make sure the seat is cargo space. slot on the mini-buckle, and let
securely latched to the floor the belt retract into the
before raising the seatback. Manual Operation headliner.
If both sides are not latched to To fold the seatback (if equipped):
the floor, the seatback will not 1. Open the liftgate.
raise.
2. Make sure that there is nothing
2. Lift the seatback and push it under, in front of, or on
rearward. Push and pull on the the seat.
seatback to make sure it is
locked. 3. Make sure the second row
seatbacks are in the upright
Third Row Seats position.
4. Fully lower the head restraints.
Folding the Seatback See Head Restraints 0 66.
Caution
7. Stow the mini-latch in the
Folding a rear seat with the safety holder in the headliner.
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the safety
belts. Always unbuckle the safety
belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
8. Pull up on the lever on the 1. Second Row Power Seat 4. Disconnect the rear safety belt
back of the seat to release the Switches mini-latch, using a key in the
seatback. slot on the mini-buckle, and let
2. Third Row Power Seat
9. Push the seatback forward to Switches the belt retract into the
lay flat. headliner. Stow the mini-latch
To fold the seatback (if equipped): in the holder in the headliner.
10. Repeat the steps for the other
1. Open the liftgate to access the
seatback, if desired.
controls for the seat.
Automatic Operation 2. Make sure that there is nothing
The transmission must be in under, in front of, or on
P (Park) for this feature to work. the seat.
3. Fully lower the head restraints.
See Head Restraints 0 66. Put
the second row seatbacks in
the upright position. See
Second Row Seats 0 74.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Returning the Seatback to the

Upright Position
Manual Operation
{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
5. Press and hold the switch (2) 1. From the rear of the vehicle,
on the side trim of the cargo locked. raise the seatback using the
area to fold the seatback. strap on the back of the seat,
The left switch folds the left To return the seatback to the upright or lift the seatback and push it
seatback, and the right switch position: into place from inside the
folds the right seatback. vehicle.
6. Repeat the steps for the other 2. Push and pull on the seatback
seatback, if desired. to make sure it is locked.
The switches (1) can be used to fold

or fold and tumble the second row
{ Warning
seats from the cargo area. See A safety belt that is improperly
Second Row Seats 0 74. routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Automatic Operation
Warning (Continued) { Warning
seriously injured. After raising the A safety belt that is improperly
rear seatback, always check to be routed, not properly attached,
sure that the safety belts are or twisted will not provide the
properly routed and attached, and protection needed in a crash. The
are not twisted. person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
3. Reconnect the center safety rear seatback, always check to be
belt mini-latch to the sure that the safety belts are
mini-buckle. Do not let it twist. properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
4. Pull on the safety belt to be
sure the mini-latch is secure.
1. Second Row Power Seat 3. Reconnect the center safety
5. Repeat the steps for the other belt mini-latch to the
seatback, if desired. Switches
2. Third Row Power Seat mini-buckle. Do not let it twist.
Switches 4. Pull on the safety belt to be
To return the seatback to the upright sure the mini-latch is secure.
position: 5. Repeat the steps for the other
1. Open the liftgate to access the seatback, if desired.
controls for the seat.
2. Press and hold the switch (2)
on the side trim of the cargo
area to raise the seatback.
The left switch raises the left
seatback, and the right switch
raises the right seatback.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Safety Belts Warning (Continued)

When riding in a vehicle, you travel
as fast as the vehicle does. If the
This section describes how to use vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
safety belts properly, and some passengers to ride in any area of going until something stops you.
things not to do. the vehicle that is not equipped It could be the windshield, the
with seats and safety belts. instrument panel, or the safety belts!
{ Warning Always wear a safety belt, and When you wear a safety belt, you
check that all passenger(s) are and the vehicle slow down together.
Do not let anyone ride where a restrained properly too. There is more time to stop because
safety belt cannot be worn you stop over a longer distance and,
properly. In a crash, if you or your when worn properly, your strongest
passenger(s) are not wearing This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the safety belts. bones take the forces from the
safety belts, injuries can be much safety belts. That is why wearing
See Safety Belt Reminders 0 149.
worse than if you are wearing safety belts makes such good
safety belts. You can be seriously Why Safety Belts Work sense.
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by Questions and Answers About
being ejected from the vehicle. In Safety Belts
addition, anyone who is not Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
buckled up can strike other after a crash if I am wearing a
passengers in the vehicle. safety belt?
It is extremely dangerous to ride A: You could be whether you are
in a cargo area, inside or outside wearing a safety belt or not.
of a vehicle. In a collision, Your chance of being conscious
passengers riding in these areas during and after a crash, so you
are more likely to be seriously can unbuckle and get out, is
injured or killed. Do not allow much greater if you are belted.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why It is very important for all occupants pelvic bones and you would be
should I have to wear safety to buckle up. Statistics show that less likely to slide under the lap
belts? unbelted people are hurt more often belt. If you slid under it, the belt
A: Airbags are supplemental in crashes than those who are would apply force on your
systems only. They work with wearing safety belts. abdomen. This could cause
safety belts not instead of There are important things to know serious or even fatal injuries.
them. Whether or not an airbag about wearing a safety belt properly. . Wear the shoulder belt over the
is provided, all occupants still shoulder and across the chest.
have to buckle up to get the These parts of the body are best
most protection. able to take belt restraining
Also, in nearly all states and in forces. The shoulder belt locks if
all Canadian provinces, the law there is a sudden stop or crash.
requires wearing safety belts.
{ Warning
How to Wear Safety Belts
You can be seriously injured,
Properly or even killed, by not wearing
This section is only for people of your safety belt properly.
adult size. . Never allow the lap or
There are special things to know shoulder belt to become
about safety belts and children, and . Sit up straight and always keep loose or twisted.
there are different rules for smaller your feet on the floor in front
of you. . Never wear the shoulder
children and infants. If a child will be belt under both arms or
riding in the vehicle, see Older . Always use the correct buckle behind your back.
Children 0 104 or Infants and Young for your seating position.
Children 0 106. Follow those rules . Never route the lap or
. Wear the lap part of the belt low shoulder belt over an
for everyone's protection.
and snug on the hips, just armrest.
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Lap-Shoulder Belt Engaging the child restraint

locking feature in the front
All seating positions in the vehicle outboard seating position may
have a lap-shoulder belt except for affect the passenger sensing
the center front passenger position, system. See Passenger
if equipped, which has a lap belt. Sensing System 0 98.
See Lap Belt 0 90.
If you are using a rear seating
position with a detachable safety
belt, and the safety belt is not
attached, see Third Row Seats 0 79
for instructions on reconnecting the
safety belt to the mini-buckle. 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
The following instructions explain the belt across you. Do not let
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt it get twisted.
properly. The lap-shoulder belt may lock
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is if you pull the belt across you
adjustable, so you can sit up very quickly. If this happens, let
straight. To see how, see the belt go back slightly to
Seats in the Index. unlock it. Then pull the belt For front seating positions,
across you more slowly. if the webbing locks in the latch
plate before it reaches the
If the shoulder portion of a buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to
passenger belt is pulled out all unlock.
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be
engaged. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way
and start again.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
in this section for instructions

on use and important safety
information.
3. Push the latch plate into the To unlatch the belt, push the button
buckle until it clicks. If the latch on the buckle. The belt should
plate will not go fully into the return to its stowed position.
buckle, check if the correct For third row seats, slide the latch
buckle is being used. 5. To make the lap part tight, pull plate up the safety webbing when
Pull up on the latch plate to up on the shoulder belt. the safety belt is not in use. The
make sure it is secure. If the For third row seats, it may be latch plate should rest on the
belt is not long enough, see necessary to pull stitching on stitching on the safety belt.
Safety Belt Extender 0 90. the safety belt through the latch Always stow the safety belt slowly.
Position the release button on plate to fully tighten the lap belt If the safety belt webbing returns
the buckle so that the safety on smaller occupants. quickly to the stowed position, the
belt could be quickly unbuckled retractor may lock and cannot be
if necessary. pulled out. If this happens, pull the
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt safety belt straight out firmly to
height adjuster, move it to the unlock the webbing, and then
height that is right for you. See
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
release it. If the webbing is still They can help tighten the safety
locked in the retractor, see your belts during the early stages of a
dealer. moderate to severe frontal, near
Before a door is closed, be sure the frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
safety belt is out of the way. If a conditions for pretensioner
door is slammed against a safety activation are met. Safety belt
belt, damage can occur to both the pretensioners can also help tighten
belt and the vehicle. the safety belts in a side crash or a
rollover event.
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster Pretensioners work only once. If the
The vehicle has a shoulder belt pretensioners activate in a crash,
height adjuster for the driver and the pretensioners and probably
front outboard passenger positions. Push down on the release button to other parts of the vehicle's safety
move the height adjuster to the belt system will need to be replaced.
Adjust the height so the shoulder
desired position. See Replacing Safety Belt System
portion of the belt is on the shoulder
Parts after a Crash 0 91.
and not falling off of it. The belt Move the adjuster up by pushing up
should be close to, but not on the shoulder belt guide. Do not sit on the outboard safety
contacting, the neck. Improper belt while entering or exiting the
After the adjuster is set to the vehicle or at any time while sitting in
shoulder belt height adjustment
desired position, try to move it down the seat. Sitting on the safety belt
could reduce the effectiveness of
without pushing the release button can damage the webbing and
the safety belt in a crash. See How
to make sure it has locked into hardware.
to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 84.
position.
Safety Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has safety belt
pretensioners for front outboard
occupants. Although the safety belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the safety belt assembly.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Rear Safety Belt Comfort Second Row Outboard Seating

Guides Positions
The vehicle has comfort guides for
{ Warning the second row outboard seating
positions. The comfort guides are
A safety belt that is not properly stored on a clip on the interior trim
worn may not provide the next to the outboard seatback.
protection needed in a crash. The To install:
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. The shoulder
belt should go over the shoulder
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take 2. Place the guide over the belt,
belt restraining forces. and insert the two edges of the
belt into the slots of the guide.
Rear safety belt comfort guides may
provide added safety belt comfort
for older children who have
outgrown booster seats and for
some adults. When installed on a
shoulder belt, the comfort guide
positions the shoulder belt away 1. Remove the guide from its
from the neck and head. storage clip on the interior trim
next to the outboard seatback.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
3. Be sure that the belt is not To remove and store the comfort
twisted and it lies flat. The guide, squeeze the belt edges
elastic cord must be behind the together so that the safety belt can
belt with the plastic guide on be removed from the guide. Slide
the front. the guide onto its storage clip.
Third Row Seating Positions
Comfort guides are available
through your dealer for third row
seating positions. Instructions are
included with the guides.
Safety Belt Use During A pregnant woman should wear a

Pregnancy lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
Safety belts work for everyone, portion should be worn as low as
including pregnant women. Like all possible, below the rounding,
occupants, they are more likely to throughout the pregnancy.
be seriously injured if they do not The best way to protect the fetus is
4. Buckle, position, and release wear safety belts. to protect the mother. When a safety
the safety belt as described belt is worn properly, it is more likely
previously in this section. Make that the fetus will not be hurt in a
sure the shoulder portion of the crash. For pregnant women, as for
belt is on the shoulder and not anyone, the key to making safety
falling off of it. The belt should belts effective is wearing them
be close to, but not contacting, properly.
the neck.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Lap Belt Safety Belt Extender

This section is only for the lap belt. If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
To learn how to wear a lap-shoulder around you, you should use it.
belt, see Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 85. But if a safety belt is not long
The vehicle may have a center enough, your dealer will order you
seating position with a lap safety an extender. When you go in to
belt. The lap safety belt does not order it, take the heaviest coat you
have a retractor. will wear, so the extender will be
long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone
else use it, and use it only for the
To make the belt shorter, pull its free seat it is made to fit. The extender
end as shown until the belt is snug. has been designed for adults. Never
use it for securing child restraints.
If the belt is not long enough, see To wear it, attach it to the regular
Safety Belt Extender 0 90. safety belt. For more information,
Make sure the release button on the see the instruction sheet that comes
buckle is positioned so you would with the extender.
be able to unbuckle the safety belt
quickly if necessary. Safety System Check
If you find that the latch plate will Check that the safety belt reminder,
To make the belt longer, tilt the latch not go fully into the buckle, see if safety belts, buckles, latch plates,
plate and pull it along the belt. you are using the correct buckle. Be and retractors, are all working
Buckle, position, and release it the sure that the latch plate clicks when properly. Look for any other loose or
same way as the lap part of a inserted into the buckle. damaged safety belt system parts
lap-shoulder belt. that might keep a safety belt system
from performing properly. See your
dealer to have it repaired. Torn or
frayed safety belts may not protect
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
you in a crash. They can rip apart Safety belt hardware should be kept
under impact forces. If a belt is torn dry and free of dust or debris. As Warning (Continued)
or frayed, have it replaced necessary exterior hard surfaces
immediately. and safety belt webbing may be inspected and any necessary
lightly cleaned with mild soap and replacements made as soon as
Make sure the safety belt reminder possible.
light is working. See Safety Belt water. Ensure there is not excessive
Reminders 0 149. dust or debris in the mechanism.
If dust or debris exists in the system After a minor crash, replacement of
Keep safety belts clean and dry. please see the dealer. Parts may safety belts may not be necessary.
See Safety Belt Care 0 91. need to be replaced to ensure But the safety belt assemblies that
proper functionality of the system. were used during any crash may
Safety Belt Care have been stressed or damaged.
Keep belts clean and dry. Replacing Safety Belt See your dealer to have the safety
System Parts after a belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
{ Warning Crash
New parts and repairs may be
Do not bleach or dye safety belt necessary even if the safety belt
webbing. It may severely weaken { Warning system was not being used at the
the webbing. In a crash, they A crash can damage the safety time of the crash.
might not be able to provide belt system in the vehicle. Have the safety belt pretensioners
adequate protection. Clean and A damaged safety belt system checked if the vehicle has been in a
rinse safety belt webbing only may not properly protect the crash, or if the airbag readiness light
with mild soap and lukewarm person using it, resulting in stays on after you start the vehicle
water. Allow the webbing to dry. serious injury or even death in a or while you are driving. See Airbag
crash. To help make sure the Readiness Light 0 149.
Safety belts should be properly safety belt systems are working
cared for and maintained. properly after a crash, have them
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Airbag System All vehicle airbags have the word

AIRBAG on the trim or on an { Warning
The vehicle has the following attached label near the deployment
airbags: opening. You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not
. A frontal airbag for the driver. For frontal airbags, the word wearing your safety belt, even
. A frontal airbag for the front AIRBAG is on the center of the with airbags. Airbags are
outboard passenger. steering wheel for the driver and on designed to work with safety
the instrument panel for the front belts, not replace them. Also,
. A seat-mounted side impact outboard passenger.
airbag for the driver. airbags are not designed to inflate
For the front center airbag, the word in every crash. In some crashes
. A seat-mounted side impact AIRBAG is on the inboard side of safety belts are the only restraint.
airbag for the front outboard the driver seatback. See When Should an Airbag
passenger.
For seat-mounted side impact Inflate? 0 95.
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the Wearing your safety belt during a
and for the second and third row side of the seatback closest to
passengers seated directly crash helps reduce your chance
the door. of hitting things inside the vehicle
behind the driver.
For roof-rail airbags, the word or being ejected from it. Airbags
. A roof-rail airbag for the front AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. are supplemental restraints to
outboard passenger and the the safety belts. Everyone in the
second and third row Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by safety vehicle should wear a safety belt
passengers seated directly properly, whether or not there is
behind the front outboard belts. Even though today's airbags
are also designed to help reduce an airbag for that person.
passenger.
the risk of injury from the force of an
The vehicle may have the following inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
airbag: very quickly to do their job.
. A front center airbag for the Here are the most important things
driver and front outboard to know about the airbag system:
passenger.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
There is an airbag readiness light

{ Warning Warning (Continued) on the instrument cluster, which
shows the airbag symbol.
Because airbags inflate with great Occupants should not lean on or
force and faster than the blink of sleep against the door or side The system checks the airbag
an eye, anyone who is up windows in seating positions with electrical system for malfunctions.
against, or very close to any seat-mounted side impact airbags The light tells you if there is an
airbag when it inflates can be and/or roof-rail airbags. electrical problem. See Airbag
seriously injured or killed. Do not Readiness Light 0 149.
sit unnecessarily close to any
airbag, as you would be if sitting Where Are the Airbags?
on the edge of the seat or leaning { Warning
forward. Safety belts help keep Children who are up against,
you in position before and during or very close to, any airbag when
a crash. Always wear a safety it inflates can be seriously injured
belt, even with airbags. The driver or killed. Always secure children
should sit as far back as possible properly in the vehicle. To read
while still maintaining control of how, see Older Children 0 104 or
the vehicle. The safety belts and Infants and Young
the front outboard passenger Children 0 106.
airbags are most effective when
you are sitting well back and
upright in the seat with both feet
on the floor.
The driver frontal airbag is in the
Occupants should not lean on or center of the steering wheel.
sleep against the front center
armrest or console in vehicles
with a front center airbag.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
If the vehicle has a front center

airbag, it is in the inboard side of the
driver seatback.
The front outboard passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger

frontal airbag is in the passenger Side Similar
side instrument panel. The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
Driver Side Shown, Passenger front outboard passenger, and
Side Similar second and third row outboard
The driver and front outboard seating positions are in the ceiling
passenger seat-mounted side above the side windows.
impact airbags are in the side of the
seatbacks closest to the door. { Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
impact exceeds the specific airbag whether the object is fixed or

Warning (Continued) system's deployment threshold. moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
Deployment thresholds are used to or wide.
inflating airbag must be kept predict how severe a crash is likely
clear. Do not put anything Frontal airbags are not intended to
to be in time for the airbags to inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
between an occupant and an inflate and help restrain the
airbag, and do not attach or put impacts, or many side impacts.
occupants. The vehicle has
anything on the steering wheel electronic sensors that help the In addition, the vehicle has
hub or on or near any other airbag system determine the advanced technology frontal
airbag covering. severity of the impact. Deployment airbags. Advanced technology
thresholds can vary with specific frontal airbags adjust the restraint
Do not use seat or console
vehicle design. according to crash severity.
accessories that block the
inflation path of a seat-mounted Frontal airbags are designed to The vehicle also has a seat position
side impact airbag or the front inflate in moderate to severe frontal sensor that enables the sensing
center airbag, if equipped. or near frontal crashes to help system to monitor the position of the
reduce the potential for severe driver seat. The seat position sensor
Never secure anything to the roof injuries, mainly to the driver's or provides information that is used to
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags front outboard passenger's head adjust the deployment of the driver
by routing a rope or tie-down and chest. frontal airbag.
through any door or window
Whether the frontal airbags will or The front center airbag, if equipped,
opening. If you do, the path of an is designed to inflate in moderate to
should inflate is not based primarily
inflating roof-rail airbag will be severe side crashes depending
on how fast the vehicle is traveling.
blocked. upon the location of the impact,
It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how when either side of the vehicle is
When Should an Airbag quickly the vehicle slows down. struck. In addition, the front center
airbag is designed to inflate when
Inflate? Frontal airbags may inflate at the sensing system predicts that the
different crash speeds depending on vehicle is about to roll over on its
This vehicle is equipped with whether the vehicle hits an object
airbags. See Airbag System 0 92. side. The front center airbag is not
straight on or at an angle, and
Airbags are designed to inflate if the
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
designed to inflate in frontal In any particular crash, no one can Airbags supplement the protection
impacts, near frontal impacts, say whether an airbag should have provided by safety belts by
or rear impacts. inflated simply because of the distributing the force of the impact
Seat-mounted side impact airbags vehicle damage or the repair costs. more evenly over the
are designed to inflate in moderate occupant's body.
to severe side crashes depending What Makes an Airbag Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
on the location of the impact. Inflate? are designed to help contain the
Seat-mounted side impact airbags head and chest of occupants in the
In a deployment event, the sensing
are not designed to inflate in frontal outboard seating positions in the
system sends an electrical signal
impacts, near frontal impacts, first, second, and third rows. The
triggering a release of gas from the
rollovers, or rear impacts. rollover capable roof-rail airbags are
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
A seat-mounted side impact airbag designed to help reduce the risk of
airbag causing the bag to break out
is designed to inflate on the side of full or partial ejection in rollover
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
the vehicle that is struck. events, although no system can
and related hardware are all part of
Roof-rail airbags are designed to prevent all such ejections.
the airbag module.
inflate in moderate to severe side But airbags would not help in many
For airbag locations, see Where Are
crashes depending on the location types of collisions, primarily
the Airbags? 0 93.
of the impact. In addition, these because the occupant's motion is
roof-rail airbags are designed to not toward those airbags. See When
inflate during a rollover or in a How Does an Airbag Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 95.
severe frontal impact. Roof-rail Restrain? Airbags should never be regarded
airbags are not designed to inflate in as anything more than a supplement
In moderate to severe frontal or
rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags to safety belts.
near frontal collisions, even belted
will inflate when either side of the
occupants can contact the steering
vehicle is struck, if the sensing
wheel or the instrument panel. In
system predicts that the vehicle is
moderate to severe side collisions,
about to roll over on its side, or in a
even belted occupants can contact
severe frontal impact.
the inside of the vehicle.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
What Will You See after off the hazard warning flashers by
an Airbag Inflates?
{ Warning using the controls for those
features.
After frontal airbags and When an airbag inflates, there
may be dust in the air. This dust
seat-mounted side impact airbags
inflate, they quickly deflate, so could cause breathing problems { Warning
quickly that some people may not for people with a history of A crash severe enough to inflate
even realize an airbag inflated. The asthma or other breathing trouble. the airbags may have also
front center airbag, if equipped, and To avoid this, everyone in the damaged important functions in
roof-rail airbags may still be at least vehicle should get out as soon as the vehicle, such as the fuel
partially inflated for some time after it is safe to do so. If you have system, brake and steering
they inflate. Some components of breathing problems but cannot systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
the airbag module may be hot for get out of the vehicle after an appears to be drivable after a
several minutes. For location of the airbag inflates, then get fresh air moderate crash, there may be
airbags, see Where Are the by opening a window or a door. concealed damage that could
Airbags? 0 93. If you experience breathing make it difficult to safely operate
The parts of the airbag that come problems following an airbag the vehicle.
into contact with you may be warm, deployment, you should seek
but not too hot to touch. There may medical attention. Use caution if you should attempt
be some smoke and dust coming to restart the engine after a crash
from the vents in the deflated has occurred.
The vehicle has a feature that may
airbags. Airbag inflation does not automatically unlock the doors, turn
prevent the driver from seeing out of on the interior lamps and hazard In many crashes severe enough to
the windshield or being able to steer warning flashers, and shut off the inflate the airbag, windshields are
the vehicle, nor does it prevent fuel system after the airbags inflate. broken by vehicle deformation.
people from leaving the vehicle. The feature may also activate, Additional windshield breakage may
without airbag inflation, after an also occur from the front outboard
event that exceeds a predetermined passenger airbag.
threshold. You can lock the doors,
turn off the interior lamps, and turn
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

. Airbags are designed to inflate Passenger Sensing OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will
only once. After an airbag be visible. See Passenger Airbag
inflates, you will need some new
System Status Indicator 0 150.
parts for the airbag system. The vehicle has a passenger The passenger sensing system
If you do not get them, the sensing system for the front turns off the front outboard
airbag system will not be there outboard passenger position. The passenger frontal airbag under
to help protect you in another passenger airbag status indicator certain conditions. No other airbag
crash. A new system will include will light on the overhead console is affected by the passenger
airbag modules and possibly when the vehicle is started. sensing system.
other parts. The service manual
for the vehicle covers the need The passenger sensing system
to replace other parts. works with sensors that are part of
the front outboard passenger seat
. The vehicle has a crash sensing and safety belt. The sensors are
and diagnostic module which designed to detect the presence of
records information after a a properly seated occupant and
crash. See Vehicle Data United States determine if the front outboard
Recording and Privacy 0 440 passenger frontal airbag should be
and Event Data allowed to inflate or not.
Recorders 0 441.
According to accident statistics,
. Let only qualified technicians children are safer when properly
work on the airbag systems. secured in a rear seat in the correct
Improper service can mean that child restraint for their weight
an airbag system will not work and size.
properly. See your dealer for Canada and Mexico
service. The words ON and OFF, or the Whenever possible, children aged
symbols for on and off, will be 12 and under should be secured in
visible during the system check. a rear seating position.
When the system check is
complete, either the word ON or
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Never put a rear-facing child seat in When the passenger sensing

the front. This is because the risk to Warning (Continued) system has turned off the front
the rear-facing child is so great, outboard passenger frontal airbag,
if the airbag inflates. Never put a rear-facing child the off indicator will light and stay lit
restraint in the front seat, even if as a reminder that the airbag is off.
the airbag is off. If securing a
{ Warning forward-facing child restraint in
Indicator 0 150.
A child in a rear-facing child the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far The passenger sensing system is
restraint can be seriously injured designed to turn on the front
or killed if the passenger frontal back as it will go. It is better to
outboard passenger frontal airbag
airbag inflates. This is because secure child restraints in the rear
anytime the system senses that a
the back of the rear-facing child seat. Consider using another person of adult size is sitting
restraint would be very close to vehicle to transport the child properly in the front outboard
the inflating airbag. A child in a when a rear seat is not available. passenger seat.
forward-facing child restraint can When the passenger sensing
be seriously injured or killed if the The passenger sensing system is system has allowed the airbag to be
passenger frontal airbag inflates designed to turn off the front enabled, the on indicator will light
and the passenger seat is in a outboard passenger frontal airbag if: and stay lit as a reminder that the
forward position. . The front outboard passenger airbag is active.
Even if the passenger sensing seat is unoccupied. For some children, including
system has turned off the . The system determines an infant children in child restraints, and for
passenger frontal airbag, no is present in a child restraint. very small adults, the passenger
system is fail-safe. No one can sensing system may or may not turn
. A front outboard passenger
guarantee that an airbag will not off the front outboard passenger
takes his/her weight off of the frontal airbag, depending upon the
deploy under some unusual
seat for a period of time. person's seating posture and body
circumstance, even though the
airbag is turned off. . There is a critical problem with build. Everyone in the vehicle who
the airbag system or the has outgrown child restraints should
(Continued)
passenger sensing system.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
wear a safety belt 2. Remove the child restraint from lock is set, the belt can be
properly whether or not there is the vehicle. tightened but not pulled out of
an airbag for that person. 3. Remove any additional items the retractor.
from the seat such as blankets, 5. If, after reinstalling the child
{ Warning cushions, seat covers, seat restraint and restarting the
heaters, or seat massagers. vehicle, the on indicator is still
If the airbag readiness light ever lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
comes on and stays on, it means 4. Reinstall the child restraint
following the directions slightly recline the vehicle
that something may be wrong seatback and adjust the seat
with the airbag system. To help provided by the child restraint
manufacturer and refer to cushion, if adjustable, to make
avoid injury to yourself or others, sure that the vehicle seatback
Securing Child Restraints (With
have the vehicle serviced right is not pushing the child
the Safety Belt in the Center
away. See Airbag Readiness restraint into the seat cushion.
Front Seat) 0 121 or Securing
Light 0 149 for more information, Child Restraints (With the Also make sure the child
including important safety Safety Belt in the Rear Seat) restraint is not trapped under
information. 0 119 or Securing Child the vehicle head restraint.
Restraints (With the Safety Belt If this happens, adjust the head
If the On Indicator is Lit for a in the Front Passenger restraint. See Head
Child Restraint Seat) 0 122. Restraints 0 66.
The passenger sensing system is Make sure the safety belt 6. Restart the vehicle.
designed to turn off the front retractor is locked by pulling The passenger sensing system may
outboard passenger frontal airbag if the shoulder belt all the way or may not turn off the airbag for a
the system determines that an infant out of the retractor when child in a child restraint depending
is present in a child restraint. If a installing the child restraint, upon the childs size. It is better to
child restraint has been installed even if the child restraint is secure the child restraint in a rear
and the on indicator is lit: equipped with a safety belt seat. Never put a rear-facing child
lock-off. When the retractor restraint in the front seat, even if the
1. Turn the vehicle off.
on indicator is not lit.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material

Adult-Sized Occupant from the seat, such as { Warning
blankets, cushions, seat
covers, seat heaters, or seat If the front outboard passenger
massagers. airbag is turned off for an
adult-sized occupant, the airbag
3. Place the seatback in the fully will not be able to inflate and help
upright position. protect that person in a crash,
4. Have the person sit upright in resulting in an increased risk of
the seat, centered on the seat serious injury or even death. An
cushion, with legs comfortably adult-sized occupant should not
extended. ride in the front outboard
5. If the shoulder portion of the passenger seat, if the passenger
belt is pulled out all the way, airbag off indicator is lit.
the child restraint locking
feature will be engaged. This Additional Factors Affecting
If a person of adult size is sitting in
may unintentionally cause the
the front outboard passenger seat, System Operation
passenger sensing system to
but the off indicator is lit, it could be Safety belts help keep the
turn the airbag off for some
because that person is not sitting passenger in position on the seat
adult-sized occupants. If this
properly in the seat or that the child during vehicle maneuvers and
happens, unbuckle the belt, let
restraint locking feature is engaged. braking, which helps the passenger
the belt go back all the way,
If this happens, use the following sensing system maintain the
and then buckle the belt again
steps to allow the system to detect passenger airbag status. See
without pulling the belt out all
that person and enable the front Safety Belts and Child Restraints
the way.
outboard passenger frontal airbag: in the Index for additional
6. Restart the vehicle and have
1. Turn the vehicle off. information about the importance of
the person remain in this
proper restraint use.
position for two to three minutes
after the on indicator is lit.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
A thick layer of additional material,

such as a blanket or cushion, Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
or aftermarket equipment such as
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat seatback may interfere with the are close to an airbag when it
massagers can affect how well the proper operation of the passenger inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
passenger sensing system sensing system. They are probably part of the
operates. We recommend that you airbag system. Be sure to follow
not use seat covers or other proper service procedures, and
aftermarket equipment except when
Servicing the make sure the person performing
approved by GM for your specific Airbag-Equipped Vehicle work for you is qualified to do so.
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to Airbags affect how the vehicle
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 102 should be serviced. There are parts
for more information about Adding Equipment to the
of the airbag system in several
modifications that can affect how places around the vehicle. Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
the system operates. dealer and the service manual have Adding accessories that change the
The on indicator may be lit if an information about servicing the vehicle's frame, bumper system,
object, such as a briefcase, vehicle and the airbag system. To height, front end, or side sheet
handbag, grocery bag, laptop, purchase a service manual, see metal may keep the airbag system
or other electronic device, is put on Service Publications Ordering from working properly.
an unoccupied seat. If this is not Information 0 438.
The operation of the airbag system
desired, remove the object from
can also be affected by changing
the seat. { Warning any parts of the front seats, safety
belts, airbag sensing and diagnostic
{ Warning For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
module, steering wheel, instrument
panel, any of the airbag modules,
Stowing of articles under the battery is disconnected, an airbag ceiling or pillar garnish trim,
passenger seat or between the can still inflate during improper overhead console, front sensors,
passenger seat cushion and service. You can be injured if you side impact sensors, airbag wiring,
(Continued) (Continued) or front center console.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Your dealer and the service manual If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
have information about the location airbags, see Different Size Tires Caution (Continued)
of the airbag sensors, sensing and and Wheels 0 378 for additional
diagnostic module, and airbag important information. open or break the airbag
wiring. coverings. If there are any
If you have to modify your vehicle opened or broken airbag
In addition, the vehicle has a because you have a disability and coverings, have the airbag
passenger sensing system for the you have questions about whether covering and/or airbag module
front outboard passenger position, the modifications will affect the replaced. For the location of the
which includes sensors that are part vehicle's airbag system, or if you
airbags, see Where Are the
of the passenger's seat. The have questions about whether the
Airbags? 0 93. See your dealer
passenger sensing system may not airbag system will be affected if the
operate properly if the original seat vehicle is modified for any other for service.
trim is replaced with non-GM reason, call Customer Assistance.
covers, upholstery or trim, or with See Customer Assistance Replacing Airbag System
GM covers, upholstery or trim Offices 0 431.
designed for a different vehicle. Any Parts after a Crash
object, such as an aftermarket seat Airbag System Check
heater or a comfort enhancing pad
The airbag system does not need
{ Warning
or device, installed under or on top
of the seat fabric, could also regularly scheduled maintenance or A crash can damage the airbag
interfere with the operation of the replacement. Make sure the airbag systems in the vehicle.
passenger sensing system. This readiness light is working. See A damaged airbag system may
could either prevent proper Airbag Readiness Light 0 149. not properly protect you and your
deployment of the passenger passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger Caution in serious injury or even death. To
sensing system from properly help make sure the airbag
turning off the passenger airbag(s). If an airbag covering is damaged, systems are working properly
See Passenger Sensing opened, or broken, the airbag after a crash, have them
System 0 98. may not work properly. Do not
(Continued)
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

.
Warning (Continued) Child Restraints Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
inspected and any necessary Older Children return to the booster seat.
replacements made as soon as
possible. . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
Does the shoulder belt rest on
the shoulder? If yes, continue.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to If no, try using the rear safety
replace airbag system parts. See belt comfort guide, if available.
your dealer for service. See Rear Safety Belt Comfort
If the airbag readiness light stays on Guides under Lap-Shoulder Belt
after the vehicle is started or comes 0 85. If a comfort guide is not
on when you are driving, the airbag available, or if the shoulder belt
system may not work properly. Have still does not rest on the
the vehicle serviced right away. See shoulder, then return to the
Airbag Readiness Light 0 149. booster seat.
. Does the lap belt fit low and
Older children who have outgrown
snug on the hips, touching the
booster seats should wear the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
vehicle safety belts.
return to the booster seat.
The manufacturer instructions that . Can proper safety belt fit be
come with the booster seat state the
maintained for the length of the
weight and height limitations for that
trip? If yes, continue. If no,
booster. Use a booster seat with a
return to the booster seat.
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below: If you have the choice, a child
should sit in a position with a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Q: What is the proper way to

wear safety belts? { Warning { Warning
A: An older child should wear a Never allow more than one child Never allow a child to wear the
lap-shoulder belt and get the to wear the same safety belt. The safety belt with the shoulder belt
additional restraint a shoulder safety belt cannot properly spread behind their back. A child can be
belt can provide. The shoulder the impact forces. In a crash, they seriously injured by not wearing
belt should not cross the face or can be crushed together and the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
neck. The lap belt should fit seriously injured. A safety belt crash, the child would not be
snugly below the hips, just
must be used by only one person restrained by the shoulder belt.
touching the top of the thighs.
at a time. The child could move too far
This applies belt force to the
child's pelvic bones in a crash. forward increasing the chance of
It should never be worn over the head and neck injury. The child
abdomen, which could cause might also slide under the lap
severe or even fatal internal belt. The belt force would then be
injuries in a crash. applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal
Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort injuries. The shoulder belt should
Guides under Lap-Shoulder
go over the shoulder and across
Belt 0 85.
the chest.
children are safer when properly
restrained in a rear seating position.
In a crash, children who are not
buckled up can strike other people
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
the vehicle's safety belt system nor

{ Warning its airbag system is designed
for them.
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is Children who are not restrained
wrapped around their neck. The properly can strike other people,
shoulder belt can tighten but or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is { Warning
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the Never hold an infant or a child
shoulder belt is allowed to go all while riding in a vehicle. Due to
the way back into the retractor, crash forces, an infant or a child
Infants and Young but it cannot do this if it is will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash.
Children wrapped around a childs neck.
For example, in a crash at only
If the shoulder belt is locked and
Everyone in a vehicle needs tightened around a childs neck, 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
protection! This includes infants and infant will suddenly become a
the only way to loosen the belt is
all other children. Neither the 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
to cut it.
distance traveled nor the age and arms. An infant or child should be
size of the traveler changes the Never leave children unattended secured in an appropriate
need, for everyone, to use safety in a vehicle and never allow restraint.
restraints. In fact, the law in every children to play with the safety
state in the United States and in belts.
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle. Every time infants and young
children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints. Neither
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
For each type of child restraint,

there are many different models
available. When purchasing a child
restraint, be sure it is designed to be
used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying that
it meets federal motor vehicle safety
standards. The restraint
manufacturer's instructions that
come with the restraint state the
weight and height limitations for a
particular child restraint. In addition,
there are many kinds of restraints
Child restraints are devices used to
{ Warning restrain, seat, or position children in
available for children with special
needs.
Children who are up against, the vehicle and are sometimes
called child seats or car seats.
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
{ Warning
There are three basic types of
or killed. Never put a rear-facing child restraints: To reduce the risk of neck and
child restraint in the front . Forward-facing child restraints head injury in a crash, infants and
outboard seat. Secure a toddlers should be secured in a
rear-facing child restraint in a rear . Rearward-facing child restraints rear-facing child restraint until age
seat. It is also better to secure a . Belt-positioning booster seats two, or until they reach the
forward-facing child restraint in a maximum height and weight limits
The proper child restraint for your
rear seat. If you must secure a of their child restraint.
child depends on their size, weight,
forward-facing child restraint in and age, and also on whether the
the front outboard seat, always child restraint is compatible with the
move the front passenger seat as vehicle in which it will be used.
far back as it will go.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Child Restraint Systems

{ Warning
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal Forward-Facing Child Seat
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child restraint
crash, young children should provides restraint for the child's
A rear-facing child restraint provides body with the harness.
always be secured in appropriate restraint with the seating surface
child restraints. against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Securing an Add-On Child When securing an add-on child

Restraint in the Vehicle restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
{ Warning booklet, or both, and to this manual.
A child can be seriously injured or The child restraint instructions are
killed in a crash if the child important, so if they are not
restraint is not properly secured in available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle Keep in mind that an unsecured
using the vehicles safety belt or child restraint can move around in a
LATCH system, following the collision or sudden stop and injure
Booster Seats instructions that came with that people in the vehicle. Be sure to
A belt-positioning booster seat is child restraint and the instructions properly secure any child restraint in
used for children who have in this manual. the vehicle even when no child is
outgrown their forward-facing child in it.
restraint. Boosters are designed to To help reduce the chance of injury, In some areas of the United States
improve the fit of the vehicle's safety the child restraint must be secured and Canada, Certified Child
belt system until the child is large in the vehicle. Child restraint Passenger Safety Technicians
enough for the vehicle safety belts systems must be secured in vehicle (CPSTs) are available to inspect
to fit properly without a booster seat. seats by lap belts or the lap belt and demonstrate how to correctly
See the safety belt fit test in Older portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by use and install child restraints. In
Children 0 104. the LATCH system. See Lower the U.S., refer to the National
Anchors and Tethers for Children Highway Traffic Safety
(LATCH System) 0 111 for more Administration (NHTSA) website to
information. Children can be locate the nearest child safety seat
endangered in a crash if the child inspection station. For CPST
restraint is not properly secured in availability in Canada, check with
the vehicle. Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Securing the Child Within the Never put a rear-facing child

Child Restraint restraint in the front. This is because Warning (Continued)
the risk to the rear-facing child is so
great if the airbag deploys. Secure rear-facing child restraints
{ Warning in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
A child can be seriously injured or { Warning forward-facing child restraint in
killed in a crash if the child is not
A child in a rear-facing child the front seat, always move the
properly secured in the child
restraint can be seriously injured front passenger seat as far back
restraint. Secure the child
or killed if the front passenger as it will go. It is better to secure
properly following the instructions
airbag inflates. This is because the child restraint in a rear seat.
that came with that child restraint.
the back of the rear-facing child See Passenger Sensing System
restraint would be very close to 0 98 for additional information.
Where to Put the the inflating airbag. A child in a
Restraint forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
children and infants are safer when
front passenger airbag inflates { Warning
and the passenger seat is in a
properly restrained in an appropriate A child in a child restraint in the
forward position.
child restraint secured in a rear center front seat can be badly
seating position. Even if the passenger sensing injured or killed by the frontal
Whenever possible, children aged system has turned off the front airbags if they inflate. Never
12 and under should be secured in passenger frontal airbag, no secure a child restraint in the
a rear seating position. system is fail-safe. No one can center front seat. It is always
guarantee that an airbag will not better to secure a child restraint in
The vehicle may be equipped with a deploy under some unusual a rear seat.
front center airbag in the inboard
circumstance, even though it is
side of the driver seat. Even with a
turned off.
front center airbag, a child restraint Do not use child restraints in the
can be installed in any second row (Continued) center front seat position.
seating position.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
When securing a child restraint in a properly secure any child restraint in Booster seats use the vehicles
rear seating position, study the the vehicle even when no child is safety belts to secure the child in
instructions that came with the child in it. the booster seat. If the manufacturer
restraint to make sure it is recommends that the booster seat
compatible with this vehicle. Lower Anchors and be secured with the LATCH system,
this can be done as long as the
Child restraints and booster seats Tethers for Children booster seat can be positioned
vary considerably in size, and some (LATCH System)
may fit in certain seating positions properly and there is no interference
better than others. The LATCH system secures a child with the proper positioning of the
restraint during driving or in a crash. lap-shoulder belt on the child.
Depending on where you place the LATCH attachments on the child
child restraint and the size of the Make sure to follow the instructions
restraint are used to attach the child that came with the child restraint,
child restraint, you may not be able restraint to the anchors in the
to access adjacent safety belts or and also the instructions in this
vehicle. The LATCH system is manual.
LATCH anchors for additional designed to make installation of a
passengers or child restraints. child restraint easier. When installing a child restraint with
Adjacent seating positions should a top tether, you must also use
not be used if the child restraint In order to use the LATCH system in either the lower anchors or the
prevents access to or interferes with your vehicle, you need a child safety belts to properly secure the
the routing of the safety belt. restraint that has LATCH child restraint. A child restraint must
attachments. LATCH-compatible never be attached using only the top
Wherever a child restraint is rear-facing and forward-facing child
installed, be sure to follow the tether.
seats can be properly installed
instructions that came with the child using either the LATCH anchors or The LATCH anchorage system can
restraint system and secure the the vehicles safety belts. Do not be used until the combined weight
child restraint system properly. use both the safety belts and the of the child plus the child restraint is
Keep in mind that an unsecured LATCH anchorage system to secure 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
child restraint can move around in a a rear-facing or forward-facing alone instead of the LATCH
collision or sudden stop and injure child seat. anchorage system once the
people in the vehicle. Be sure to combined weight is more than
29.5 kg (65 lbs).
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
See Securing Child Restraints (With secure the child restraint. See Top Tether Anchor
the Safety Belt in the Center Front Securing Child Restraints (With the
Seat) 0 121 or Securing Child Safety Belt in the Center Front Seat)
Restraints (With the Safety Belt in 0 121 or Securing Child Restraints
the Rear Seat) 0 119 or Securing (With the Safety Belt in the Rear
Child Restraints (With the Safety Seat) 0 119 or Securing Child
Belt in the Front Passenger Restraints (With the Safety Belt in
Seat) 0 122. the Front Passenger Seat) 0 122.
Child restraints built after March Lower Anchors
2014 will be labeled with the
specific child weight up to which the
LATCH system can be used to
install the restraint.
The following explains how to attach
a child restraint with these A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
attachments in the vehicle. the child restraint to the vehicle.
A top tether anchor is built into the
Not all vehicle seating positions or vehicle. The top tether
child restraints have lower anchors attachment (2) on the child restraint
and attachments or top tether connects to the top tether anchor in
anchors and attachments. In this the vehicle in order to reduce the
case, the safety belt must be used forward movement and rotation of
(with top tether where available) to the child restraint during driving or in
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars a crash.
built into the vehicle. There are two
lower anchors for each LATCH The child restraint may have a
seating position that will single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
accommodate a child restraint with Either will have a single
lower attachments (2). attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Some child restraints with top I : Seating positions with top

tethers are designed for use with or tether anchors.
without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations Third Row Seat
I : Seating positions with top
Second Row Bucket tether anchors.
H : Seating positions with two
lower anchors.
I : Seating positions with top
tether anchors.
To assist in locating the lower

anchors, each seating position with
lower anchors has two labels, near
Second Row 60/40 the crease between the seatback
and the seat cushion.
H : Seating positions with two
lower anchors.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
cushion for each seating position in

the second row. Be sure to use an
anchor on the same side of the
vehicle as the seating position
where the child restraint will be
placed.
To assist in locating the top tether
anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is near the top tether
anchors for second row seats. For
third row seats (if equipped), the top
tether anchor symbol is on the
flipper panel. Third Row Seat
For models with a third row seat, the
top tether anchors are on the back
of the seatback. Move the flipper
panel rearward to access the
anchors. Be sure to use a top tether
Second Row Seat 60/40 anchor directly behind the seating
For models with 60/40 second row position where the child restraint will
seating, the top tether anchors are be placed.
at the bottom rear of the seat Do not secure a child restraint in a
cushion for each seating position in position without a top tether anchor
the second row. Be sure to use a if a national or local law requires
top tether anchor directly behind the that the top tether be attached, or if
Second Row Seat Bucket seating position where the child the instructions that come with the
For models with bucket second row restraint will be placed. child restraint say that the top tether
seating, the top tether anchors are must be attached.
at the bottom rear of the seat
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

children and infants are safer when { Warning Warning (Continued)
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint To reduce the risk of serious or wrapped around a childs neck.
system secured in a rear seating fatal injuries during a crash, do If the shoulder belt is locked and
position. See Where to Put the not attach more than one child tightened around a childs neck,
Restraint 0 110 for additional restraint to a single anchor. the only way to loosen the belt is
information. Attaching more than one child to cut it.
restraint to a single anchor could Buckle any unused safety belts
Securing a Child Restraint cause the anchor or attachment
Designed for the LATCH behind the child restraint so
to come loose or even break children cannot reach them. Pull
System during a crash. A child or others the shoulder belt all the way out
could be injured. of the retractor to set the lock,
{ Warning and tighten the belt behind the
If a LATCH-type child restraint is child restraint after the child
not attached to anchors, the child { Warning restraint has been installed.
restraint will not be able to protect
Children can be seriously injured
the child correctly. In a crash, the
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
child could be seriously injured or Caution
wrapped around their neck. The
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
shoulder belt can tighten but Do not let the LATCH
restraint properly using the
cannot be loosened if it is locked. attachments rub against the
anchors, or use the vehicle's
The shoulder belt locks when it is vehicles safety belts. This may
safety belts to secure the
pulled all the way out of the damage these parts. If necessary,
restraint, following the instructions
retractor. It unlocks when the move buckled safety belts to
that came with the child restraint
shoulder belt is allowed to go all avoid rubbing the LATCH
and the instructions in this
the way back into the retractor, attachments.
manual.
but it cannot do this if it is
(Continued)
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
secure the restraints. Some 1.1. Find the lower anchors

Caution (Continued) restraints also use another vehicle for the desired seating
anchor to secure a top tether. position.
Do not fold the rear seatback
when the seat is occupied. Do not 1. Attach and tighten the lower 1.2. Put the child restraint on
fold the empty rear seat with a attachments to the lower the seat.
safety belt buckled. This could anchors. If the child restraint 1.3. Attach and tighten the
damage the safety belt or the does not have lower lower attachments on the
seat. Unbuckle and return the attachments or the desired child restraint to the lower
seating position does not have anchors.
safety belt to its stowed position,
lower anchors, secure the child
before folding the seat. 2. If the child restraint
restraint with the the safety
belts and top tether when manufacturer recommends that
The vehicle may be equipped with a recommended by the child the top tether be attached,
front center airbag in the inboard restraint manufacturer. Refer to attach and tighten the top
side of the driver seat. Even with a your child restraint tether to the top tether anchor.
front center airbag, a child restraint manufacturer instructions and Refer to the child restraint
can be installed in any second row the instructions in this manual. instructions and the following
seating position. For the third row outboard steps:
seating positions, if the head 2.1. Find the top tether
If you need to secure more than one
restraint interferes with the anchor.
child restraint in the rear seat, see
proper installation of the child
Where to Put the Restraint 0 110. For models with a third
restraint, then the head
This system is designed to make restraint may be removed. See row seat, move the flipper
installation of child restraints easier. Head Restraint Removal and panel rearward to access
When using lower anchors, do not Reinstallation under Lower the top tether anchors.
use the vehicle's safety belts. Anchors and Tethers for 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
Instead use the vehicle's anchors Children (LATCH the top tether according
and child restraint attachments to System) 0 111. to your child restraint
instructions and the
following instructions:
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
and you are using a dual

tether, route the tether
over the seatback.
If the position you are

using does not have a
headrest or head restraint
and you are using a If the position you are
single tether, route the If the position you are using has a fixed
tether over the seatback. using has an adjustable headrest or head restraint
headrest or head restraint and you are using a
and you are using a single tether, route the
single tether, raise the tether around the inboard
headrest or head restraint or outboard side of the
and route the tether headrest or head
under the headrest or restraint.
head restraint and in
between the headrest or
head restraint posts.

using does not have a
headrest or head restraint
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Head Restraint Removal and

Reinstallation
1. Partially fold the seatback
forward. See Third Row Seats
0 79 for additional information.

using has a fixed or an
adjustable head restraint
and you are using a dual 4. With the head restraint facing
tether, route the tether rearward, insert the head
around the head restraint. restraint posts into the holes in
3. Before placing a child in the the top of the seatback.
child restraint, make sure it is 5. Push the head restraint down.
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint 6. Try to move the head restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt 2. Press the buttons on the head to make sure that it is locked in
to move it side to side and restraint posts, and pull up on place.
back and forth. There should the head restraint.
7. When the child restraint is
be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of 3. Route the tether of the child removed, reinstall the head
movement, for proper restraint under the head restraint before the seating
installation. restraint. position is used.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
install the child restraint using

{ Warning Warning (Continued) LATCH. If a child restraint is
secured in the vehicle using a
With head restraints that are not system inspected and any safety belt and it uses a top tether,
installed and adjusted properly, necessary replacements made as see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
there is a greater chance that soon as possible. Children (LATCH System) 0 111 for
occupants will suffer a neck/ top tether anchor locations.
spinal injury in a crash. Do not If the vehicle has the LATCH system
drive until the head restraints for Do not secure a child seat in a
and it was being used during a position without a top tether anchor
all occupants are installed and crash, new LATCH system parts if a national or local law requires
adjusted properly. may be needed. that the top tether be anchored, or if
New parts and repairs may be the instructions that come with the
Replacing LATCH System necessary even if the LATCH child restraint say that the top strap
system was not being used at the must be anchored.
Parts After a Crash
time of the crash. In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
{ Warning Securing Child Restraints a top tether, and that the tether be
A crash can damage the LATCH (With the Safety Belt in attached.
system in the vehicle. A damaged the Rear Seat) If the child restraint or vehicle seat
LATCH system may not properly position does not have the LATCH
secure the child restraint, When securing a child restraint in a system, you will be using the safety
rear seating position, study the belt to secure the child restraint. Be
resulting in serious injury or even
instructions that came with the child sure to follow the instructions that
death in a crash. To help make
restraint to make sure it is came with the child restraint.
sure the LATCH system is compatible with this vehicle.
working properly after a crash, If more than one child restraint
see your dealer to have the If the child restraint has the LATCH needs to be installed in the rear
system, see Lower Anchors and seat, be sure to read Where to Put
(Continued) Tethers for Children (LATCH the Restraint 0 110.
System) 0 111 for how and where to
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
1. Put the child restraint on

the seat.
For the third row outboard
seating positions, if the head
restraint interferes with the
proper installation of the child
restraint, the head restraint
may be removed. See Head
Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH
System) 0 111. 3. Push the latch plate into the 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run buckle until it clicks. way out of the retractor to set
the lap and shoulder portions If the latch plate will not go fully the lock. When the retractor
of the vehicle's safety belt into the buckle, check to see if lock is set, the belt can be
through or around the restraint. the correct buckle is tightened but not pulled out of
The child restraint instructions being used. the retractor.
will show you how.
Position the release button on
the buckle, away from the child
restraint system, so that the
safety belt could be quickly
unbuckled if necessary.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
6. If the child restraint has a top seating position is used. See Head
tether, follow the child restraint Restraint Removal and
manufacturers instructions Reinstallation under Lower Anchors
regarding the use of the top and Tethers for Children (LATCH
tether. Refer to the instructions System) 0 111 for additional
that came with the child information on reinstalling the head
restraint and see Lower restraint properly.
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH Securing Child Restraints
System) 0 111.
(With the Safety Belt in
7. Before placing a child in the the Center Front Seat)
child restraint, make sure it is
5. To tighten the belt, push down securely held in place. To
on the child restraint, pull the check, grasp the child restraint { Warning
shoulder portion of the belt to at the safety belt path and
A child in a child restraint in the
tighten the lap portion of the attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the center front seat can be badly
belt and feed the shoulder belt
child restraint is properly injured or killed by the frontal
back into the retractor. When
installed, there should be no airbags if they inflate. Never
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of secure a child restraint in the
use your knee to push down on movement. center front seat. It is always
the child restraint as you better to secure a child restraint in
To remove the child restraint,
tighten the belt. a rear seat.
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
Try to pull the belt out of the let it return to the stowed position.
retractor to make sure the If the top tether is attached to a top Do not use child restraints in the
retractor is locked. If the tether anchor, disconnect it. center front seat position.
retractor is not locked, repeat If the head restraint was removed
Steps 4 and 5. for a third row outboard seating
position, reinstall it before the
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Securing Child Restraints

(With the Safety Belt in
{ Warning Warning (Continued)
the Front A child in a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint in

restraint can be seriously injured the front outboard passenger
Passenger Seat) or killed if the front outboard seat, always move the seat as far
This vehicle has airbags. A rear passenger frontal airbag inflates. back as it will go. It is better to
seat is a safer place to secure a This is because the back of the secure the child restraint in a
forward-facing child restraint. See rear-facing child restraint would rear seat.
Where to Put the Restraint 0 110. be very close to the inflating See Passenger Sensing System
In addition, the vehicle has a airbag. A child in a forward-facing 0 98 for additional information.
passenger sensing system which is child restraint can be seriously
designed to turn off the front injured or killed if the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag outboard passenger frontal airbag If the child restraint uses a top
under certain conditions. See inflates and the passenger seat is tether, see Lower Anchors and
Passenger Sensing System 0 98 in a forward position. Tethers for Children (LATCH
and Passenger Airbag Status System) 0 111 for top tether anchor
Indicator 0 150 for more information, Even if the passenger sensing locations.
including important safety system has turned off the front
Do not secure a child seat in a
information. outboard passenger frontal
position without a top tether anchor
airbag, no system is fail-safe. No
Never put a rear-facing child seat in if a national or local law requires
one can guarantee that an airbag that the top tether be anchored, or if
the front. This is because the risk to will not deploy under some
the rear-facing child is so great if the the instructions that come with the
unusual circumstance, even child restraint say that the top strap
airbag deploys.
though it is turned off. must be anchored.
Secure rear-facing child restraints In Canada, the law requires that
in a rear seat, even if the airbag forward-facing child restraints have
is off. If you secure a a top tether, and that the tether be
(Continued) attached.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
When using the lap-shoulder belt to through or around the restraint.

secure the child restraint in this The child restraint instructions
position, follow the instructions that will show you how.
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
Move the seat upward or the
seatback to an upright position,
if needed, to get a tight
installation of the child
restraint. 4. Push the latch plate into the
When the passenger sensing buckle until it clicks.
system has turned off the front Position the release button on
outboard passenger frontal the buckle, away from the child
airbag, the off indicator on the Tilt the latch plate to adjust the restraint system, so that the
passenger airbag status belt, if needed. safety belt could be quickly
indicator should light and stay unbuckled if necessary.
lit when you start the vehicle.
Indicator 0 150.
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's safety belt
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
7. Before placing a child in the

child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
If the airbag is off, the off indicator in
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the 6. To tighten the belt, push down the passenger airbag status
way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the indicator will come on and stay on
the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to when the vehicle is started.
lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the If a child restraint has been installed
tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt and the on indicator is lit, see If the
the retractor. back into the retractor. When On Indicator is Lit for a Child
installing a forward-facing child Restraint under Passenger Sensing
restraint, it may be helpful to System 0 98.
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you To remove the child restraint,
tighten the belt. unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Storage 125
Storage Storage If equipped with storage behind the

radio, press and hold P to open.
Compartments There is a USB port inside. See the
Storage Compartments infotainment manual.
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 125 { Warning Press and hold P again to close.
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . 125
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Do not store heavy or sharp Keep the storage area closed when
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 objects in storage compartments. not in use.
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . 126 In a crash, these objects may
cause the cover to open and The storage area cannot be
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 could result in injury. operated with P when valet mode
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 126 is enabled. See Valet Mode in
Home Page 0 202.
Additional Storage Features Instrument Panel Storage The storage area can be operated
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
manually.
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Roof Rack System Glove Box
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Lift up on the glove box lever to
open it.
Cupholders
The cupholders are immediately in
front of the center console storage
bin. Press the button to open. The
door will retract rearward.
Press the button on the forward bin
to open. The door will retract
forward.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
126 Storage
If equipped, cupholders may be in Armrest Storage Center Console Storage

the second and third row seat
armrest areas. For vehicles with a rear seat
armrest, pull the loop at the top of
Sunglasses Storage the armrest down to access the
cupholders.
Rear Storage
If equipped, pull the handle and lift

to access the console. There are
USB ports, an auxiliary jack, an
accessory power outlet, a tote
If equipped, sunglasses storage is compartment, and a device holder.
on the overhead console. Press the
On the rear of the console, there are
fixed button on the cover and
There is storage in the floor of the auxiliary jacks, a 110/120 volt power
release to access. There may be a
rear cargo area. Lift the handle to outlet, and an open storage area.
child-view mirror located within the
sunglasses bin. Release the bin and access. There is a removable See Power Outlets 0 136, USB Port
then push up halfway to secure in divider to help organize. 0 210, and Auxiliary Jack 0 213.
position. If equipped with an uplevel radio,
see the infotainment manual.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Storage 127
Additional Storage Roof Rack System Caution

Features
{ Warning Loading cargo on the roof rack
that weighs more than 100 kg
Cargo Tie-Downs If something is carried on top of (220 lb) or hangs over the rear or
the vehicle that is longer or wider sides of the vehicle may damage
than the roof rack like paneling, the vehicle. Load cargo so that it
plywood, or a mattress the rests evenly between the
wind can catch it while the vehicle crossrails, making sure to fasten
is being driven. The item being cargo securely.
carried could be violently torn off,
and this could cause a collision
To prevent damage or loss of cargo
and damage the vehicle. Never when driving, check to make sure
carry something longer or wider crossrails and cargo are securely
than the roof rack on top of the fastened. Loading cargo on the roof
vehicle unless using a GM rack will make the vehicles center
certified accessory carrier. of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,
There are four cargo tie-downs in sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden
the rear cargo area. These can be If equipped, the roof rack can be braking, or abrupt maneuvers,
used to strap cargo down and keep used to load items. For roof racks otherwise it may result in loss of
it from moving inside the vehicle. that do not have crossrails included, control. If driving for a long distance,
GM Certified crossrails can be on rough roads, or at high speeds,
purchased as an accessory. See occasionally stop the vehicle to
Convenience Net make sure the cargo remains in its
your dealer for additional
Use the convenience net, located in information. place.
the rear, to store small loads as far
forward as possible. The net should
not be used to store heavy loads.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
128 Storage
Do not exceed the maximum vehicle

capacity when loading the vehicle.
For more information on vehicle
capacity and loading, see Vehicle
Load Limits 0 247.
A Center High-Mounted Stoplamp
(CHMSL) is located above the rear
window glass. Make sure items
loaded on the roof of the vehicle do
not block or damage the CHMSL.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Instruments and Controls 129
Instruments and Engine Coolant Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Information Displays
Driver Information Center (DIC)
Controls Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 149
(Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 149 (Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Controls Passenger Airbag Status Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . 162
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 130 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 151 Vehicle Messages
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 131 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 132 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 151 Battery Voltage and Charging
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 132 Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Brake System Messages . . . . . 167
Rear Window Wiper/ Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 167
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 167
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 168
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 154
Hill Descent Control Light . . . . 154 Engine Cooling System
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light
(1500 Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 169
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 155 Engine Power Messages . . . . . 169
Indicators Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 170
Warning Lights, Gauges, and StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . 155 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 170
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Traction Control System (TCS)/ Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Object Detection System
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 156 Ride Control System
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 157 Airbag System Messages . . . . 174
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 157 Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Engine Oil Pressure Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 157 Steering System
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 157 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
130 Instruments and Controls
Starting the Vehicle Controls Tilt and Telescoping Steering

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Wheel
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Transmission Messages . . . . . . 175 Steering Wheel
Vehicle Reminder Adjustment
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . 177
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 178
Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . . 185
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 To adjust the tilt and telescoping
steering wheel, if equipped:
1. Push the lever (1) down to
To adjust the steering wheel: move the steering wheel
1. Hold the steering wheel and forward or rearward. Lift the
pull the lever. lever (1) up to lock the wheel in
place.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down. 2. Hold the steering wheel and
pull the lever (2) toward you to
3. Release the lever to lock the
move the steering wheel up or
wheel in place.
down. Release the lever (2) to
lock the wheel into place.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Power Tilt and Telescoping Steering Wheel Controls i : Press to reject an incoming
Steering Wheel call or end a current call. Press to
mute or unmute the infotainment
system when not on a call.
o or p : Press to go to the
previous or next menu option.
w or x : Press to go to the next or
previous selection.
V : Press to select a highlighted
menu option.
If equipped, some audio controls

To adjust the power tilt and can be adjusted at the steering
telescoping steering wheel, wheel.
if equipped:
g : For vehicles with OnStar or a
Press the control to move the
Bluetooth system, press to interact
steering wheel up and down or with those systems. See OnStar
forward and rearward. Overview 0 443, Bluetooth
Do not adjust the steering wheel (Overview) 0 214 or Bluetooth
while driving. (Infotainment Controls - Base
Radio) 0 215 or Bluetooth (Voice
Recognition - Base Radio) 0 219, The favorite and volume switches
or Bluetooth (Overview) in the are on the back of the steering
infotainment manual. wheel.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
1. Favorite: When on a radio Horn OFF : Turns the windshield

source, press to select the next wipers off.
or previous favorite. When on a To sound the horn, press a on the 8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8,
media source, press to select steering wheel. then release. For several wipes,
the next or previous track.
hold the band on 8 longer.
2. Volume: Press to increase or Windshield Wiper/Washer
decrease the volume. Clear ice and snow from the wiper
blades before using them. If frozen
Heated Steering Wheel to the windshield, carefully loosen or
thaw them. Damaged wiper blades
should be replaced. See Wiper
Blade Replacement 0 345.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the
The windshield wiper control is on wiper motor. An internal circuit
the turn signal lever. breaker to the motor will stop the
motor until it cools down.
The windshield wipers are controlled
by turning the band with z Wiper Parking
FRONT on it. If the ignition is put in OFF while the
1 : Fast wipes. wipers are on w, 1, or 3 INT,
they will immediately stop.
w : Slow wipes.
3 INT : If Rainsense is turned off, If z FRONT is then moved to
( : If equipped, press to turn it on or OFF before the driver door is
turn the z FRONT band up for
off. A light next to the button opened or within 10 minutes, the
more frequent wipes or down for wipers will restart and move to the
displays when the feature is less frequent wipes. If Rainsense is
turned on. base of the windshield.
turned on, see Rainsense later in
The steering wheel takes about this section.
three minutes to start heating.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
If the ignition is put in OFF while the . Turn the band down to lower INT on or off, a message may display
wipers are performing wipes due to setting for less sensitivity to indicating if Rainsense was turned
windshield washing or Rainsense, moisture. on or off.
the wipers continue to run until they
reach the base of the windshield. Move the band out of the 3 INT If the ignition is in ON/RUN and z
position to deactivate Rainsense. FRONT is not in one of the
Rainsense sensitivity settings when z AUTO
With Rainsense, a sensor near the is turned on, a message may
top center of the windshield detects display indicating that the wiper
the amount of water on the band must be in one of the
windshield and controls the sensitivity settings for Rainsense to
frequency of the windshield wiper. operate.
Keep this area of the windshield Wiper Arm Assembly Protection
clear of debris to allow for best
system performance. z AUTO : Press to turn When using an automatic car wash,
Rainsense on or off. When turned move the windshield wiper lever to
3 INT : Turn the z FRONT on and z FRONT is in one of the OFF. This disables the automatic
band on the wiper lever to adjust the Rainsense wipe sensitivity positions Rainsense windshield wipers.
sensitivity when Rainsense is the wipers can be adjusted for more With Rainsense, if the transmission
turned on. or less sensitivity to moisture. When is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle
turned off, the wipers operate as speed is very slow, the wipers will
timed intermittent wipers and can be automatically stop at the base of the
adjusted for more or less frequent windshield.
wipes.
The wiper operations return to
If z AUTO is turned on when the normal when the transmission is no
ignition is turned on, or if the ignition longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle
speed has increased.
. Turn the band up for more is in ON/RUN and the z FRONT
sensitivity to moisture. band is in one of the sensitivity
settings when z AUTO is turned
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Windshield Washer Rear Window Wiper/ liftglass is opened while the rear
wiper is on, the wiper returns to the
Washer
{ Warning parked position and stops.
Rear Wiper Arm Assembly
In freezing weather, do not use Protection
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer When using an automatic car wash,
fluid can form ice on the move the rear wiper control to OFF
windshield, blocking your vision. to disable the rear wiper. In some
vehicles, if the transmission is in
The rear wiper control is on the turn N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is
L m : Push the paddle marked with signal lever. very slow, the rear wiper will
the windshield washer symbol at the automatically park under the rear
top of the turn signal lever to spray To turn the rear wiper on, slide the spoiler.
washer fluid and activate the wipers. lever to a wiper position.
The wiper operations return to
The wipers will continue until the OFF : Turns the wiper off. normal when the transmission is no
paddle is released or the maximum
INT : Turns on the rear wiper with a longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle
wash time is reached. When the
delay between wipes. speed has increased.
paddle is released, additional wipes
may occur depending on how long ON : Turns on the rear wiper. Reverse Gear Wipes
the windshield washer had been
activated. See Washer Fluid 0 338
= REAR : Press this button on the If the rear wiper control is off, the
end of the lever to spray washer rear wiper will automatically operate
for information on filling the
fluid on the rear window. The wipers continuously when the shift lever is
windshield washer fluid reservoir.
will clear the rear window and either in R (Reverse), and the front
stop or return to your preset speed. windshield wiper is performing low
For more washer cycles, press and or high speed wipes. If the rear
hold the button. wiper control is off, the shift lever is
The rear window wiper/washer will in R (Reverse), and the front
not operate if the liftgate or liftglass windshield wiper is performing
is open or ajar. If the liftgate or
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
interval wipes, then the rear wiper will automatically determine when a If auto timing is set, the time
automatically performs interval GPS signal is restored and provide displayed on the clock may not
wipes. a heading again. See Compass update immediately when driving
This feature can be turned on or off. Messages 0 167 for the messages into a new time zone.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 178. that may be displayed for the To set the clock display:
compass.
The windshield washer reservoir is 1. Select SETTINGS from the
used for the windshield and the rear Clock Home Page, then select Time
window. Check the fluid level in the and Date.
reservoir if either washer is not Setting the Time and Date with 2. Select Clock Display.
working. See Washer Fluid 0 338. Faceplate Controls
3. Turn the MENU knob to Off
To set the time or date: or On.
Compass
1. Select SETTINGS from the 4. Press the MENU knob to
The vehicle may have a compass Home Page, then select Time
display on the Driver Information select.
and Date.
Center (DIC). The compass receives Press o BACK to go to the last
its heading and other information 2. Select the desired function.
menu and save the changes.
from the Global Positioning 3. Turn the MENU knob to
System (GPS) antenna, increase or decrease the value. Setting the Time and Date with
StabiliTrak, and vehicle speed Touchscreen Controls
information. 4. Press the MENU knob to go to
the next value. After the last To set the time:
The compass system is designed to value is selected, the system
operate for a certain number of 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home
will update and return to the Page, then touch Time
miles or degrees of turn before Settings menu. Press o BACK
needing a signal from the GPS and Date.
to go to the last menu and
satellites. When the compass
save the changes.
display shows CAL, drive the
vehicle for a short distance in an Auto Set requires an active
open area where it can receive a connection to OnStar.
GPS signal. The compass system
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
2. Touch Set Time, then touch 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home . One in the third row seat on the
Page, then touch Time driver side.
or to increase or decrease
and Date. . One in the rear cargo area on
hours, minutes, and AM or PM.
Touch 1224 Hr for 12 or 2. Touch Clock Display, then the passenger side.
24 hour clock. touch Off or On to turn the
clock display off or on. Vehicles with Bench Seats
3. Touch S to go back to the . One on the center stack below
previous menu. 3. Touch S to go back to the the climate control system.
previous menu.
Auto Set requires an active . One in the storage area on the
connection to OnStar. bench seat.
Power Outlets
If auto timing is set, the time . One on the rear of the center
displayed on the clock may not Power Outlets 12-Volt Direct armrest storage.
update immediately when driving Current
. One in the third row seat area on
into a new time zone. Accessory power outlets can be the driver side.
To set the date: used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone, MP3 . One in the rear cargo area on
1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home player, etc. the passenger side.
Page, then touch Time
The vehicle may have up to five Lift the cover to access and replace
and Date.
accessory power outlets: when not in use.
2. Touch Set Date, then touch The accessory power outlets are
Vehicles with a Center Console
or to increase or decrease powered as follows:
month, day, or year. . One in front of the cupholders on
the center console. . The power outlet near the
3. Touch S to go back to the cupholders for vehicles with a
. One inside the center storage center console or on the center
previous menu. console. stack for vehicles with bench
To set the clock display: . One on the rear of the center seats, can be configured to
storage console. operate using Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) or
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
battery power modes. If these When adding electrical equipment,

power outlets are used while in Warning (Continued) be sure to follow the proper
the battery power mode, this installation instructions included with
could cause interference in use because the vehicle could the equipment. See Add-On
between the Remote Keyless catch fire and cause injury or Electrical Equipment 0 318.
Entry (RKE) transmitter and the death.
vehicle, and the vehicle may not Caution
start. See Ignition Positions
(Keyless Access) 0 252 or Hanging heavy equipment from
Caution
Ignition Positions (Key the power outlet can cause
Access) 0 254. Leaving electrical equipment damage not covered by the
. The power outlets in the third plugged in for an extended period vehicle warranty. The power
row seat area or in the rear of time while the ignition is in outlets are designed for
cargo area are powered at all LOCK/OFF will drain the battery. accessory power plugs only, such
times. The power outlets inside Always unplug electrical as cell phone charge cords.
the storage area, on the rear of equipment when not in use and
the console, or on the bench do not plug in equipment that
seat are only powered when the
Power Outlet 110/120 Volt
exceeds the maximum 15 ampere Alternating Current
ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ rating.
ACCESSORY, or when RAP is If equipped with this power outlet, it
active. can be used to plug in electrical
Certain power accessory plugs may equipment that uses a maximum
not be compatible with the
{ Warning accessory power outlet and could
limit of 150 watts.
overload vehicle or adapter fuses. For vehicles with a center console,
Power is always supplied to the the 110/120 volt power outlet is on
outlet, if configured accordingly. If a problem is experienced, see
your dealer. the rear of the center console.
Do not leave electrical equipment
plugged in when the vehicle is not
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
For vehicles with bench seats, the The power outlet is not designed for . In Canada, see
110/120 volt power outlet is on the the following, and may not work gmtotalconnect.ca.
center stack below the climate properly if they are plugged in: . Or, see your dealer for details.
controls. . Equipment with high initial peak
An indicator light on the outlet turns
on to show it is in use. The light
wattage, such as
compressor-driven refrigerators
{ Warning
comes on when the ignition is in and electric power tools. Wireless charging can affect the
ON/RUN, equipment requiring less . Other equipment requiring an operation of an implanted
than 150 watts is plugged into the extremely stable power supply, pacemaker or other medical
outlet, and no system fault is such as devices. If you have one, it is
detected. microcomputer-controlled recommended to consult with
The indicator light does not come on electric blankets and touch your doctor before using the
when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or sensor lamps. wireless charging system.
if the equipment is not fully seated . Medical equipment.
into the outlet.
The vehicle must be in ON/RUN,
If equipment is connected using Wireless Charging ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained
more than 150 watts or a system Accessory Power (RAP). The
fault is detected, a protection circuit The vehicle may have wireless wireless charging feature may not
shuts off the power supply and the charging on top of the center correctly indicate charging when the
indicator light turns off. To reset the console. See Center Console vehicle is in RAP. See Retained
circuit, unplug the item and plug it Storage 0 126. The system Accessory Power (RAP) 0 258.
back in or turn the ignition off and wirelessly charges one PMA or Qi
compatible mobile device. The operating temperature is 20 C
then back to ON/RUN. The power
(4 F) to 60 C (140 F) for the
restarts when equipment using 150 To check for phone or other device charging system and 0 C (32 F) to
watts or less is plugged into the compatibility: 35 C (95 F) for the phone.
outlet and a system fault is not . In the U.S., see
detected.
my.chevrolet.com/learn.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
3. The } will display on the V

{ Warning on the infotainment screen.
Remove all metal objects from the This indicates that the mobile
charging pad before charging device is properly positioned
your mobile device. Metal objects, and charging. If a phone is
placed on the charging pad
such as coins, keys, rings,
or paper clips, between the phone and } does not display,
and charging pad will become remove the phone from the
very hot. On the rare occasion pad, turn 180 degrees and wait
that the charging system does not three seconds before placing/
detect a metal object, and the aligning the phone on the pad
again.
object gets wedged between the
To charge a mobile device:
phone and charger, remove the
phone and allow the metallic 1. Remove all objects from the
object to cool before removing it charging pad. The system may
from the charging pad, to prevent not charge if there are any
burns. objects on the charging pad.
2. Place the mobile device face
up on the @ symbol on the
charging pad.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Warning Lights,
Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
Some warning lights come on briefly
when the engine is started to
indicate they are working. When
one of the warning lights comes on
and stays on while driving, or when
one of the gauges shows there may
be a problem, check the section that
explains what to do. Waiting to do
repairs can be costly and even
dangerous.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Instrument Cluster
Base Cluster (English Shown, Metric Similar)

Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Midlevel Cluster (English Shown, Metric Similar)

Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Uplevel Cluster (English Shown, Metric Similar)

Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Cluster Menu (Uplevel Cluster) viewed. See Driver Information phone source. If there is an active
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) in the call, mute the phone or switch to
There is an interactive display area
Index. handset operation.
in the center of the instrument
cluster. . Audio Navigation
. Phone Press V to select the Navigation
. Navigation app, then press p to enter the
. Settings Navigation menu. If there is no
active route, you can resume the
Audio last route and turn the voice
Press V to select the Audio app, prompts on/off. If there is an active
route, you can cancel the route.
then press p to enter the Audio
menu. In the Audio menu browse for Settings
music, select from the favorites,
Press V to select the Settings app.
or change the audio source. In the
main application view, use w or x Use w or x to scroll through items
to change the station or go to the in the Settings menu.
Use the right steering wheel control next or previous track.
to open and scroll through the Units : Press p while Units is
different items and displays. Phone displayed to enter the Units menu.
Choose English or metric units by
Press o to access the cluster Press V to select the Phone app, pressing V while the desired item is
applications. Use w or x to scroll then press p to enter the Phone highlighted. A checkmark will be
through the list of available menu. In the Phone menu, if there is displayed next to the selected item.
applications. Not all applications will no active phone call, view recent
be available on all vehicles. calls, scroll through contacts, select Info Pages : Press p while Info
from the favorites, or change the Pages is displayed to enter the Info
. Info App. This is where the Pages menu and select the items to
selected Driver Information
Center (DIC) displays can be
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
be displayed in the Info app. See Odometer Fuel Gauge

(Uplevel) in the Index. The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven, in either
Speed Warning : The Speed kilometers or miles.
Warning display allows the driver to
set a speed that they do not want to Trip Odometer
exceed. To set the Speed Warning,
press p when Speed Warning is The trip odometer shows how far
the vehicle has been driven since
displayed, or press V on the main the trip odometer was last reset.
view to set the speed value. Press
w or x to adjust the value. Press The trip odometer is accessed and
V to set the speed. Once the speed reset through the Driver Information
is set, this feature can be turned off Center (DIC). See Driver
by pressing V while viewing this Information Center (DIC) (Base Metric
Level) 0 158 or Driver Information
page. If the selected speed limit is
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 160.
exceeded, a pop-up warning is
displayed with a chime.
Tachometer
Software Information : Press p
The tachometer displays the engine
while Software Information is speed in revolutions per
highlighted to display open source minute (rpm).
software information.
Speedometer
The speedometer shows the
vehicle's speed in either kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph).
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Here are four things that some Engine Oil Pressure

owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
Gauge
. At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
English
half the tank's capacity to fill
When the ignition is on, the fuel the tank.
gauge indicates about how much . The gauge moves a little while Metric
fuel is left in the tank.
turning a corner or speeding up.
There is an arrow near the fuel . The gauge takes a few seconds
gauge pointing to the side of the
to stabilize after the ignition is
vehicle the fuel door is on.
turned on, and goes back to
When the indicator nears empty, the empty when the ignition is
low fuel light comes on. There still is turned off.
a little fuel left, but the vehicle
should be refueled soon.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE Engine Coolant

under Engine Oil Messages 0 169
and Engine Oil 0 325.
Temperature Gauge
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil
low can also damage the engine.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check
English the oil level as soon as possible.
The engine oil pressure gauge Add oil if required, but if the oil
shows the engine oil pressure level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low, Metric
in kPa (kilopascals) or psi (pounds
per square inch) when the engine is have the vehicle serviced. Always
running. follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.
Oil pressure can vary with engine
speed, outside temperature and oil
viscosity.
A reading outside the normal
operating range can be caused by a
dangerously low oil level or some
other problem causing low oil
pressure. Check the vehicle's oil as
soon as possible. See OIL
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Voltmeter Gauge Readings outside the normal

operating range can also occur
when a large number of electrical
accessories are operating in the
vehicle and the engine is left idling
for an extended period. This
condition is normal since the
charging system is not able to
provide full power at engine idle. As
engine speeds are increased, this
condition should correct itself as
higher engine speeds allow the
English charging system to create maximum
power.
This gauge measures the
temperature of the vehicle's engine The vehicle can only be driven for a
When the ignition is on, this gauge
coolant. short time with the readings outside
indicates the battery voltage.
the normal operating range. If the
While driving under normal When the engine is running, this vehicle must be driven, turn off all
operating conditions, if the needle gauge shows the condition of the accessories, such as the radio and
moves into the red warning area, charging system. The gauge can air conditioner.
the engine is too hot. Pull off the transition from a higher to lower or a
road, stop the vehicle, and turn off Readings outside the normal
lower to higher reading. This is
the engine as soon as possible. operating range indicate a possible
normal. If the vehicle is operating
problem in the electrical system.
outside the normal operating range,
Have the vehicle serviced as soon
the charging system light comes on.
as possible.
See Charging System Light 0 151
for more information. The voltmeter
gauge may also read lower when in
fuel economy mode. This is normal.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt
Reminder Light reminder light and chime may turn
Driver Safety Belt Reminder on if an object is put on the seat
Light There may be a passenger safety such as a briefcase, handbag,
belt reminder light near the grocery bag, laptop, or other
There is a driver safety belt passenger airbag status indicator. electronic device. To turn off the
reminder light on the instrument See Passenger Sensing reminder light and/or chime, remove
cluster. System 0 98. the object from the seat or buckle
the safety belt.
Airbag Readiness Light

This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes
When the vehicle is started, this For vehicles equipped with the the airbag sensor(s), passenger
light flashes and a chime may come passenger safety belt reminder light, sensing system (if equipped), the
on to remind the driver to fasten when the vehicle is started this light pretensioners, the airbag modules,
their safety belt. Then the light stays flashes and a chime may come on the wiring, and the crash sensing
on solid until the belt is buckled. to remind passengers to fasten their and diagnostic module. For more
This cycle may continue several safety belt. Then the light stays on information on the airbag system,
times if the driver remains or solid until the belt is buckled. This see Airbag System 0 92.
becomes unbuckled while the cycle continues several times if the
vehicle is moving. passenger remains or becomes
If the driver safety belt is buckled, unbuckled while the vehicle is
neither the light nor the chime moving.
comes on. If the passenger safety belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor the
light comes on.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
The airbag readiness light comes on Passenger Airbag Status several more seconds, the status
for several seconds when the indicator will light either ON or OFF,
vehicle is started. If the light does
Indicator or the on or off symbol, to let you
not come on then, have it fixed The vehicle has a passenger know the status of the front
immediately. sensing system. See Passenger outboard passenger frontal airbag.
Sensing System 0 98 for important If the word ON or the on symbol is
{ Warning safety information. The passenger
airbag status indicator is in the
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the front
If the airbag readiness light stays overhead console. outboard passenger frontal airbag is
on after the vehicle is started or allowed to inflate.
comes on while driving, it means
the airbag system might not be If the word OFF or the off symbol is
working properly. The airbags in lit on the airbag status indicator, it
means that the passenger sensing
the vehicle might not inflate in a
system has turned off the front
crash, or they could even inflate
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
without a crash. To help avoid United States
injury, have the vehicle serviced If, after several seconds, both status
right away. indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
If there is a problem with the airbag passenger sensing system. See
system, a Driver Information Center your dealer for service.
(DIC) message may also come on.
See Airbag System
Messages 0 174. Canada and Mexico { Warning
When the vehicle is started, the If the airbag readiness light ever
passenger airbag status indicator comes on and stays on, it means
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol that something may be wrong
for on and off, for several seconds
as a system check. Then, after (Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
system. Have it checked by your Only Mode for Keyless Access. See
Warning (Continued) dealer. Driving while this light is on Ignition Positions (Keyless Access)
could drain the battery. 0 252 or Ignition Positions (Key
with the airbag system. To help Access) 0 254.
avoid injury to yourself or others, When this light comes on, or is
have the vehicle serviced right flashing, the Driver Information
away. See Airbag Readiness Center (DIC) also displays a
Light 0 149 for more information, message.
including important safety See Battery Voltage and Charging
information. Messages 0 166.
If a short distance must be driven
Charging System Light with the light on, be sure to turn off Malfunctions are often indicated by
all accessories, such as the radio the system before any problem is
and air conditioner. noticeable. Being aware of the light
and seeking service promptly when
Malfunction Indicator it comes on may prevent damage.
Lamp (Check Engine
Light) Caution
This light is part of the vehicles If the vehicle is driven continually
The charging system light comes on with this light on, the emission
emission control on-board
briefly when the ignition is turned
diagnostic system. If this light is on control system may not work as
on, but the engine is not running, as
while the engine is running, a well, the fuel economy may be
a check to show the light is working.
malfunction has been detected and lower, and the vehicle may not
It should go out when the engine is
the vehicle may require service. The run smoothly. This could lead to
started.
light should come on to show that it costly repairs that might not be
If the light stays on, or comes on is working when the ignition is in covered by the vehicle warranty.
while driving, there may be a ON/RUN with the engine not
problem with the electrical charging running for Key Access or in Service
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
If towing a trailer, reduce the . Poor fuel quality can cause

Caution amount of cargo being hauled as inefficient engine operation and
soon as possible. poor driveability, which may go
Modifications to the engine, away once the engine is warmed
transmission, exhaust, intake, If the light continues to flash, find a
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle up. If this occurs, change the
or fuel system, or the use of fuel brand. It may require at
replacement tires that do not off and wait at least 10 seconds
before restarting the engine. If the least one full tank of the proper
meet the original tire fuel to turn the light off. See
specifications, can cause this light light is still flashing, follow the
previous guidelines and see your Fuel 0 298.
to come on. This could lead to
dealer for service as soon as If the light remains on, see your
costly repairs not covered by the
possible. dealer.
vehicle warranty. This could also
affect the vehicles ability to pass If the light is on steady : A Emissions Inspection and
an Emissions Inspection/ malfunction has been detected. Maintenance Programs
Maintenance test. See Diagnosis and service may be
required. If the vehicle requires an Emissions
Accessories and Inspection/Maintenance test, the
Modifications 0 321. Check the following: test equipment will likely connect to
. If fuel has been added to the the vehicle's Data Link
If the light is flashing : A vehicle using the capless funnel Connector (DLC).
malfunction has been detected that adapter, make sure that it has
could damage the emission control been removed. See Filling the
system and increase vehicle Tank with a Portable Gas Can
emissions. Diagnosis and service under Filling the Tank 0 301.
may be required. The diagnostic system can
detect if the adapter has been
To help prevent damage, reduce
left installed in the vehicle,
vehicle speed and avoid hard
allowing fuel to evaporate into
accelerations and uphill grades. The DLC is under the instrument
the atmosphere. A few driving
trips with the adapter removed panel to the left of the steering
may turn off the light. wheel. Connecting devices that are
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
not used to perform an Emissions See your dealer if the vehicle will When the ignition is on, the brake
Inspection/Maintenance test or to not pass or cannot be made ready system warning light also comes on
service the vehicle may affect for the test. when the parking brake is set. The
vehicle operation. See Add-On light stays on if the parking brake
Electrical Equipment 0 318. See Brake System Warning does not fully release. If it stays on
your dealer if assistance is needed. after the parking brake is fully
Light released, it means the vehicle has a
The vehicle may not pass
The vehicle brake system consists brake problem.
inspection if:
of two hydraulic circuits. If one
. The light is on when the engine If the light comes on while driving,
circuit is not working, the remaining
is running. pull off the road and stop carefully.
circuit can still work to stop the
The pedal might be harder to push,
. The light does not come on vehicle. For normal braking
or the pedal can go closer to the
when the ignition is in ON/RUN performance, both circuits need to
floor. It may take longer to stop.
with the engine not running for be working.
If the light is still on, have the
Key Access or in Service Only If the warning light comes on, there vehicle towed for service. See
Mode for Keyless Access. is a brake problem. Have the brake Towing the Vehicle 0 396.
. Critical emission control systems system inspected right away.
have not been completely { Warning
diagnosed. If this happens, the
vehicle would not be ready for The brake system might not be
inspection and might require working properly if the brake
several days of routine driving system warning light is on.
before the system is ready for Driving with the brake system
inspection. This can happen if Metric English warning light on can lead to a
the 12-volt battery has recently crash. If the light is still on after
been replaced or run down, or if This light should come on briefly
the vehicle has been pulled off
the vehicle has been recently when the engine is started. If it does
not come on then, have it fixed so it the road and carefully stopped,
serviced. have the vehicle towed for
will be ready to warn you if there is
a problem. service.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Antilock Brake System If both the ABS and the brake Hill Descent Control Light
system warning light are on, the
(ABS) Warning Light vehicle's antilock brakes are not
functioning and there is a problem
with the regular brakes. See your
dealer for service.
See Brake System Warning Light
0 153 and Brake System
Messages 0 167. If equipped, the Hill Descent Control
This light comes on briefly when the light comes on when the system is
engine is started. Tow/Haul Mode Light ready for use. When the light
flashes, the system is active.
If the light does not come on, have it
fixed so it will be ready to warn if See Hill Descent Control
there is a problem. (HDC) 0 276.
If the light comes on while driving, Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
stop as soon as it is safely possible
and turn off the vehicle. Then start Light (1500 Series)
the engine again to reset the For vehicles with the Tow/Haul
system. If the ABS light stays on, Mode feature, this light comes on
or comes on again while driving, the when the Tow/Haul Mode has been
vehicle needs service. A chime may activated.
also sound when the light comes on
steady. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 266.
If the ABS light is the only light on,

the vehicle has regular brakes, but If available, this light comes on
the antilock brakes are not briefly while starting the vehicle.
functioning. If it does not come on, have the
vehicle serviced.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
This light is green if LKA is available See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) See Traction Control/Electronic
to assist. System 0 291. Stability Control 0 274.
LKA may assist by gently turning
the steering wheel if the vehicle Traction Off Light StabiliTrak OFF Light
approaches a detected lane marking
without using the turn signal in that
direction. The LKA light will turn
amber.
This light is amber and flashes as a
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
alert, to indicate that the lane
marking has been crossed. This light comes on briefly while This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not, starting the engine. If it does not,
See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (1500 have the vehicle serviced by your have the vehicle serviced by your
Series) 0 297. dealer. If the system is working dealer.
normally, the indicator light then This light comes on when the
Vehicle Ahead Indicator turns off. StabiliTrak system is turned off.
The traction off light comes on when If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction
the Traction Control System (TCS) Control System (TCS) is also off.
has been turned off by pressing and If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak system does not assist in controlling
button. the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and
This light and the StabiliTrak OFF the StabiliTrak systems, and the
If equipped, this indicator will light come on when StabiliTrak is warning light turns off.
display green when a vehicle is turned off. See Traction Control/Electronic
detected ahead and amber when If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not Stability Control 0 274.
you are following a vehicle ahead limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
much too closely.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Traction Control System See Traction Control/Electronic When the Light Flashes First and
Stability Control 0 274. Then Is On Steady
(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light
If the light flashes for about a minute
Tire Pressure Light and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 372.
This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started. Low Fuel Warning Light
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
If the light does not come on, have Monitor System (TPMS), this light
the vehicle serviced by your dealer. comes on briefly when the engine is
If the system is working normally, started. It provides information
the indicator light turns off. about tire pressures and the TPMS.
If the light is on and not flashing, the When the Light Is On Steady
TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak
system have been disabled. This indicates that one or more of This light is near the fuel gauge and
A Driver Information Center (DIC) the tires are significantly comes on briefly when the ignition is
message may display. Check the underinflated. turned on as a check to show it is
DIC messages to determine which A Driver Information Center (DIC) working.
feature(s) is no longer functioning tire pressure message may also
and whether the vehicle requires It also comes on when the fuel tank
display. See Tire Messages 0 174. is low on fuel. The light turns off
service. See Ride Control System Stop as soon as possible, and
Messages 0 172. when fuel is added. If it does not,
inflate the tires to the pressure value have the vehicle serviced.
If the light is on and flashing, the shown on the Tire and Loading
TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system Information label. See Tire
is actively working. Pressure 0 369.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Security Light This light comes on when the The light goes out when the fog
high-beam headlamps are in use. lamps are turned off. See Fog
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Lamps 0 194 for more information.
Changer 0 191.
Lamps On Reminder
IntelliBeam Light
The security light should come on

briefly as the engine is started. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the This light comes on when the
indicator light turns off. This light comes on when the exterior lamps are in use. See
IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is Exterior Lamp Controls 0 189.
If the light stays on and the engine enabled.
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 189. Cruise Control Light
system. See Immobilizer Operation
(Key Access) 0 55 or Immobilizer Front Fog Lamp Light
Operation (Keyless Access) 0 56.
High-Beam On Light
The cruise control light is white

when the cruise control is on and
For vehicles with fog lamps, this ready, and turns green when the
light comes on when the fog lamps cruise control is set and active.
are on. See Cruise Control 0 278.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Adaptive Cruise Control Light .

Information Displays Unit
Digital Speedometer
Driver Information Center The speedometer shows how fast
(DIC) (Base Level) the vehicle is moving in either
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
The DIC displays are shown in the
per hour (mph). The speedometer
center of the instrument cluster. The
cannot be reset.
displays show the status of many
This light is white when the Adaptive vehicle systems. The trip odometer Trip
Cruise Control (ACC, if equipped) is reset stem in the instrument cluster
Turn the trip odometer reset stem
on and ready, and turns green when is used to access the DIC menu
until TRIP displays. The current
the ACC is set and active. See items.
distance traveled, in either
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 280.
DIC Menu Items kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
the last reset for the trip odometer is
Turn the trip odometer reset stem to shown. The trip odometer can be
scroll through the following menu reset to zero by pressing and
items: holding the trip odometer reset stem
. Digital Speedometer while the trip odometer is displayed.
. Trip Fuel Range
. Fuel Range This display shows the approximate
. Average Fuel Economy distance the vehicle can be driven
without refueling. The fuel range
. Tire Pressure estimate is based on an average of
. Remaining Oil Life the vehicle's fuel economy over
recent driving history and the
. Transmission Fluid Temperature amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
. Trailer Brake tank. Fuel range cannot be reset.
. Hourmeter
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Average Fuel Economy Remaining Oil Life Transmission Fluid Temperature

The Average Fuel Economy display Turn the trip odometer reset stem The temperature of the automatic
shows the approximate average until REMAINING OIL LIFE transmission fluid displays in either
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) displays. An estimate of the oil's degrees Celsius (C) or degrees
or miles per gallon (mpg). This remaining useful life is shown. Fahrenheit (F).
number reflects only the REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% means
approximate average fuel economy 99% of the current oil life remains. Trailer Brake
that the vehicle has right now, and When the remaining oil life is low, On vehicles with the Integrated
will change as driving conditions the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system,
change. This number is based on message will appear on the display. turn the trip odometer reset stem
the number of L/100 km (mpg) See Engine Oil Messages 0 169. until TRAILER GAIN and TRAILER
recorded since the last time this The oil should be changed as soon OUTPUT displays.
menu item was reset. Reset this as possible. See Engine Oil 0 325. TRAILER GAIN shows the Trailer
display by pressing the trip In addition to the engine oil life Gain setting. This setting can be
odometer reset stem. system monitoring the oil life, adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either
Tire Pressure additional maintenance is a trailer connected or disconnected.
recommended in the Maintenance TRAILER OUTPUT shows the
Turn the trip odometer reset stem Schedule. See Maintenance
until a vehicle with the approximate power output to the trailer anytime a
Schedule 0 412. trailer with electric brakes is
pressures of all four tires displays.
Tire pressure is displayed in either The Oil Life display must be reset connected. Output is displayed as a
kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per after each oil change. It will not bar graph. Dashes may appear in
square inch (psi). reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life the TRAILER OUTPUT display if a
display at any time other than when trailer is not connected.
See Tire Pressure Monitor System the oil has just been changed.
0 371 and Tire Pressure Monitor Hourmeter
It cannot be reset accurately until
Operation 0 372. the next oil change. To reset the This display shows the total number
engine oil life system, see Engine of hours the engine has run.
Oil Life System 0 327.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Unit 1. Press o to access the cluster

This will change the displays on the applications.
instrument cluster and DIC to either
2. Press w or x to scroll to the
metric or English (US)
measurements. To change the units, Settings application.
press the trip odometer reset stem 3. Press V to enter the
when UNITS is displayed to enter Settings menu.
the Unit menu. Turn the trip
odometer reset stem to switch 4. Scroll to Info Pages and
between English and metric. Press press p.
the trip odometer reset stem when
the desired setting is displayed. 5. Press w or x to move
through the list of possible
Compass w or x : Press to move up or information displays.
The vehicle may have a compass in down in a list. In the main view,
press up and down to move 6. Press V while an item is
the Driver Information Center (DIC). highlighted to select or
See Compass 0 135. between different info app pages.
deselect that item. When an
o or p : Press to move between item is selected, a checkmark
Driver Information Center the interactive display zones in the will appear next to it.
(DIC) (Uplevel) cluster.
DIC Info Pages
The DIC displays are shown in the V : Press to open a menu or select
a menu item. Press and hold to The following is the list of all
center of the instrument cluster in
the Info app. See Instrument Cluster reset values on certain screens. possible DIC info page displays.
Some may not be available for your
0 141. The displays show the status DIC Info Page Options particular vehicle. Some items may
of many vehicle systems. The
controls for the DIC are on the right The info pages on the DIC can be not be turned on by default but can
steering wheel control. turned on or off through the be turned on through the Settings
Settings menu. app. See DIC Info Page Options
earlier in this section.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel the next oil change. To reset the
either kilometers per hour (km/h) or range estimate is based on an engine oil life system, press and
miles per hour (mph). average of the vehicle's fuel hold V for several seconds while
Trip A or Trip B : Shows the economy over recent driving history the Oil Life display is active. See
current distance traveled, in either and the amount of fuel remaining in Engine Oil Life System 0 327.
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since the fuel tank.
Tire Pressure : Shows the
the trip odometer was last reset. Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the approximate pressures of all four
This also shows the approximate oil's remaining useful life. tires. Tire pressure is displayed in
average liters per 100 kilometers (L/ If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds
100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg). displayed, that means 99% of the per square inch (psi). If the pressure
This number is calculated based on current oil life remains. is low, the value for that tire is
the number of L/100 km (mpg) When the remaining oil life is low, shown in amber. See Tire Pressure
recorded since the last time this the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Monitor System 0 371 and Tire
menu item was reset. This number message will appear on the display. Pressure Monitor Operation 0 372.
reflects only the approximate See Engine Oil Messages 0 169. Fuel Economy : The center
average fuel economy that the The oil should be changed as soon displays the approximate
vehicle has right now, and will as possible. See Engine Oil 0 325. instantaneous fuel economy as a
change as driving conditions In addition to the engine oil life number and bar graph. Displayed
change. system monitoring the oil life, above the bar graph is a running
additional maintenance is average of fuel economy for the
Press and hold V while this display recommended in the Maintenance
is active to reset the trip odometer most recently traveled selected
Schedule. See Maintenance distance. Displayed below the bar
and the average fuel economy. Trip Schedule 0 412.
A and Trip B can also be reset by graph is the best average fuel
The Oil Life display must be reset economy that has been achieved for
pressing p and choosing reset. the selected distance. The selected
after each oil change. It will not
Fuel Range : Shows the reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life distance is displayed at the top of
approximate distance the vehicle display at any time other than when the page as last xxx mi/km. Next
can be driven without refueling. the oil has just been changed. to the odometer, the Active Fuel
LOW will be displayed when the It cannot be reset accurately until Management displays the number of
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
cylinders the vehicle is running on. the timer to zero, press and hold V is displayed as a bar graph. Dashes
See Active Fuel while this display is active, or press may appear in the OUTPUT display
Management 0 261. p and select reset. if a trailer is not connected.
Press p to select the distance or Speed Limit (If Equipped) : Shows Off Road : Displays vehicle pitch
sign information, which comes from and roll information, road wheel
reset best value. Use w and x to
a roadway database in the onboard angle, and four-wheel drive (4WD)
choose the distance and press V. status.
navigation.
Press w and x to select Reset Blank Page : Shows no
Engine Hours : Shows the total
Best Score. Press V to reset the number of hours the engine has run. information.
best average fuel economy. After
reset, the momentary average fuel Transmission Fluid Head-Up Display (HUD)
economy will display. Temperature : Shows the
temperature of the automatic
The display provides information on transmission fluid in either degrees { Warning
how current driving behavior affects Celsius (C) or degrees
the running average and how well Fahrenheit (F). If the HUD image is too bright or
recent driving compares to the best too high in your field of view, it
that has been achieved for the Trailer Brake (If Equipped) : On may take you more time to see
selected distance. vehicles with the Integrated Trailer things you need to see when it is
Brake Control (ITBC) system, the dark outside. Be sure to keep the
Timer : This display can be used as trailer brake display appears in HUD image dim and placed low in
a timer. To start the timer, press V the DIC.
your field of view.
while this display is active. The TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer
display will show the amount of time gain setting. This setting can be
that has passed since the timer was If equipped with HUD, some
adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either
last reset. To stop the timer, press V information concerning the
a trailer connected or disconnected.
briefly while this display is active operation of the vehicle is projected
OUTPUT shows the power output to onto the windshield. The image is
and the timer is running. To reset
the trailer anytime a trailer with projected through the HUD lens on
electric brakes is connected. Output top of the instrument panel. The
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
information appears as an image Some vehicle messages or alerts

focused out toward the front of the displayed in the HUD may be
vehicle. cleared by using the steering wheel
controls. See Vehicle
Caution Messages 0 166.
Some information shown may not
If you try to use the HUD image be available on your vehicle if it is
as a parking aid, you may not equipped with these features.
misjudge the distance and
damage your vehicle. Do not use
the HUD image as a parking aid.
The HUD information can be HUD Display on the Vehicle

displayed in various languages. The Windshield
speedometer reading and other The HUD may display some of the
numerical values can be displayed following vehicle information and
in either English or metric units. vehicle messages or alerts:
The language selection is changed . Speed The HUD control is to the left of the
through the radio and the units of . steering wheel.
Tachometer
measurement is changed through
the instrument cluster. See Vehicle . Audio To adjust the HUD image:
Personalization 0 178 and Cluster . Phone 1. Adjust the driver seat.
Settings Menu under Instrument
Cluster 0 141. . Navigation 2. Start the engine.
. Collision Alert 3. Use the following settings to
. adjust the HUD.
Cruise Control
. Lane Departure
. Low Fuel
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
$ : Press down or lift up to center

the HUD image. The HUD image
can only be adjusted up and down,
not side to side.
! : Press to select the display
view. Each press will change the
display view. Metric Metric
D : Lift up and hold to brighten
the display. Press down and hold to
dim the display. Hold down to turn
the display off.
The HUD image will automatically
dim and brighten to compensate for
outside lighting. The HUD English English
brightness control can also be Speed View : This display gives the Audio/Phone View : This displays
adjusted as needed. speedometer reading (in English or the speed view along with audio/
The HUD image can temporarily metric units), speed limit, Adaptive phone information. The current radio
light up depending on the angle and Cruise Control speed, Lane station, media type, and incoming
position of the sunlight on the HUD Departure Warning, and vehicle calls will be displayed.
display. This is normal. ahead indicator. Some information All HUD views may briefly display
only appears on vehicles that have audio information when the driver
Polarized sunglasses could make these features, and when they are
the HUD image harder to see. uses the steering wheel controls to
active. adjust the audio settings appearing
HUD Views in the instrument cluster.
There are four views in the HUD. Incoming phone calls appearing in
Some vehicle information and the instrument cluster may also
vehicle messages or alerts may be display in any HUD view.
displayed in any view.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
HUD Troubleshooting
Check that:
. Nothing is covering the
HUD lens.
. HUD brightness setting is not
Metric Metric too dim or too bright.
. HUD is adjusted to the proper
height.
. Polarized sunglasses are
not worn.
. Windshield and HUD lens are
clean.
English English
If the HUD image is not correct,
Navigation View : This displays the Performance View : This displays contact your dealer.
speed view along with Turn-by-Turn the speedometer reading, rpm
Navigation information. The reading, transmission positions, and The windshield is part of the HUD
compass heading is displayed when gear shift indicator. system. See Windshield
navigation routing is not active. Replacement 0 346.
Care of the HUD
Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts
shown in the instrument cluster may Clean the inside of the windshield to
also be displayed in any HUD view. remove any dirt or film that could
reduce the sharpness or clarity of
the HUD image.
Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth
sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe
the lens gently, then dry it.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and SERVICE BATTERY

Charging Messages CHARGING SYSTEM
Messages displayed on the DIC
indicate the status of the vehicle or On some vehicles, this message
BATTERY LOW START displays if there is a problem with
some action that may be needed to VEHICLE
correct a condition. Multiple the battery charging system. Under
messages may appear one after When the vehicles battery is certain conditions, the charging
another. severely discharged, this message system light may also turn on in the
will display and four chimes will instrument cluster. See Charging
The messages that do not require System Light 0 151. Driving with this
sound. Start the vehicle
immediate action can be problem could drain the battery.
immediately. If the vehicle is not
acknowledged and cleared by Turn off all unnecessary
started and the battery continues to
pressing V or the trip odometer discharge, the climate controls, accessories. Have the electrical
reset stem on the base cluster. heated seats, and audio systems system checked as soon as
will shut off and the vehicle may possible. See your dealer.
The messages that require
immediate action cannot be cleared require a jump start. These systems
TRANSPORT MODE ON
until that action is performed. will function again after the vehicle
is started. This message is displayed when the
All messages should be taken vehicle is in transport mode. Some
seriously and clearing the message BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE features can be disabled while in
does not correct the problem. This message displays when the this mode, including Remote
The following are the possible battery voltage drops below Keyless Entry (RKE), remote start,
messages and some information expected levels and features are and the vehicle alarm system. Take
about them. disabled. Turn off all unnecessary the vehicle to your dealer for service
accessory features. to turn transport mode off.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Brake System Messages As soon as it is safe to do so, ADAPTIVE CRUISE

carefully pull your vehicle over to TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
BRAKE FLUID LOW the side of the road and turn the
ignition off. Check the wiring This message displays when
This message is displayed when the attempting to activate Adaptive
brake fluid level is low. See Brake connection to the trailer and turn the
ignition back on. If this message still Cruise Control (ACC) when it is
Fluid 0 339. temporarily unavailable. The ACC
displays, either your vehicle or the
SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST trailer needs service. See your system does not need service.
dealer. This can occur under the following
This message may be displayed
when there is a problem with the See Integrated Trailer Brake conditions:
brake boost assist system. When Control System under Towing . Cruise is turned on when the
this message is displayed, the brake Equipment 0 310 for more vehicle is stopped.
boost assist motor might be heard information. . The radar cannot see objects
operating and you might notice well. See the next message.
pulsation in the brake pedal. This is Compass Messages
normal under these conditions. Take FRONT RADAR BLOCKED
the vehicle to your dealer for Dashes may be displayed if the
vehicle temporarily loses SEE OWNERS MANUAL
service.
communication with the Global This message can display when:
SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE Positioning System (GPS). . The radar is not clean. Keep the
SYSTEM radar sensors free of mud, dirt,
On vehicles with the Integrated
Cruise Control Messages snow, ice, and slush. Clean the
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, ADAPTIVE CRUISE SET entire front and/or rear of the
this message displays and a chime vehicle. For cleaning
TO XXX
may sound when there is a problem instructions, see Exterior
with the ITBC system. This message displays when the Care 0 402.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) . Heavy rain or snow is interfering
When this message displays, power speed is set. See Adaptive Cruise
is no longer available to the trailer with the radar object detection or
Control 0 280.
brakes. camera performance.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
CRUISE SET TO XXX SHIFT TO PARK BEFORE REAR ACCESS OPEN

This message displays when the EXITING This message will display when the
cruise control speed is set. See This message may display if liftgate is open. Close the liftgate
Cruise Control 0 278. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is completely.
engaged holding the vehicle at a
NO CRUISE BRAKING GAS stop, and the driver attempts to exit Engine Cooling System
PEDAL APPLIED the vehicle. Put the vehicle in Messages
This message displays when P (Park) before exiting.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH
active and the driver is pressing the Door Ajar Messages ENGINE TEMP
gas pedal. When this occurs, ACC
DOOR OPEN This message displays when the
will not brake. See Adaptive Cruise
engine coolant becomes hotter than
Control 0 280. This message displays and a chime the normal operating temperature.
SERVICE ADAPTIVE CRUISE may sound if a door is not fully See Engine Coolant Temperature
closed. Stop and turn off the Gauge 0 147. To avoid added strain
CONTROL vehicle, check the door for on a hot engine, the air conditioning
If this message displays, take the obstructions, and close the door compressor automatically turns off.
vehicle to your dealer to repair the again. Check to see if the message When the coolant temperature
system. Adaptive Cruise Control still appears on the DIC. returns to normal, the air
(ACC), Forward Collision Alert conditioning compressor turns back
(FCA), and/or the Active Emergency HOOD OPEN
on. You can continue to drive your
Braking System may not work. Do This message displays and a chime vehicle.
not use these systems until the may sound if the hood is not fully
vehicle has been repaired. closed. Stop and turn off the If this message continues to appear,
vehicle, check the hood for have the system repaired by your
obstructions, and close the hood dealer as soon as possible to avoid
again. Check to see if the message damage to the engine.
still appears on the DIC.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE Engine Oil Messages and allow the vehicle to idle until it
ENGINE cools down. See Engine Coolant
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Temperature Gauge 0 147.
This message displays when the
engine coolant temperature is too This message displays when the OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to engine oil needs to be changed. ENGINE
idle until it cools down. See Engine When you change the engine oil, be
Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 147. sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE This message displays if low oil
OIL SOON message. See Engine pressure levels occur. Stop the
When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode Oil Life System 0 327 for vehicle as soon as safely possible
to prevent damage to the engine or information on how to reset the and do not operate it until the cause
transmission. See Tow/Haul message. See Engine Oil 0 325 and of the low oil pressure has been
Mode 0 266. Maintenance Schedule 0 412. corrected. Check the oil as soon as
possible and have the vehicle
ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL serviced by your dealer. See Engine
ENGINE Oil 0 325.
On some vehicles, this message
This message displays and a chime displays when the engine oil level
may sound if the engine cooling may be too low. Check the oil level Engine Power Messages
system reaches unsafe before filling to the recommended
temperatures for operation. Stop level. If the oil is not low and this ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
and turn off the vehicle as soon as it message remains on, take the This message displays and a chime
is safe to do so to avoid severe vehicle to your dealer for service. may sound when the cooling system
damage. This message clears when See Engine Oil 0 325. temperature gets too hot and the
the engine has cooled to a safe engine further enters the engine
operating temperature. ENGINE OIL HOT IDLE coolant protection mode. See
ENGINE Engine Overheating 0 336 for more
This message displays when the information.
engine oil becomes hotter than the This message also displays when
normal operating temperature. Stop the vehicle's engine power is
reduced. Reduced engine power
can affect the vehicle's ability to
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
accelerate. If this message is on, See Starting the Vehicle with a Low NUMBER OF KEYS
but there is no reduction in Transmitter Battery under Remote PROGRAMMED
performance, proceed to your Keyless Entry (RKE) System
destination. The performance may Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or This message displays when
be reduced the next time the vehicle Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) programming new keys to the
is driven. The vehicle may be driven System Operation (Keyless vehicle.
at a reduced speed while this Access) 0 37. REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE
message is on, but acceleration and
speed may be reduced. Anytime NO REMOTE DETECTED This message displays when
this message stays on, the vehicle This message displays when the leaving the vehicle with the RKE
should be taken to your dealer for transmitter battery may be weak. transmitter still inside.
service as soon as possible. See Starting the Vehicle with a Low REPLACE BATTERY IN
Transmitter Battery under Remote REMOTE KEY
Fuel System Messages Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or This message displays when the
FUEL LEVEL LOW Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) battery in the RKE transmitter needs
This message displays when the System Operation (Keyless to be replaced.
vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as Access) 0 37.
soon as possible. Lamp Messages
NO REMOTE DETECTED
PRESS BRAKE TO RESTART TURN SIGNAL ON
Key and Lock Messages
This message displays when This message displays and a chime
NO REMOTE KEY WAS attempting to turn off the vehicle sounds if a turn signal is left on for
DETECTED PLACE KEY IN and the RKE transmitter is no longer 1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn
TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN detected. Restarting is allowed signal lever to the off position.
START YOUR VEHICLE without the RKE transmitter for
five minutes. Press the brake pedal
This message displays when trying and ENGINE START/STOP to
to start the vehicle if an RKE restart the vehicle.
transmitter is not detected. The
transmitter battery may be weak.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Object Detection System . The front of the vehicle or (LDW) system will not operate.
windshield is not clean. Keep Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and
Messages these areas clean and free of Forward Automatic Braking (FAB)
FORWARD COLLISION mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush. may not work or may not work
SYSTEM OFF For cleaning instructions, see as well.
Exterior Care 0 402.
This message displays when LANE CHANGE ALERT OFF
. Heavy rain or snow is interfering
Forward Automatic Braking (FAB) This message indicates that the
has been turned off. See Forward with the object detection
performance. driver has turned the Side Blind
Automatic Braking (FAB) 0 293. Zone Alert (SBZA) and Lane
This message may also be Change Alert (LCA) systems off.
FORWARD COLLISION displayed if there is a problem with
SYSTEM REDUCED the StabiliTrak system. See Traction LANE KEEPING ASSIST
This message displays when Control/Electronic Stability UNAVAILABLE
Forward Automatic Braking (FAB) Control 0 274. This message displays when the
has been set to the Alert setting. Lane Keep Assist (LKA) and Lane
FORWARD COLLISION
This setting disables most FAB Departure Warning (LDW) system is
functions. See Forward Automatic ALERT OFF
temporarily unavailable. The LKA
Braking (FAB) 0 293. This message displays when the system does not need service.
Forward Collision Alert has been
FORWARD COLLISION turned off. This message could be due to the
SYSTEM UNAVAILABLE camera being blocked. Clean the
FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED outside of the windshield behind the
This message displays when
Forward Automatic Braking (FAB) CLEAN WINDSHIELD rearview mirror.
has been unavailable for some time. This message displays when the PARK ASSIST OFF
The FAB System does not need camera is blocked. Cleaning the
service. This message can display outside of the windshield behind the This message displays when the
under the following conditions: rearview mirror may correct the Parking Assist system has been
issue. The Lane Keep Assist (LKA) turned off or when there is a
and the Lane Departure Warning temporary condition causing the
system to be disabled.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
SERVICE FORWARD SERVICE SIDE DETECTION Ride Control System

COLLISION SYSTEM SYSTEM Messages
If this message displays, take the If this message remains on after
vehicle to your dealer to repair the continued driving, the vehicle needs SERVICE LEVELING SYSTEM
system. Adaptive Cruise Control service. Side Blind Zone Alert If the vehicle has the Magnetic Ride
(ACC), Forward Collision Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA), Control suspension system or
(FCA), and/or Forward Automatic and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) Automatic Level Control, this
Braking (FAB) may not work. Do not features will not work. Take the message displays when the leveling
use these systems until the vehicle vehicle to your dealer. system is not operating properly.
has been repaired. Have the vehicle serviced by your
SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM dealer.
SERVICE FRONT CAMERA UNAVAILABLE
If this message remains on after This message indicates that Side
SERVICE STABILITRAK
continued driving, the vehicle needs Blind Zone Alert (SBZA), Lane If this message displays, it means
service. Do not use the Lane Keep Change Alert (LCA), and Rear there may be a problem with the
Assist (LKA), Lane Departure Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) are StabiliTrak system. If you see this
Warning (LDW), Forward Automatic disabled either because the sensor message, try to reset the system.
Braking (FAB), and Forward is blocked and cannot detect Stop; turn off the engine for at least
Collision Alert (FCA) features. Take vehicles in the blind zone, or the 15 seconds; then start the engine
the vehicle to your dealer. vehicle is passing through an open again. If this message still comes
area, such as the desert, where on, it means there is a problem. You
SERVICE PARK ASSIST there is insufficient data for should see your dealer for service.
This message displays if there is a operation. This message may also The vehicle is safe to drive;
problem with the Parking Assist activate during heavy rain or due to however, you do not have the
system. Do not use this system to road spray. The vehicle does not benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce
help you park. See your dealer for need service. For cleaning, see your speed and drive accordingly.
service. "Washing the Vehicle" under
Exterior Care 0 402.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
SERVICE SUSPENSION for multiple ignition cycles and on STABILITRAK OFF may also
SYSTEM different road surfaces, see your display when the stability control
dealer for service. has been automatically disabled.
If the vehicle has the Magnetic Ride Several conditions can cause this
Control suspension system, this TRACTION CONTROL OFF message to appear:
message displays when the
This message displays when the . If the system is overheating,
suspension system is not operating
traction control has been turned off. which could occur if StabiliTrak
properly. Have the vehicle serviced
See Traction Control/Electronic activates continuously for an
by your dealer.
Stability Control 0 274. extended period of time.
SERVICE TRACTION TRACTION CONTROL ON . If the brake system warning light
CONTROL is on. See Brake System
This message displays when the
This message displays when there traction control is active. See Warning Light 0 153.
is a problem with the Traction Traction Control/Electronic Stability . If the stability system takes
Control System (TCS). When this Control 0 274. longer than usual to complete its
message displays, the system will
diagnostic checks due to driving
not limit wheel spin. Adjust your STABILITRAK OFF conditions.
driving accordingly. See your dealer
This message displays when the . If an engine or vehicle-related
for service. See Traction Control/
StabiliTrak system has been turned problem has been detected and
Electronic Stability Control 0 274.
off. Adjust your driving accordingly. the vehicle needs service. See
STABILITRAK INITIALIZING To limit wheel spin and realize the your dealer.
full benefits of the stability
This message may come on if the enhancement system, you should . If the transfer case is in
StabiliTrak system has not fully normally leave StabiliTrak on. See Four-Wheel Drive Low.
initialized because of road Traction Control/Electronic Stability
conditions or the incorrect tire size. The message turns off as soon as
Control 0 274. the conditions that caused the
When the StabiliTrak system is fully
initialized, the message will turn off. message to be displayed are no
See Traction Control/Electronic longer present.
Stability Control 0 274. If this
message continues to be displayed
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Airbag System Messages Steering System Starting the Vehicle

SERVICE AIRBAG Messages Messages
This message displays if there is a STEERING ASSIST IS PRESS BRAKE TO START
problem with the airbag system. REDUCED DRIVE WITH CARE This message is displayed when
Take the vehicle to your dealer for This message may display if a attempting to start the vehicle
service. problem occurs with the electric without first pressing the brake
power steering system. If this pedal.
Security Messages message appears, steering effort
may be slightly higher than normal.
SERVICE KEYLESS START
SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM
The vehicle is still safe to drive. Use
SYSTEM caution while in reduced assist This message is displayed if there is
This message displays when there mode. If this message is persistent a problem with the pushbutton start
is a problem with the theft-deterrent or appears repeatedly, take the system. Take the vehicle to your
system. The vehicle may or may not vehicle to your dealer for service. dealer for service.
restart, so you may want to take the See Steering 0 237.
vehicle to your dealer before turning Tire Messages
off the engine. See Immobilizer SERVICE POWER STEERING
Operation (Key Access) 0 55 or This message displays when there SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
Immobilizer Operation (Keyless is a problem with electric power SYSTEM
Access) 0 56. steering. If this message displays If equipped with the Tire Pressure
and a reduction in steering Monitor System (TPMS), this
performance or loss of power message displays if a part on the
steering assistance is noticed, see system is not working properly. The
your dealer. See Steering 0 237. tire pressure light also flashes and
then remains on during the same
ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure
Light 0 156. Several conditions may
cause this message to appear. See
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation receive more than one tire pressure 4WD SHIFT IN PROGRESS
0 372. If the warning comes on and message at a time. If a tire pressure
This message will display while the
stays on, there may be a problem message appears on the DIC, stop
four-wheel-drive system is shifting.
with the TPMS. See your dealer. as soon as you can. Have the tire
pressures checked and set to those FOR 4WD LOW SHIFT TO
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE shown on the Tire and Loading NEUTRAL
If equipped with the Tire Pressure Information label. See Tires 0 362,
Monitor System (TPMS), this Vehicle Load Limits 0 247, and Tire If a four-wheel drive shift into 4 n is
message displays when the system Pressure 0 369. The DIC also requested, and the vehicle speed is
is relearning the tire positions on shows the tire pressure values. See correct, but the transmission is not
your vehicle. The tire positions must Driver Information Center (DIC) in N (Neutral), this message will
be relearned after rotating the tires (Base Level) 0 158 or Driver display until the transmission is
or after replacing a tire or sensor. Information Center (DIC) shifted to N (Neutral).
See Tire Inspection 0 375, Tire (Uplevel) 0 160.
Rotation 0 375, Tire Pressure FOR 4WD LOW SLOW TO XXX
Monitor System 0 371, and Tire Transmission Messages If a four-wheel drive shift into 4 n is
Pressure 0 369. requested, but the vehicle speed is
4WD OFF
TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD too high, this message will display
If equipped with four-wheel drive, until the correct vehicle speed is
AIR TO TIRE this message displays when the reached.
If equipped with the Tire Pressure four-wheel-drive system is
Monitor System (TPMS), this temporarily disabled due to an GRADE BRAKING ACTIVE
message displays when the overheated condition. The vehicle This message displays when grade
pressure in one or more of the will run in two-wheel drive when this braking has been activated while
vehicle's tires is low. This message message is present. Once the driving on downhill grades. This
also displays with a vehicle picture four-wheel-drive system cools down, message will only appear the first
to indicate the location of the low the message turns off and the time the feature is activated in an
tire. The low tire pressure warning four-wheel-drive system returns to ignition cycle. See Tow/Haul Mode
light will also come on. See Tire normal operation. 0 266, Automatic Transmission
Pressure Light 0 156. You can 0 262, and Cruise Control 0 278.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/13/16
GRADE BRAKING OFF you begin driving, the TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE
four-wheel-drive system needs ENGINE
This message displays when grade
service. See your dealer.
braking has been disabled with the This message displays and a chime
Tow/Haul Mode button on the end of SHIFT DENIED may sound if the transmission fluid
the shift lever. See Tow/Haul Mode in the vehicle gets hot. Driving with
0 266, Automatic Transmission This message displays when the
the transmission fluid temperature
0 262, and Cruise Control 0 278. shift lever is in L (Manual Mode) and
high can cause damage to the
a transmission range has been
vehicle. Stop the vehicle and let it
GRADE BRAKING ON selected that is unavailable at the
idle to allow the transmission to
current vehicle speed.
This message displays when grade cool. This message clears and the
braking has been enabled with the TO EXIT 4WD LOW SHIFT TO chime stops when the fluid
Tow/Haul Mode button on the end of NEUTRAL temperature reaches a safe level.
the shift lever. See Tow/Haul Mode When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode
0 266, Automatic Transmission If a four-wheel drive shift out of 4 n is
to prevent damage to the engine or
0 262, and Cruise Control 0 278. requested, and the vehicle speed is
transmission. See Tow/Haul
correct, but the transmission is not
SERVICE 4WD Mode 0 266.
in N (Neutral), this message will
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, display until the transmission is VEHICLE IN 4WD LOW
this message may display if a shifted to N (Neutral).
This message will display if the
problem occurs with the
four-wheel-drive system. If this
TO EXIT 4WD LOW SLOW vehicle is driven in 4 n for about
message appears, stop as soon as TO XXX 10 minutes above 72 km/h (45 mph).
possible and turn off the vehicle. If a four-wheel drive shift out of 4 n is
Make sure the key is in the LOCK/ requested, but the vehicle speed is
OFF position for at least too high, this message will display
one minute, then restart the vehicle until the correct vehicle speed is
and check for the message on the reached.
DIC display. If the message is still
displayed or appears again when
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Reminder As soon as it is safe to do so, This message clears itself after
carefully pull the vehicle over to the several seconds. This message also
Messages side of the road and turn the ignition clears if you acknowledge it. After
CHECK TRAILER WIRING off. Check the wiring connection to this message clears, the TRAILER
the trailer and turn the ignition back GAIN and OUTPUT displays appear
On vehicles with the Integrated on. This message clears if the trailer in the DIC.
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, is reconnected. This message also
this message may display and a See Driver Information Center (DIC)
clears if you acknowledge it. If this (Base Level) 0 158 or Driver
chime may sound when one of the message still displays, either the
following conditions exists: Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
vehicle or the trailer needs service. 0 160 and Integrated Trailer Brake
. A trailer with electric brakes See your dealer. Control System under Towing
becomes disconnected from the See Integrated Trailer Brake Equipment 0 310.
vehicle. Control System under Towing
If the disconnect occurs while Equipment 0 310. Washer Fluid Messages
the vehicle is stopped, this
ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
message clears itself after a
short time. WITH CARE FLUID
If the disconnect occurs while This message displays when ice This message displays when the
the vehicle is moving, this conditions are possible. windshield washer fluid is low. Fill
message stays on until the TRAILER CONNECTED the windshield washer fluid reservoir
ignition is turned off. as soon as possible. See Engine
On vehicles with the Integrated Compartment Overview 0 323 for
. There is a short in the wiring to Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, the location of the windshield
the electric trailer brakes. this message displays briefly when washer fluid reservoir. Also, see
When this message displays, power a trailer with electric or electric over Washer Fluid 0 338 for more
is no longer available to the trailer hydraulic brakes is first connected information.
brakes. to the vehicle.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
3. Press o BACK on the .

Vehicle Rear Camera
Personalization faceplate or touch the 0 screen . Return to Factory Settings

button to return to the previous . Software Information
Use the audio system controls to menu or exit.
access the personalization menus Detailed information for each menu
for customizing vehicle features. Turn the vehicle to ON/RUN to follows.
access the Settings menu, then
The following are all possible select SETTINGS from the Home Time and Date
personalization features. Depending Page on the infotainment display. Manually set the time and date. See
on the vehicle, some may not be
Personalization Menus Clock 0 135.
available.
Base Radio Audio System The following list of menu items may Language (Language)
Controls be available:
Select Language, then select from
. Time and Date the available language(s).
MENU : Press the center of the
knob to enter menus and select . Language (Language) The selected language will display
menu items. Turn the knob to scroll . Rear Seat Reminder on the system, and voice
through the menus. recognition will reflect the selected
. Teen Driver language.
o BACK : Press to return to the
previous menu or exit. . Valet Mode Rear Seat Reminder
Uplevel Radio Audio System . Radio This allows for a chime and a
Controls . Vehicle message Look in Rear Seat when
1. Press the desired feature to . Bluetooth the rear door has been opened
display a list of available before or during operation of the
. Apple CarPlay vehicle.
options.
. Android Auto Select Off or On.
2. Press to select the desired
feature setting. . Voice
. Display
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Teen Driver . Maximum Startup Volume Select Off, Low, Medium-Low,

. Audio Cue Volume Medium, Medium-High, or High.
See Teen Driver under Settings
in the infotainment manual. Maximum Startup Volume
Manage Favorites
Valet Mode This allows favorites to be edited. This feature sets the maximum
See Manage Favorites in Radio startup volume. If the vehicle is
This will lock the infotainment started and the volume is greater
system and steering wheel controls. Setup under Home Page 0 202 or
Manage Favorites in Settings than this level, the volume is
It may also limit access to vehicle adjusted to this level. To set the
storage locations (if equipped). under Radio in the infotainment
manual. maximum startup volume, turn the
To enable valet mode: MENU knob or select + or to
Number of Favorites Shown increase or decrease.
1. Enter a four-digit code on the
keypad. Select to set the number of favorites Audio Cue Volume
to display.
2. Select Enter to go to the This feature sets the volume of
confirmation screen. Select the desired number or select audio files played at system startup
Auto and the infotainment system and shutdown.
3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
will automatically adjust the number
Select LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or of favorites shown. Select On, then select + or to
unlock the system. Touch Back to increase or decrease the volume.
go back to the previous menu. Audible Touch Feedback
Vehicle
This allows Audible Touch
Radio Feedback to be turned on or off. Select and the following may
Select and the following may display:
Select Off or On.
display: . Climate and Air Quality
. Manage Favorites Auto Volume
. Collision/Detection Systems
. This feature adjusts the volume
Number of Favorites Shown . Comfort and Convenience
based on vehicle speed and
. Audible Touch Feedback ambient noise. . Lighting
. Auto Volume . Power Door Locks
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Select Off or On. FAB functions. With the Alert and
Brake setting, both FCA and FAB
Climate and Air Quality Collision/Detection Systems are available. The Alert setting
Select and the following may Select and the following may disables FAB. See Forward
display: display: Automatic Braking (FAB) 0 293.
. Auto Fan Speed . Alert Type Select Off, Alert and Brake, or Alert.
. Auto Defog . Forward Collision System Go Notifier
. Auto Rear Defog . Go Notifier This feature will give a reminder that
. Parking Assist Adaptive Cruise Control provides
Auto Fan Max Speed
when it has brought the vehicle to a
This feature will set the maximum . Lane Change Alert complete stop behind another
auto fan speed. . Rear Cross Traffic Alert stopping vehicle, and then that
Select Low, Medium, or High. vehicle drives on.
. Side Blind Zone Alert
Select Off or On.
Auto Defog Alert Type
When set to On, the auto defog Parking Assist
This feature will set crash alerts to
comes on when the climate control beeps or seat vibrations. This If equipped, this allows the feature
sensor detects high interior setting affects all crash alerts to be turned on or off. See
humidity. Air will be directed to the including Forward Collision, Lane Assistance Systems for Parking or
windshield. Departure Warning, and Parking Backing 0 288.
Select Off or On. Assist alerts. Select Off, On, or On with Towbar
Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat. Attached.
Auto Rear Defog
If equipped, this feature will Forward Collision System Lane Change Alert
automatically turn on the rear This feature will turn on or off This allows the feature to be turned
window defogger when the vehicle Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and on or off. See Lane Change Alert
is first started in cold weather and Forward Automatic Braking (FAB). (LCA) 0 294.
turn off when the vehicle is warmed. The Off setting disables all FCA and Select Off or On.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Rear Cross Traffic Alert Easy Exit Options Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
This allows the feature to be turned This allows the feature to be turned When on and the front wiper is on
on or off. See Assistance Systems on or off. See Memory Seats 0 70. and wiping, the rear wiper will
for Parking or Backing 0 288. Select Off or On. automatically activate when the
Select Off or On. vehicle is shifted to R (Reverse).
Chime Volume Select Off or On.
Side Blind Zone Alert This allows the selection of the
This allows the feature to be turned chime volume level. Lighting
on or off. See Side Blind Zone Alert Select + or to adjust the volume. Select and the following may
(SBZA) 0 294. display:
Select Off or On. Reverse Tilt Mirror
. Vehicle Locator Lights
When on, the driver and/or
Comfort and Convenience . Exit Lighting
passenger mirrors will tilt downward
Select and the following may when the vehicle is shifted to Vehicle Locator Lights
display: R (Reverse) to improve visibility of
This feature will flash the exterior
. Auto Memory Recall the ground near the rear wheels.
lamps and allows some of the
. Select Off, On - Driver and exterior lamps and most of the
Easy Exit Options
Passenger, On - Driver, or On - interior lamps to turn on briefly when
. Chime Volume Passenger. K on the Remote Keyless Entry
. Reverse Tilt Mirror (RKE) transmitter is pressed to
Auto Mirror Folding
locate the vehicle.
. Auto Mirror Folding When on, the outside rearview
Select Off or On.
. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear mirrors will automatically fold or
unfold when the Remote Keyless Exit Lighting
Auto Memory Recall Entry (RKE) transmitter Q or K is This allows the selection of how
This allows the feature to be turned pressed and held. long the exterior lamps stay on
on or off. See Memory Seats 0 70. when leaving the vehicle when it is
Select Off or On.
Select Off or On. dark outside.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Delayed Door Lock Remote Lock Feedback

Seconds, or 120 Seconds. When on, this feature will delay the This allows selection of what type of
Power Door Locks locking of the doors. To override the feedback is given when locking the
delay, press the power door lock vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
Select and the following may switch on the door.
display: Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights
Select Off or On. Only, or Horn Only.
. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Remote Door Unlock
. Auto Door Unlock
. Select and the following may This allows selection of which doors
Delayed Door Lock
display: will unlock when pressing K on the
Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout . Remote Unlock Light Feedback RKE transmitter.
When on, this feature will keep the . Remote Lock Feedback Select All Doors or Driver
driver door from locking when the Door Only.
vehicle is off, the driver door is . Remote Door Unlock
open, and locking is requested. . Remote Start Auto Cooled Seats
Remote Start Auto Cooled Seats
If Off is selected, the Delayed Door If equipped and turned on, this
Lock menu will be available. . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
feature will turn the ventilated seats
Select Off or On. . Remote Window Operation on when using remote start on
. Passive Door Unlock warm days.
Auto Door Unlock
. Passive Door Lock Select Off or On.
This allows selection of which of the
doors will automatically unlock when . Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). If equipped and turned on, this
Remote Unlock Light Feedback
Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. feature will turn the heated seats on
When on, the exterior lamps will when using remote start on
flash when unlocking the vehicle cold days.
with the RKE transmitter.
Select Off or On.
Select Off or Flash Lights.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Remote Window Operation Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Device Management

This allows the window to be This feature sounds an alert when Select to connect to a different
opened when pressing and holding the RKE transmitter is left in the phone source, disconnect a phone,
K on the RKE transmitter. See vehicle. or delete a phone.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Select Off or On.
System Operation (Key Access) Ringtones
0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry Bluetooth Select to change the ring tone for
(RKE) System Operation (Keyless the specific phone. The phone does
Select and the following may
Access) 0 37. not need to be connected to change
display:
Select Off or On. the ring tones.
. Pair New Device
Passive Door Unlock Voice Mail Numbers
. Device Management
This allows the selection of what This feature displays the voice mail
. Ringtones number for all connected phones.
doors will unlock when using the
button on the driver door to unlock . Voice Mail Numbers To change the voice mail number,
the vehicle. select EDIT or press the EDIT
. Text Message Alerts button. Type a new number, then
Select All Doors or Driver Door. Pair New Device select SAVE or press the SAVE
Passive Door Lock button.
Select to pair a new device. See
This allows passive locking to be Pairing in Infotainment Controls Text Message Alerts
turned on or off and selects under Bluetooth (Overview) 0 214 This feature allows text messages
feedback. See Remote Keyless or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - to be received. See Text
Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Base Radio) 0 215 or Bluetooth Messaging under Phone in the
Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless (Voice Recognition - Base Radio) infotainment manual.
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 219 or Pairing in Infotainment
(Keyless Access) 0 37. Controls under Bluetooth in the Select Off or On.
infotainment manual. Apple CarPlay
Select Off, On with Horn
Chirp, or On. Select and the following may
display:
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

. Apple CarPlay Apple CarPlay and Android Auto Prompt Length
. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices under Phone in the infotainment This feature adjusts the voice
manual. prompt length.
Apple CarPlay Select Off or On. Select Short or Long.
This feature allows Apple devices to
be connected to the infotainment Manage Android Auto Devices Audio Feedback Speed
system through a USB port. See Select to manage Android devices. This feature adjusts the audio
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto Android Auto must be on for this feedback speed.
under Phone in the infotainment feature to be accessed. See Apple
manual. CarPlay and Android Auto under Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.
Select Off or On. Phone in the infotainment manual. Display What Can I Say? Tips
Manage Apple CarPlay Devices Voice This feature gives voice
Select and the following may command tips.
Select to manage Apple devices.
Apple CarPlay must be on for this display: Select Off or On.
feature to be accessed. See Apple . Confidence Threshold
Display
CarPlay and Android Auto under . Prompt Length Select and the following may
Phone in the infotainment manual.
. Audio Feedback Speed display:
Android Auto
. Display What Can I Say? Tips . Calibrate Touchscreen
display: Confidence Threshold . Turn Display Off
. Android Auto This feature allows the adjustment Calibrate Touchscreen
of the sensitivity of the speech Select to calibrate the touchscreen,
. Manage Android Auto Devices recognition system. then follow the prompts.
Android Auto Select Confirm More or
This feature allows Android devices Confirm Less.
to be connected to the infotainment
system through a USB port. See
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Turn Display Off Restore Vehicle Settings Universal Remote

Select to turn the display off. Touch This allows selection of restoring
anywhere on the display area or vehicle settings.
System
press any faceplate button to turn Select Restore or Cancel. See Radio Frequency
the display on. Statement 0 439.
Clear All Private Data
Rear Camera
This allows selection to clear all Universal Remote System
Select and the following may private information from the vehicle. Programming
display:
Select Delete or Cancel.
. Guidance Lines
Restore Radio Settings
. Rear Park Assist Symbols
This allows selection to restore
Guidance Lines radio settings.
Select to turn Off or On. See Select Restore or Cancel.
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing 0 288. Software Information
Rear Park Assist Symbols Select to view the infotainment
system current software information.
Select to turn Off or On. See
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing 0 288.
Return to Factory Settings If equipped, these buttons are in the
overhead console.
display: This system can replace up to three
remote control transmitters used to
. Restore Vehicle Settings activate devices such as garage
. Clear All Private Data door openers, security systems, and
home automation devices. These
. Restore Radio Settings
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
instructions refer to a garage door Make sure the hand-held transmitter system buttons to be used to
opener, but can be used for other has a new battery for quick and operate the garage door. Do
devices. accurate transmission of the not release either button until
Do not use the Universal Remote radio-frequency signal. the indicator light goes from a
system with any garage door opener slow to a rapid flashing light.
Programming the Universal Then release both buttons.
that does not have the stop and Remote System
reverse feature. This includes any Some garage door openers
garage door opener model For questions or help programming may require substitution of
manufactured before April 1, 1982. the Universal Remote system, call Step 2 with the procedure
1-800-355-3515 or see under Radio Signals for
Read the instructions completely www.homelink.com.
before programming the Universal Canada and Some Gate
Remote system. It may help to have Programming involves Operators later in this section.
another person assist with the time-sensitive actions, and may time 3. Press and hold the newly
programming process. out causing the procedure to be programmed Universal Remote
repeated. system button for five seconds
Keep the original hand-held
transmitter for use in other vehicles To program up to three devices: while watching the indicator
as well as for future programming. light and garage door
1. Hold the end of the hand-held activation.
Erase the programming when transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1
vehicle ownership is terminated. to 3 in) away from the . If the indicator light stays on
See Erasing Universal Remote Universal Remote system continuously or the garage
System Buttons later in this buttons with the indicator light door moves when the
section. in view. The hand-held button is pressed, then
To program a garage door opener, transmitter was supplied by the programming is complete.
park outside directly in line with and manufacturer of the garage There is no need to
facing the garage door opener door opener receiver. complete Steps 46.
receiver. Clear all people and 2. At the same time, press and . If the indicator light does
objects near the garage door. hold both the hand-held not come on or the garage
transmitter button and one of door does not move, a
the three Universal Remote second button press may
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
be required. For a second The name and color of the Radio Signals for Canada and
time, press and hold the button may vary by Some Gate Operators
newly programmed button manufacturer.
for five seconds. If the light For questions or programming help,
5. Press and release the Learn or call 1-800-355-3515 or see
stays on or the garage door Smart button. Step 6 must be
moves, programming is www.homelink.com.
completed within 30 seconds of
complete. pressing this button. Canadian radio-frequency laws and
. If the indicator light blinks some U.S. gate operators require
6. Inside the vehicle, press and transmitter signals to time out or quit
rapidly for two seconds, hold the newly programmed
then changes to a solid light after several seconds of
Universal Remote system transmission. This may not be long
and the garage door does button for two seconds and
not move, continue with enough for the Universal Remote
then release it. If the garage system to pick up the signal during
programming Steps 46. door does not move or the programming.
lamp on the garage door
opener receiver does not flash, If the programming did not work,
press and hold the same replace Step 2 under Programming
button a second time for the Universal Remote System with
two seconds, then release it. the following:
Again, if the door does not Press and hold the Universal
move or the garage door lamp Remote system button while
does not flash, press and hold pressing and releasing the
the same button a third time for hand-held transmitter button every
Learn or Smart Button two seconds, then release it. two seconds until the signal has
4. After completing Steps 13, The Universal Remote system been successfully accepted by the
locate the Learn or Smart should now activate the Universal Remote system. The
button inside the garage on the garage door. Universal Remote system indicator
garage door opener receiver. light will flash slowly at first and then
Repeat the process for rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
programming the two remaining Programming the Universal Remote
buttons. System to complete.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Universal Remote System Reprogramming a Single

Operation Universal Remote System
Button
Using the Universal Remote To reprogram any of the system
System buttons:
Press and hold the appropriate 1. Press and hold any one of the
Universal Remote system button for buttons. Do not release the
at least one-half second. The button.
indicator light will come on while the
signal is being transmitted. 2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
Erasing Universal Remote releasing the button, proceed
System Buttons with Step 1 under
Erase all programmed buttons when Programming the Universal
vehicle ownership is terminated. Remote System.
To erase:
1. Press and hold the two outside
buttons until the indicator light
begins to flash. This should
take about 10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Lighting 189
Lighting Exterior Lighting For vehicles first sold in Canada,

the off position will only work when
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting AUTO : Automatically turns on the
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 189 headlamps, parking lamps,
Exterior Lamps Off taillamps, instrument panel lights,
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 roof marker lamps (if equipped), and
Headlamp High/Low-Beam license plate lamps.
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 When the vehicle is turned off and
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 the headlamps are in AUTO, the
Daytime Running headlamps turn off. When the key is
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 removed, the headlamps
Automatic Headlamp automatically come on for a set
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 time. The time of the delay can be
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 193 changed using the DIC. See Driver
Turn and Lane-Change
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Level) 0 158 or Driver Information
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 The exterior lamp control is on the
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 160.
instrument panel to the left of the
Interior Lighting steering wheel. ; : Turns on the parking lamps
Instrument Panel Illumination including all lamps, except the
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 There are four positions:
headlamps.
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 O : Turns off the automatic 2 : Turns on the headlamps with
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 headlamps and Daytime Running
the parking lamps and instrument
Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
Lighting Features panel lights.
control to the off position again to
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
turn the automatic headlamps or When the headlamps are turned on
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
DRL back on. while the vehicle is on, the
Battery Load Management . . . 196
headlamps turn off automatically
Battery Power Protection . . . . . 197
10 minutes after the ignition is
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
190 Lighting
turned off. When the headlamps are The high-beam headlamps remain
turned on while the vehicle is off, on, under the automatic control,
the headlamps will stay on for until one of the following situations
10 minutes before turning off to occurs:
prevent the battery from being . The system detects an
drained. Turn the headlamp control approaching vehicle's
off and then back to the headlamp This light comes on in the headlamps.
on position to make the headlamps instrument cluster when the
stay on for an additional 10 minutes. . The system detects a preceding
IntelliBeam system is enabled.
vehicle's taillamps.
To keep the lamps on for more than
Turning On and Enabling . The outside light is bright
10 minutes, the ignition must be in
IntelliBeam enough that high-beam
the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
position. To enable the IntelliBeam system, headlamps are not required.
with the turn signal lever in the . The vehicle's speed drops below
IntelliBeam System neutral position, turn the exterior 20 km/h (12 mph).
If equipped, this system turns the lamp control to AUTO. The blue
high-beam on light appears on the . The IntelliBeam system can be
vehicle's high-beam headlamps on
and off according to surrounding instrument cluster when the high disabled by the High/Low-Beam
traffic conditions. beams are on. Changer or the Flash-to-Pass
feature. If this happens, the
The system turns the high-beam Driving with IntelliBeam High/Low-Beam Changer must
headlamps on when it is dark The system only activates the high be activated two times within
enough and there is no other traffic beams when driving over 40 km/h five seconds to reactivate the
present. (25 mph). IntelliBeam system. The
instrument cluster light will come
There is a sensor near the top on to indicate the IntelliBeam is
center of the windshield that reactivated. See Headlamp
automatically controls the system. High/Low-Beam Changer 0 191
Keep this area of the windshield and Flash-to-Pass 0 191.
clear of debris to allow for best
system performance.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Lighting 191
The high beams may not turn off The automatic high-beam When the high-beam headlamps are
automatically if the system cannot headlamps may need to be disabled on, this indicator light on the
detect another vehicle's lamps if any of the above conditions exist. instrument cluster will also be on.
because of any of the following:
. The other vehicle's lamps are Exterior Lamps Off Flash-to-Pass
missing, damaged, obstructed Reminder This feature lets you use the
from view, or otherwise high-beam headlamps to signal a
A reminder chime sounds when the
undetected. driver in front of you that you want
headlamps or parking lamps are
. The other vehicle's lamps are manually turned on, the ignition is to pass. It works even if the
covered with dirt, snow, and/or off, and a door is open. To disable headlamps are in the automatic
road spray. the chime, turn the lamps off. position.
. The other vehicle's lamps cannot To use it, pull the turn signal lever
be detected due to dense Headlamp High/ toward you, then release it.
exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road Low-Beam Changer If the headlamps are in the
spray, mist, or other airborne automatic position or on low beam,
obstructions. $ : Push the turn signal lever the high-beam headlamps will turn
toward the instrument panel to
. The vehicle's windshield is dirty, change the headlamps from low to on. Depending on the type of
cracked, or obstructed by high beam. headlamp, they will either turn off
something that blocks the view after a short duration or stay on as
of the light sensor. Pull the turn signal lever toward you long as you hold the lever toward
and release it to return to low-beam you. The high-beam indicator on the
. The vehicle is loaded such that headlamps. instrument cluster will come on.
the front end points upward, Release the lever to return to
causing the light sensor to aim normal operation.
high and not detect headlamps
and taillamps.
. The vehicle is being driven on
winding or hilly roads.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
192 Lighting
Daytime Running To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior The system may also turn on the
lamp control to the off position and headlamps when driving through a
Lamps (DRL) then release. For vehicles first sold parking garage or tunnel.
DRL can make it easier for others to in Canada, off will only work when If the vehicle is started in a dark
see the front of the vehicle during the vehicle is in P (Park). garage, the automatic headlamp
the day. Fully functional DRL are system comes on immediately. If it
required on all vehicles first sold in Automatic Headlamp is light outside when the vehicle
Canada. System leaves the garage, there is a slight
The DRL system comes on when delay before the automatic
When the exterior lamp control is
the following conditions are met: headlamp system changes to the
set to AUTO and it is dark enough
. The ignition is on. DRL. During that delay, the
outside, the headlamps come on
instrument cluster may not be as
. The exterior lamp control is automatically.
bright as usual. Make sure the
in AUTO. instrument panel brightness control
. The transmission is not in is in the full bright position. See
P (Park). Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 194.
. The light sensor determines it is
daytime. When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps will turn off or may
When the DRL system is on, only change to Daytime Running
the DRL are on. The taillamps, Lamps (DRL).
sidemarker lamps, instrument panel
lights, and other lamps will not The automatic headlamp system
be on. There is a light sensor on top of the turns off when the exterior lamp
instrument panel. Do not cover the control is turned to O or the ignition
When it begins to get dark, the sensor, otherwise the headlamps is off.
automatic headlamp system will come on when they are not
switches from DRL to the needed.
headlamps.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Lighting 193
Lights On with Wipers | : Press this button to make the change. This causes the turn
front and rear turn signal lamps signals to automatically flash three
If the windshield wipers are
flash on and off. Press again to turn times. It will flash six times if Tow/
activated in daylight with the engine
the flashers off. Haul Mode is active. Holding the
on, and the exterior lamp control is
turn signal lever for more than
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking When the hazard warning flashers one second will cause the turn
lamps, and other exterior lamps are on, the vehicle's turn signals will signals to flash until the lever is
come on. The transition time for the not work. released.
lamps coming on varies based on
wiper speed. When the wipers are Turn and Lane-Change The lever returns to its starting
not operating, these lamps turn off. position whenever it is released.
Signals
Move the exterior lamp control to O If after signaling a turn or a lane
or ; to disable this feature. change the arrows flash rapidly or
do not come on, a signal bulb could
Hazard Warning Flashers be burned out.
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a
bulb is not burned out, check the
fuse. See Fuses 0 351.
Turn Signal On Chime
If the turn signal is left on for more
An arrow on the instrument cluster than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime
flashes in the direction of the turn or sounds at each flash of the turn
lane change. signal. The message TURN
SIGNAL ON will also appear in the
Move the turn signal lever all the Driver Information Center (DIC). To
way up or down to signal a turn. turn the chime and message off,
Raise or lower the lever for less move the turn signal lever to the off
than one second until the arrow position.
starts to flash to signal a lane
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
194 Lighting
Fog Lamps # : Press to turn the fog lamps on Interior Lighting

or off. A light will come on in the
instrument cluster. Instrument Panel
When the fog lamps are turned on, Illumination Control
the parking lamps automatically
turn on.
When the headlamps are changed
to high beam, the fog lamps also go
off. When the high-beam headlamps
are turned off, the fog lamps will
come on again.
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on with
If equipped with fog lamps, the the fog lamps.
button is on the exterior lamp
control, to the left of the steering
column.
This feature controls the brightness
The ignition must be in the ON/RUN of the instrument panel lights and is
position for the fog lamps to next to the exterior lamp control.
come on.
D : Move the thumbwheel up or
down to brighten or dim the lights.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Lighting 195
Dome Lamps Reading Lamps
Press m or n next to each reading

lamp to turn it on or off.
There are dome lamps in the There are reading lamps in the
overhead console and the headliner, overhead console and the headliner,
if equipped. if equipped. To operate, the ignition
To change the dome lamp settings, must be in the ACC/ACCESSORY
press the following: or ON/RUN position, or using
Retained Accessory Power (RAP).
OFF : Turns the lamps off, even
when a door is open.
DOOR : The lamps come on
automatically when a door is
opened.
ON : Turns all dome lamps on.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
196 Lighting
Lighting Features If equipped with Keyless Access,

the exterior lamps automatically turn
if equipped, may show the voltage
moving up or down. This is normal.
on when the drivers door is opened If there is a problem, an alert will be
Entry Lighting after the ignition is turned to OFF. displayed.
Some exterior lamps and the interior The interior lights turn on when the The battery can be discharged at
lamps turn on briefly at night, or in ignition is turned to OFF. idle if the electrical loads are very
areas with limited lighting, when K The exterior lamps turn off high. This is true for all vehicles.
is pressed on the Remote Keyless immediately by turning the exterior This is because the generator
Entry (RKE) transmitter. When a lamp control off. (alternator) may not be spinning fast
door is opened, the interior lamps This feature can be changed. See enough at idle to produce all the
come on if the dome lamp control is Vehicle Personalization 0 178. power that is needed for very high
in the DOOR position. After about electrical loads.
30 seconds the exterior lamps turn
off. Entry lighting can be disabled
Battery Load A high electrical load occurs when
several of the following are on, such
manually by changing the ignition Management as: headlamps, high beams, fog
out of the OFF position, or by The vehicle has Electric Power lamps, rear window defogger,
pressing the RKE transmitter Q Management (EPM), which climate control fan at high speed,
button. estimates the battery's temperature heated seats, engine cooling fans,
This feature can be changed. See and state of charge. It then adjusts trailer loads, and loads plugged into
Vehicle Locator Lights under the voltage for best performance accessory power outlets.
Vehicle Personalization 0 178. and extended life of the battery.
EPM works to prevent excessive
When the battery's state of charge discharge of the battery. It does this
Exit Lighting is low, the voltage is raised slightly by balancing the generator's output
to quickly bring the charge back up. and the vehicle's electrical needs.
Some exterior lamps and interior When the state of charge is high, It can increase engine idle speed to
lamps come on when the key is the voltage is lowered slightly to generate more power, whenever
removed from the ignition. The prevent overcharging. The voltmeter needed. It can temporarily reduce
exterior and interior lamps remain gauge or the voltage display on the the power demands of some
on for a set amount of time, then Driver Information Center (DIC), accessories.
automatically turn off.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Lighting 197
Normally, these actions occur in

steps or levels, without being
noticeable. In rare cases at the
highest levels of corrective action,
this action may be noticeable to the
driver. If so, a DIC message might
be displayed and it is recommended
that the driver reduce the electrical
loads as much as possible. See
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages 0 166.
Battery Power Protection

This feature shuts off the dome and
reading lamps if they are left on for
more than 10 minutes when the
ignition is off. This will keep the
battery from running down.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
198 Infotainment System
Infotainment Trademarks and License

Agreements
Introduction
System Trademarks and License
Infotainment
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Base radio information is included in
Introduction this manual. See the infotainment
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 manual for information on other
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 199 available infotainment systems.
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Read the following pages to
Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 become familiar with the features.
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Radio { Warning
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Taking your eyes off the road for
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 too long or too often while using
Rear Side Window any infotainment feature can
Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 cause a crash. You or others
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 208 could be injured or killed. Do not
give extended attention to
Audio Players infotainment tasks while driving.
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Limit your glances at the vehicle
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 displays and focus your attention
on driving. Use voice commands
Phone whenever possible.
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 214
Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls - Base Radio) . . . . . . 215 The infotainment system has built-in
Bluetooth (Voice Recognition - features intended to help avoid
Base Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 distraction by disabling some
functions when driving. These
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Infotainment System 199
functions may gray out when they Theft-Deterrent Feature

are unavailable. Many infotainment
features are also available through TheftLock is designed to
the instrument cluster and steering discourage theft of the vehicle's
wheel controls. radio by learning a portion of the
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
Before driving: The radio does not operate if it is
. Become familiar with the stolen or moved to a different
operation, faceplate buttons, and vehicle.
screen buttons.
. Set up the audio by presetting Overview
favorite stations, setting the Infotainment System Overview
tone, and adjusting the
speakers. The infotainment system is
controlled by using the buttons on
. Set up phone numbers in the faceplate and steering wheel
advance so they can be called controls, if equipped. See Steering
easily by pressing a single Wheel Controls 0 131.
button or by using a single voice
command if equipped with
Bluetooth phone capability.
See Defensive Driving 0 236.
To play the infotainment system with
the ignition off, see Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 258.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Radio with CD
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
5. CD Slot (If Equipped)

6. o BACK
. Press to return to the
previous screen in a menu.
7. {
. Press to go to the Home
Page from any point in the
system. See Home Page
following.
Radio with TONE

8. X (If Equipped) or TONE (If
Equipped)
1. q 3. r . Press X to eject the CD (if
equipped).
. Press to scroll down . Press to scroll up through
through the favorite pages the favorite pages for each . Press TONE to open the
for each source. source. Tone Settings menu (if
equipped).
2. Favorites/Soft Keys 4. MENU
. Press to select favorite . Press to access the menu 9. g or l
stations. for the current audio . CD (If Equipped): Press g
. Press and hold to save source.
to seek the beginning of the
favorite stations. . Press to select the current or previous track.
. Press to select a screen highlighted menu option. If the track has played for
button when displayed. . Turn to scroll through a list. less than five seconds, it
seeks the previous track.
. Turn to manually select a If longer than five seconds,
station. the current track will start
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
from the beginning. Press . When on, press to mute the PHONE : Select the PHONE screen
and hold g to quickly system. Press again to icon to display the Phone main
reverse through a track. unmute. page. See Bluetooth Overview in
Release the button to return . Turn to increase or Bluetooth (Overview) 0 214 or
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
to playing speed. Press l decrease the volume.
Base Radio) 0 215 or Bluetooth
to seek the next track. (Voice Recognition - Base
Press and hold l to fast Home Page Radio) 0 219.
forward through a track. Home Page Features NAV (Navigation, If Equipped) :
Release the button to return
The infotainment system displays a Select the NAV screen icon to
to playing speed.
Home Page that makes it easy to display the OnStar Turn-by-Turn
. AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If Navigation. See OnStar Overview
access all of the applications. Turn
Equipped): Press g or l the MENU knob to highlight feature in OnStar, if equipped.
to seek to the previous or icons. Press the MENU knob to SETTINGS : Select the SETTINGS
next strong station. access the features options. screen icon to display the Settings
10. RADIO Various functions are disabled when main page. See Setting Radio
the vehicle is moving. Preferences following.
. Press to change the audio
source between AM, FM, AUDIO : Select the AUDIO screen Setting Radio Preferences
or SiriusXM, if equipped. icon to display the active source Select the SETTINGS screen icon
11. MEDIA page. The sources available are to display the Settings menu and
AM, FM, SiriusXM (if equipped), the following may display:
. Press to change the audio CD, USB/iPod, and AUX. See
source between CD, USB, AM-FM Radio 0 204, Satellite Radio Time : See Clock 0 135.
and AUX. 0 206, CD Player 0 208, and Language (Current Language) :
12. O Auxiliary Jack 0 213. This will set the display language in
the radio and instrument cluster.
. Press to turn the audio on. Select to display a list of languages.
. Press and hold to turn it off. Select BACK to go back to the
previous menu.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Valet Mode: Software Information : Press the added and removed. Another way to
Using the circular numeric keypad, MENU knob to select Save Vehicle adjust is to select a number from 5
enter a four-digit code: Info to USB. Press the MENU knob 25 to show that selection of
again to start downloading the favorites.
1. Turn the MENU knob to vehicle information to the USB.
highlight a number. Audible Touch Feedback : Select
Radio Setup to turn feedback off or on.
2. Press the MENU knob to select
it. Do this for each one of the From the RADIO/BAND screen icon, Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This
four digits. Select Enter to go to the following may be displayed: feature adjusts the volume based on
the confirmation screen. vehicle speed. The options are Off,
Manage Favorites: Low, Medium-Low, Medium,
3. Re-enter the four-digit code. . Turn the MENU knob and press Medium-High, or High. Select the
Select LOCK to lock the to select a favorite. desired volume.
system. This will also lock
. To delete a favorite, press Maximum Startup Volume : This
access to the storage behind
the radio, if equipped. See the button just below the feature sets the maximum startup
Instrument Panel DELETE screen button. volume. If the vehicle is started and
Storage 0 125. . To move a favorite, press the the volume is greater than this level,
MOVE screen button. Turn the volume is adjusted to this level.
4. Enter the four-digit code to To set the maximum startup volume,
unlock the system. the MENU knob to select a
new location, then press the Turn the MENU knob to increase or
Radio : See Radio Setup later in DROP screen button to decrease startup volume.
this section. select the new location. Rear Camera
Vehicle : See Vehicle . Select o BACK to go back to From the Rear Camera screen
Personalization 0 178. the previous menu. button, the following may display:
Display : Press the MENU knob to Number of Favorites Shown : To Guidance Lines (If Equipped) :
turn the display on or off. set the number of favorites for This feature will display guidance
Return to Factory Settings : See display, select Auto to automatically lines on the screen when in
Return to Factory Settings later in adjust the number of Favorites R (Reverse). Select Off or On.
this section. pages shown as Favorites are
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
See Assistance Systems for Parking English and Metric Unit Radio
or Backing 0 288. Conversion
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (If To change the display units between AM-FM Radio
Equipped) : This feature will display English and metric units, see Driver
an alert icon when cross traffic is Information Center (DIC) (Base Playing the Radio
detected. Level) 0 158 or Driver Information While on the audio main page,
Select Off or On. Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 160. press the RADIO or MEDIA button
repeatedly through the available
See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 288.
Software Updates sources (AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if
See the website for more equipped), CD, USB, and AUX).
Return to Factory Settings information. The steering wheel controls can
Select and the following may also be used to adjust the volume.
display: Website Information See Steering Wheel Controls 0 131.
Restore Vehicle Settings : This In the U.S., see www.chevrolet.com AM, FM, SiriusXM (If Equipped)
option will restore factory vehicle In Canada, see To select AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if
personalization settings. Select www.chevrolet.gm.ca equipped), press the RADIO button
Cancel or Confirm.
In Mexico, see to toggle to the desired broadcast
Clear All Private Data : This option www.chevrolet.com.mx source.
clears all private information from
Press the RADIO faceplate button
the vehicle. Select Cancel or
to display the active radio source.
Confirm.
Press the MENU knob and the
Restore Radio Settings : This following radio settings may display:
option will restore factory radio
settings. Select Cancel or Continue.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Tone Settings: to select. Press the o BACK Channel List : Select to display a
. Bass, Midrange, and Treble: button to go to the list of SiriusXM stations. Turn the
Turn the MENU knob and previous menu. MENU knob to highlight and press
highlight. Press the MENU knob the MENU knob to select. Press o
Station List : Select to display a list
to select. Turn the MENU knob BACK to go to the previous menu.
of AM or FM stations. Press o
to adjust. Also see the radio settings common
BACK to go to the previous menu.
. Balance: Turn the MENU knob for all sources earlier in this section.
to highlight. Press the MENU Auto Volume : If equipped, this
knob to select. Turn the MENU feature adjusts the volume based on Finding a Station
knob left for more sound from the vehicle speed. Select the level
Seeking a Station
the left speakers or right for between off, low, medium-low,
more sound from the right medium, medium-high, and high. Press g or l to search for the
speakers. The middle position Press o BACK to go to the previous or next strongest station.
balances the sound between the previous menu.
Tuning a Station
left and right speakers. EQ (Equalizer) Settings : In certain
Turn the MENU knob to manually
. Fade: Turn the MENU knob to configurations the available choices
find a station.
highlight. Press the MENU knob are Manual and Talk.
to select. Turn the MENU knob
Options for SiriusXM Only (If Storing Radio Station Presets
to the left for more sound from Equipped) Up to 25 preset stations from all
the front speakers and to the
SXM View : SXM view allows the bands can be stored in the favorite
right for more sound from the
channel list to be viewed by channel lists in any order. Up to five stations
rear speakers. The middle
name, artist playing on channel, can be stored in each favorite page
position balances the sound
or song playing on channel. Turn and the number of favorites can
between the front and rear
the MENU knob to highlight and be set.
speakers.
press the MENU knob to select. AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If
. EQ (Equalizer): Turn the MENU
knob to highlight. Turn the Press o BACK to go to the Equipped) : While on the active
previous menu. source main page, such as AM, FM,
MENU knob to scroll through the
options. Press the MENU knob
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
or SiriusXM (if equipped), press and variety of programming and chargers, vehicle convenience
hold a favorites button on the commercial-free music, coast to accessories, and external electronic
faceplate. coast, and in digital-quality sound. devices are plugged into the
A service fee is required to receive accessory power outlet. If there is
Mixed-Audio Favorites the SiriusXM service. See interference or static, unplug the
Media and Broadcast favorites can www.siriusxm.com or call item from the accessory power
be stored. 1-888-601-6296 (U.S.); or see outlet.
www.siriusxm.ca or call
To display the favorites page, press FM
1-877-438-9677 (Canada).
q or r on the faceplate. FM signals only reach about 16 to
When SiriusXM is active, the
From the Settings menu press the 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
channel name and number,
MENU knob to select Manage radio has a built-in electronic circuit
category name, song title, and artist
Favorites. The Manage Favorites that automatically works to reduce
display on the screen.
feature has the option of moving or interference, some static can occur,
deleting a favorite. See Manage Browsing SiriusXM Channels especially around tall buildings or
Favorites in Radio Setup under (If Equipped) hills, causing the sound to fade in
Home Page 0 202. and out.
To browse the SiriusXM channels:
Satellite Radio 1. Press the MENU knob. AM
2. Turn the MENU knob to The range for most AM stations is
SiriusXM Satellite Radio greater than for FM, especially at
Service (If Equipped) highlight SXM Channel List.
night. The longer range can cause
3. Turn the MENU knob to station frequencies to interfere with
Vehicles with a SiriusXM satellite
highlight the desired SXM each other. Static can also occur
radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
Channels. when things like storms and power
satellite radio subscription can
receive SiriusXM programming. lines interfere with radio reception.
Radio Reception When this happens, try reducing the
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service treble on the radio.
based in the 48 contiguous United Frequency interference and static
States and 10 Canadian provinces. can occur during normal radio
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide reception if items such as phone
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
SiriusXM Satellite Radio not damaged. If the inside surfaces

Service are damaged, they could interfere Caution (Continued)
with radio reception.
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite the warranty. Do not clear the
Radio Service provides digital radio For proper radio reception, the inside of the rear side windows
reception. Tall buildings or hills can antenna connector must be properly with sharp objects.
interfere with satellite radio signals, attached to the post on the glass.
causing the sound to fade in and The connector attachment to the
out. In addition, traveling or standing glass is exposed. Tampering with or
under heavy foliage, bridges, disconnecting the connector will Caution
garages, or tunnels may cause loss interfere with radio reception.
of the SiriusXM signal for a period Do not apply aftermarket glass
of time. If a cellular telephone antenna tinting with metallic film. The
needs to be attached to the glass, metallic film in some tinting
Cell Phone Usage make sure that the grid lines for the materials will interfere with or
Cell phone usage, such as making AM-FM antenna are not damaged. distort the incoming radio
or receiving phone calls, charging, There is enough space between the reception. Any damage caused to
or just having the phone on may grid lines to attach a cellular the backglass antenna due to
cause static interference in the telephone antenna without metallic tinting materials will not
radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off interfering with radio reception. be covered by the vehicle
if this happens. warranty.
Caution
Rear Side Window Using a razor blade or sharp
Antenna object to clear the inside of the
The AM-FM antenna is in the rear side windows may affect
passenger right rear side window. radio reception or damage the
Make sure the inside surfaces of the rear side window antenna.
rear side windows are not scratched Repairs would not be covered by
and that the lines on the glass are (Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Multi-Band Antenna Audio Players If these problems occur, check the

disc for damage or try a known
The multi-band antenna is on the good disc.
roof of the vehicle. The antenna is CD Player
used for OnStar, the SiriusXM To avoid damage to the CD player:
If equipped, the CD player can be
Satellite Radio Service System, and used for CD and MP3 audio. . Do not use scratched or
GPS (Global Positioning System), damaged discs.
if the vehicle has these features. With the vehicle on, insert a disc
into the slot, label side up. Press the . Do not apply labels to discs. The
Keep the antenna clear of
MEDIA button to select CD as a labels could get caught in the
obstructions for clear reception.
source. player.
If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is
The system is capable of . Insert only one disc at a time.
open, reception can also be
affected. playing most: . Keep the loading slot free of
. Audio CDs foreign materials, liquids, and
Items on the roof of the vehicle can
debris.
interfere with the performance of the . CD-R
radio system and OnStar (if . Use a marking pen to label the
equipped). Make sure the . CD-RW top of the disc.
multi-band antenna is not . MP3 or unprotected WMA
obstructed. Loading and Ejecting Discs
formats
To load a disc:
When playing any compatible
recordable disc, the sound quality 1. Turn the vehicle on.
can be reduced due to disc quality, 2. Insert a disc into the slot, label
the method of recording, the quality side up. The player pulls it in
of the music that has been the rest of the way. If the disc
recorded, or the way the disc has is damaged or improperly
been handled. loaded, there is an error and
There can be increased skipping, the disc ejects.
difficulty in finding tracks, and/or
difficulty in loading and ejecting.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Playing an Audio CD . Press and hold to fast forward Tone Settings : Select to adjust
through a track. Release the Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance,
Press the MEDIA button on the
button to return to playing Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See
faceplate until CD is selected.
speed. Elapsed time displays. Tone Settings under AM-FM
On the CD main page, either a track Radio 0 204.
number displays at the beginning of
j / r : While on the CD main page,
press to pause. Press again to Auto Volume : If equipped, this
each track, or Song, Artist, and
resume. feature adjusts the volume based on
Album information displays when
Z : Press Z to play the songs in the vehicle speed. Select the level
available.
random order. Press again to between Off, Low, Medium-Low,
Use the following screen controls to Medium, Medium-High, and High.
turn off.
play the disc: Press BACK to go to the
If a Blu-ray Disc or DVD disc is previous menu.
t : While on the CD main page: loaded into the disc player and the
. Press to seek to the beginning of CD screen button is selected, a EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this
the current or previous track. message comes on the screen to feature adjusts the equalizer
If the track has been playing for use the Video application. The settings. See EQ (Equalizer) in
less than five seconds, it seeks Video application is only available AM-FM Radio 0 204.
to the previous track. If longer on vehicles with Rear Seat Error Messages
than five seconds, the current Entertainment (RSE).
track starts from the beginning. If Disc Error displays and/or the disc
CD Menu comes out, it could be for one of the
. Press and hold to fast reverse following reasons:
through a track. Release the While on the CD main page, press
button to return to playing the MENU knob to display the CD . The disc has an invalid or
speed. Elapsed time displays. menu and the following may display: unknown format.
u : While on the CD main page: Browse : Select to display the files . The disc is very hot. Try the disc
or songs on the CD. again when the temperature
. Press to seek to the next track. returns to normal.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

. The road is very rough. Try the The following guidelines must be file structure that contains a
disc again when the road is met when creating an MP3 disc, compressed audio file. The empty
smoother. otherwise the CD might not play: folder(s) are not displayed or
. The disc is dirty, scratched, wet, . Sampling rate: 16 kHz, numbered.
or upside down. 22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz, No Folder
. The air is very humid. Try the 44.1 kHz, and 48 kHz.
When the CD only contains
disc again later. . Bit rates supported: 8, 16, 24, compressed audio files without any
. There was a problem while 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, folders, all files are under the root
burning the disc. 128, 144, 160, 192, 224, 256, folder.
and 320 kbps.
. The label is caught in the CD
player.
. Maximum number of folders: USB Port
eight folders with 255 files per
If Disc Player Error displays, it could folder. Playing from a USB
be for one of the following reasons: A USB mass storage device or
. Maximum of 1,000 files on
. The player temperature is a disc. Media Transfer Protocol (MTP)
too high. device can be connected to the
. Recorded on a CD-R or CD-RW. USB port.
. There are load or eject errors.
Root Directory The USB ports are in the center
If the CD is not playing correctly for stack or inside the front seat
any other reason, try a known The root directory is treated as a
folder. All files contained directly armrest.
good CD.
under the root directory are USB MP3 Player and USB Drives
If any error continues, contact your accessed prior to any root directory
dealer. . The USB MP3 players and USB
folders.
drives connected must comply
Playing an MP3 CD Empty Folders with the USB Mass Storage
To play an MP3 CD, follow the same If a root directory or folder is empty Class specification (USB MSC).
instructions as Playing an Audio or contains only folders, the player . Hard disk drives are not
CD previously in this section. advances to the next folder in the supported.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
To play a USB device: Tone Settings : Select to adjust . iPhone 3G, iPhone 3GS,
. Connect the USB. Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, iPhone 4
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See There may be problems with
. Press the MEDIA button on the Tone Settings under AM-FM
faceplate until the connected operation and function in the
Radio 0 204. following situations:
device is shown.
Auto Volume : If equipped, see . When connecting a device with
While the USB source is active, use Playing an Audio CD previously in
the corresponding faceplate buttons a more recent version of the
this section. firmware installed than is
to operate USB function:
EQ (Equalizer) Settings : supported by the infotainment
. t (Seek Previous/Fast If equipped, this feature adjusts the system.
Reverse) equalizer settings. See EQ . When connecting a device on
(Equalizer) Settings in AM-FM which firmware from other
. u (Seek Next/Fast Forward) Radio 0 204. providers is installed.
. j /r (Play/Pause) Playing from an iPod/iPad/ To connect and control a device:
iPhone
. Z (Shuffle) 1. Connect one end of the
This feature supports the following standard USB cable to the
For information on how to use the devices: device's dock connector.
screen icons, see Playing an Audio
CD previously in this section. . iPod nano (1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 2. Connect the other end to a
4th generation) USB port in the center console.
USB Menu See Center Console
. iPod with video (5.0 and 5.5
Press the MENU knob to display the generation). Storage 0 126.
USB menu and the following may 3. Press the MEDIA button to
display: . iPod classic (6th generation)

select the source.
Browse : Select to display the files . iPod touch (1st and 2nd
generation) The music information displays on
and folders on the USB device. the radios display and begins
. iPad playing through the vehicles audio
system.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
The device battery recharges EQ (Equalizer) Settings : 3. Turn the MENU knob to
automatically while the vehicle is on. If equipped, this feature adjusts the highlight and press to select an
When the vehicle is off while a equalizer settings. See EQ album name to view a list of all
device is connected using the USB (Equalizer) Settings in AM-FM songs on the album.
cable, the device battery stops Radio 0 204. 4. Turn the MENU knob to
charging and the device will highlight and press to select
automatically turn off. Browse Device Media
the song from the list to begin
If the device is an unsupported Use the following to browse: playback.
model, it can still be listened to in Playlists: Albums:
the vehicle by connecting to the 1. Turn the MENU knob to
auxiliary input jack using a standard 1. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight and press to view the highlight and press to view the
3.5 mm (1/8 in) stereo cable. playlists stored on the device. albums stored on the device.
Menu 2. Turn the MENU knob to 2. Turn the MENU knob to
Press the MENU knob to display the highlight and press to select a highlight and press to select an
device Menu and the following may playlist name to view a list of album name to view a list of all
display: all songs in the playlist. songs on the album.
Browse : Select to display the files 3. Turn the MENU knob to 3. Turn the MENU knob to
or songs on the device. See highlight and press to select highlight and press to select
Browse Device Media later in this the song from the list to begin the song from the list to begin
section. playback. playback.
Tone Settings : Select to adjust Artists: Genres:
Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, 1. Turn the MENU knob to
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See 1. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight and press to view the highlight and press to view the
Tone Settings under AM-FM artists stored on the device.
Radio 0 204. genres stored on the device.
2. Turn the MENU knob to
Auto Volume : If equipped, see highlight and press to select an
Playing an Audio CD previously in artist name to view a list of all
this section. albums by the artist.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
2. Turn the MENU knob to Auxiliary Jack Playing from the AUX Jack
highlight and press to select a An auxiliary device is played
genre name to view a list of The AUX jack is in the center stack
or inside the front seat armrest. See through the audio system and
artists of that genre. controlled through the device itself.
Center Console Storage 0 126.
highlight and press to select to Possible auxiliary audio sources AUX Menu
view albums by that artist. include: Press the MENU knob to display the
4. Turn the MENU knob to . Laptop computer AUX menu and the following may
highlight and press to select an display:
. Audio music player
album to view songs. Tone Settings : Select to adjust
This jack is not an audio output. Do Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance,
5. Turn the MENU knob to not plug headphones into the
highlight and press to select Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See
auxiliary input jack. Auxiliary Tone Settings under AM-FM
the song from the list to begin devices should be set up while the
playback. Radio 0 204.
vehicle is in P (Park).
Songs: Auto Volume : If equipped, see
Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable Playing an Audio CD previously in
1. Turn the MENU knob to from the auxiliary device to the this section.
highlight and press to view a auxiliary input jack.
list of all songs stored on the EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this
If an auxiliary device has already feature adjusts the pre-defined
device. been connected, but a different equalizer settings. See EQ
2. Turn the MENU knob to source is currently active, press the (Equalizer) in AM-FM Radio 0 204.
highlight and press to select MEDIA faceplate button repeatedly
the song from the list to begin to scroll through all of the available
playback. audio source screens, until the AUX
source screen is shown.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Phone duplicate or rarely used entries.

If possible, program speed dial Warning (Continued)
or other shortcuts.
Bluetooth (Overview) long or too often could cause a
. Review the controls and crash resulting in injury or death.
Instructions for using the cell phone operation of the infotainment
may differ between infotainment Focus your attention on driving.
system.
systems. The base radio and base
radio with connectivity instructions . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. Vehicles with a Bluetooth system
are included in this manual. See the The system may not work with can use a Bluetooth-capable cell
infotainment manual for instructions all cell phones. See Pairing in phone with a Hands-Free Profile to
on the uplevel radios. this section. make and receive phone calls. The
Bluetooth-capable systems can . If the cell phone has voice infotainment system and voice
interact with many cell phones, dialing capability, learn to use recognition are used to control the
allowing: that feature to access the system. The system can be used
address book or contact list. See while in ON/RUN or ACC/
. Placement and receipt of calls in Voice Pass-Thru in this ACCESSORY. The range of the
a hands-free mode. section. Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m
. Sharing of the cell phones . (30 ft). Not all phones support all
See Storing and Deleting Phone
address book or contact list with functions and not all phones work
Numbers in this section.
the vehicle. with the Bluetooth system. See
www.gm.com/bluetooth for more
To minimize driver distraction, { Warning information about compatible
before driving, and with the vehicle phones.
parked: When using a cell phone, it can
. Become familiar with the be distracting to look too long or Bluetooth Controls
features of the cell phone. too often at the screen of the Use the buttons on the instrument
Organize the phone book and phone or the infotainment system. panel, faceplate, and the steering
contact lists clearly and delete Taking your eyes off the road too wheel to operate the Bluetooth
(Continued) system.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Steering Wheel Controls Voice Recognition Bluetooth Audio Quality

g : Press to answer incoming calls, The voice recognition system uses Turn off the Echo and Noise
confirm system information, and commands to control the system cancellation feature on your phone,
start voice recognition. and dial phone numbers. if supported, for the best hands-free
i : Press to end a call, reject a Noise : The system may not performance.
call, or cancel an operation. Press recognize voice commands if there See www.gm.com/bluetooth.
to mute or unmute the infotainment is too much background noise, such
system. as noise from open windows or loud Bluetooth (Infotainment
talking inside the vehicle.
Infotainment System Controls Controls - Base Radio)
When to Speak : A tone sounds to
For information about how to For information about how to
indicate that the system is ready for
navigate the menu system using the navigate the menu system using the
a voice command. Wait for the tone
infotainment controls, see infotainment controls, see
and then speak.
Overview 0 199. Overview 0 199.
How to Speak : Speak clearly in a
MENU : Turn to scroll through a list. Switching to Handset or
calm and natural voice.
Press to select the highlighted list Hands-Free Mode
option. Audio System
To switch between handset mode
{ : Press to go to the Home Page. When using the Bluetooth system, and hands-free mode, use the
See Home Page 0 202. sound comes through the vehicle's OnStar command, transfer call.
PHONE : Select to enter the phone front audio system speakers and
main menu. See Bluetooth overrides the audio system. Use the Pairing
(Overview) 0 214 or Bluetooth O knob during a call to change the A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
(Infotainment Controls - Base volume level. The system maintains must be paired to the Bluetooth
Radio) 0 215 or Bluetooth (Voice a minimum volume level. system and then connected to the
Recognition - Base Radio) 0 219. vehicle before it can be used. See
your cell phone manufacturer's user
guide for Bluetooth functions before
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
phone is not connected, calls can Pairing a Phone or Device PIN provided in Step 3. If a six
be made using OnStar Hands-Free 1. From the Home Page, turn the digit code is shown on the
Calling, if available. See OnStar MENU knob to access the phone and the vehicle screen,
Overview 0 443, if equipped. PHONE screen button, then confirm the codes are the
press the MENU knob to select same. The system recognizes
Pairing Information the new connected phone after
the PHONE screen button. If a
. Up to five cell phones can be the pairing process is
device has been previously
paired to the Bluetooth system. paired, the main Phone menu complete.
. The pairing process is disabled will be shown. If no devices 6. If the phone prompts to accept
when the vehicle is moving. have been paired, Step 2 can connection or allow phone
. Pairing only needs to be be skipped. book download, select Always
completed once per phone, 2. Turn the MENU knob and Accept and Allow. The phone
unless the pairing information on press to select Manage book may not be available if
the cell phone changes or the Phones. not accepted.
cell phone is deleted from the 3. Press the button just below the 7. Repeat Steps 16 to pair
system. PAIR screen button. A four-digit additional phones or devices.
. Only one paired cell phone can Personal Identification Number Listing All Paired and Connected
be connected to the Bluetooth (PIN) appears on the display. Phones
system at a time. The PIN is used in Step 5.
1. To list all paired devices, from
. If multiple paired cell phones are 4. Start the pairing process on the the Home Page turn the MENU
within range of the system, the cell phone to be paired to the knob, then press to select the
system connects to the first vehicle. See your cell phone PHONE screen button.
available paired cell phone in the manufacturer's user guide for
order that they were newly 2. Turn the MENU knob and
information on this process.
paired to the system. To connect press to select Manage
5. Locate the device named Your Phones.
to a different paired phone, see Vehicle in the list on the cell
Connecting to a Different phone. Follow the instructions
Phone later in this section. on the cell phone to enter the
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Deleting a Paired Phone 3. Turn the MENU knob to Making a Call Using Contacts
1. From the Home Page, turn the highlight the phone to be and Recent Calls
MENU knob, then press to connected.
For cell phones that support the
select the PHONE screen 4. Press the button just below the Contacts and Recent Calls feature,
button. CONNECT screen button to the Bluetooth system can use the
2. Turn the MENU knob and connect to the highlighted contacts stored on your cell phone
press to select Manage device. to make calls. See your cell phone
Phones. Phone Menu manufacturers user guide or
contact your wireless provider to
3. Turn the MENU knob to Once a phone is connected and find out if this feature is supported
highlight the phone to be selected, the following may display: by your phone.
deleted.
Recent Calls : Turn the MENU If the phone prompts to allow phone
4. Press the button below the knob to highlight Recent Calls and book download during the pairing
DELETE screen button to press to select. process, select Always Accept and
delete the highlighted device. Allow. The phone book may not be
Contacts : Turn the MENU knob to
5. A confirmation screen is highlight Contacts and press to available if not accepted.
displayed. Press the button just select. When a cell phone supports the
below the DELETE screen phone book feature, the Contacts
button to confirm deletion. Keypad : Turn the MENU knob to
highlight Keypad and press to and Recent Calls menus are
Connecting to a Different Phone select. automatically available.
1. From the Home Page, turn the Active Call : Turn the MENU knob The Contacts menu allows you to
MENU knob, then press to to highlight Active Call and press to access the phone book stored in the
select the PHONE screen select and display the active call cell phone to make a call.
button. screen. The Recent Calls menu allows you
2. Turn the MENU knob and Manage Phones : Turn the MENU to access the phone numbers from
press to select Manage knob to highlight Manage Phones the Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls,
Phones. and press to select. and Missed Calls menus on the cell
phone to make a call.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
To make a call using the 2. Turn the MENU knob to Accepting or Declining a Call
Contacts menu: highlight Recent Calls and
When an incoming call is received,
1. From the Home Page, turn the press to select.
the infotainment system mutes and
MENU knob, then press to If necessary, select between a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
select the PHONE screen Missed, Recent, and Sent calls
button. by pressing the button below Accepting a Call
2. Turn the MENU knob to the appropriate screen button. To accept a call, do one of the
highlight Contacts and press to 3. Turn the MENU knob to following:
select. highlight the contact or the . Press the button just below the
3. Turn the MENU knob to phone number. ANSWER screen button.
highlight the letter group and 4. Press the MENU knob to call . Press g on the steering wheel
press to select. the contact. controls.
4. Turn the MENU knob to Making a Call Using the Declining a Call
highlight the contact and press Keypad
to select. To decline a call, do one of the
To make a call: following:
highlight the desired number, 1. From the Home Page, turn the . Press the button just below the
then press the MENU knob to MENU knob, then press to IGNORE screen button.
call the contact. select the PHONE screen
button. . Press i on the steering wheel
To make a call using the Recent controls.
Calls menu: 2. Turn the MENU knob and
press to select Keypad. . Do nothing.
1. From the Home Page, turn the
MENU knob, then press to 3. Turn the MENU knob to Call Waiting
select the PHONE screen highlight the first digit and
press to select. Continue this Call waiting must be supported on
button. the Bluetooth phone and enabled by
process through the number.
To call, press the button just the wireless service carrier to work.
below the CALL screen button.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Accepting a Call Waiting Call Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Bluetooth (Voice

To accept a call waiting call, do one (DTMF) Tones Recognition - Base
of the following: The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can Radio)
. Press the button just below the send numbers during a call. This is
SWITCH screen button. used when calling a menu-driven Using Voice Recognition
phone system.
. Press g on the steering wheel To use voice recognition, press g
1. When a call is active, press the on the steering wheel. Use the
controls.
button just below the KEYPAD commands below for the various
Declining a Call Waiting Call screen button. voice features. For additional
To decline a call waiting call, do one 2. Turn the MENU knob to information, say Help while you
of the following: highlight the first digit and are in a voice recognition menu.
. Press the button just below the press to select.
Pairing
IGNORE screen button. If not initially in the phone
application, from the Home Page, Pairing a Phone
. Press i on the steering wheel turn the MENU knob, then press to 1. Press g. The system responds
controls. select the PHONE screen button. Ready, followed by a tone.
. Do nothing. From the PHONE main menu, turn
the MENU knob to highlight Active 2. Say Bluetooth.
Ending a Call Call and press to select. 3. Say Pair. The system
To end a call, do one of the responds with instructions and
following: a four-digit Personal
. Press the button just below the Identification Number (PIN).
The PIN is used in Step 5.
END screen button.
4. Start the pairing process on the
. Press i on the steering wheel cell phone that you want to
controls. pair. For help with this process,
see your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
5. Locate the device named Your Listing All Paired and Connected Connecting to a Different Phone
Vehicle in the list on the cell Phones To connect to a different cell phone,
phone. Follow the instructions The system can list all cell phones the Bluetooth system looks for the
on the cell phone to enter the paired to it. If a paired cell phone is next available cell phone in the
PIN provided in Step 3. The also connected to the vehicle, the order in which all available cell
system may respond with a six system responds with is connected phones were paired. This may need
digit code to be confirmed on after that phone name. to be repeated depending on how
the cell phone (instead of many cell phones have been
entering a four digit code), 1. Press g. The system responds connected.
check that the same digits are Ready, followed by a tone.
shown on the cell phone and 1. Press g. The system responds
say "Yes" to confirm. Select 2. Say Bluetooth.
Ready, followed by a tone.
Confirm on the cell phone as 3. Say List.
well. After the PIN is 2. Say Bluetooth.
successfully entered, the Deleting a Paired Phone 3. Say Change phone.
system prompts you to provide If the phone name to delete is . If another cell phone is
a name for the paired cell unknown, see Listing All Paired found, the response will be
phone. This name will be used and Connected Phones. <Phone name> is now
to indicate which phones are
paired and connected to the 1. Press g. The system responds connected.
vehicle. The system responds Ready, followed by a tone. This can be repeated to
with <Phone name> has been 2. Say Bluetooth. connect any of the up to
successfully paired after the five paired phones.
pairing process is complete. 3. Say Delete. The system asks
for which phone to delete. . If another cell phone is not
6. Repeat Steps 15 to pair found, the original phone
additional phones. 4. Say the name of the phone to remains connected.
delete.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Storing and Deleting Phone directions given by the system 2. Say Delete.
Numbers to save a name tag for this 3. Say the name tag you want to
number. delete.
The following commands are used
to delete and store phone numbers. Using the Digit Store Command Using the Delete All Name Tags
Store : This command will store a If an unwanted number is Command
phone number, or a group of recognized by the system, say This command deletes all stored
numbers as a name tag. Correction at any time to clear the name tags in the Hands-Free
last number. Calling Directory and the
Digit Store : This command allows
a phone number to be stored as a To hear all of the digits recognized Destinations Directory.
name tag by entering the digits one by the system, say Verify at To delete all name tags:
at a time. any time.
1. Press g. The system responds
Delete : This command is used to 1. Press g. The system responds
delete individual name tags. Ready, followed by a tone.
Delete All Name Tags : This 2. Say Delete all name tags.
2. Say Digit Store.
command deletes all stored name Listing Stored Numbers
tags in the Hands-Free Calling 3. Say each digit, one at a time.
Directory and the Destinations After each digit is entered, the The list command will list all the
Directory. system repeats back the digit it stored numbers and name tags.
heard followed by a tone. After
Using the Store Command the last digit has been entered, Using the List Command
say Store, and then follow the 1. Press g. The system responds
1. Press g. The system responds directions given by the system
Ready, followed by a tone. Ready, followed by a tone.
to save a name tag for this
2. Say Store. number. 2. Say Directory.
3. Say the entire phone number Using the Delete Command 3. Say Hands-Free Calling.
or a group of digits all at once 4. Say List.
with no pauses, then follow the 1. Press g. The system responds
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Making a Call Calling Emergency 3. Say each digit, one at a time.

After each digit is entered, the
Calls can be made using the 1. Press g. The system responds system repeats back the digit it
following commands. Ready, followed by a tone. heard followed by a tone. After
Dial or Call : The dial or call 2. Say Dial or Call. the last digit has been entered,
command can be used say Dial.
interchangeably to dial a phone 3. Say [emergency number].
Once connected, the person called
number or a stored name tag. 4. Say Dial or Call. will be heard through the audio
Digit Dial : This command allows a Using the Digit Dial Command speakers.
phone number to be dialed by
entering the digits one at a time. The digit dial command allows a Using the Re-dial Command
phone number to be dialed by
Re-dial : This command is used to entering the digits one at a time. 1. Press g. The system responds
dial the last number used on the cell After each digit is entered, the Ready, followed by a tone.
phone. system repeats back the digit it 2. After the tone, say Re-dial.
Using the Dial or Call heard followed by a tone. The system dials the last
Command If an unwanted number is number called from the
recognized by the system, say connected cell phone.
1. Press g. The system responds Correction at any time to clear the Once connected, the person called
Ready, followed by a tone. last number. will be heard through the audio
2. Say Dial or Call. To hear all of the numbers speakers.
3. Say the entire number without recognized by the system, say Receiving a Call
pausing or say the name tag. Verify at any time.
When an incoming call is received,
Once connected, the person called 1. Press g. The system responds the audio system mutes and a ring
will be heard through the audio Ready, followed by a tone. tone is heard in the vehicle.
speakers.
2. Say Digit Dial. . Press g to answer the call.
. Press i to ignore a call.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Call Waiting 4. Once the call is connected, To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth
press g to link all callers System from a Cell Phone
Call waiting must be supported on
the cell phone and enabled by the together. During a call with the audio on the
wireless service carrier. Ending a Call cell phone, press g. The audio
transfers to the vehicle. If the audio
. Press g to answer an incoming Press i to end a call. does not transfer to the vehicle, use
call when another call is active.
the audio transfer feature on the cell
The original call is placed Transferring a Call phone. See your cell phone
on hold.
Audio can be transferred between manufacturer's user guide for more
. Press g again to return to the the Bluetooth system and the cell information.
original call. phone.
Voice Pass-Thru
. To ignore the incoming call, no The cell phone must be paired and
connected with the Bluetooth Voice pass-thru allows access to the
action is required. voice recognition commands on the
system before a call can be
. Press i to disconnect the transferred. The connection process cell phone. See your cell phone
current call and switch to the call can take up to two minutes after the manufacturer's user guide to see if
on hold. ignition is turned to ON/RUN. the cell phone supports this feature.
To access contacts stored in the cell
Three-Way Calling To Transfer Audio from the
phone:
Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone
Three-way calling must be
supported on the cell phone and During a call with the audio in the 1. Press g. The system responds
enabled by the wireless service vehicle: Ready, followed by a tone.
carrier. 2. Say Bluetooth.
1. Press g.
1. While on a call, press g. 2. Say Transfer Call.
3. Say Voice. The system
responds OK, accessing
2. Say Three-way call. <phone name>.
3. Use the Dial or Call
command to dial the number of
the third party to be called.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
The cell phone's normal prompt Clearing the System Trademarks and
messages will go through their cycle
Unless information is deleted out of License Agreements
according to the phone's operating
the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it
instructions.
will be retained indefinitely. This FCC Information
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency includes all phone pairing
See Radio Frequency
(DTMF) Tones information. For information on how
Statement 0 439.
to delete this information, see
The Bluetooth system can send Deleting a Paired Phone.
numbers and the numbers stored as
name tags during a call. You can
use this feature when calling a
menu-driven phone system.
Account numbers can also be
stored for use.
Sending a Number or Name Tag Made for iPod and Made for
During a Call iPhone mean that an electronic
accessory has been designed to
1. Press g. The system responds connect specifically to iPod or
Ready, followed by a tone. iPhone and has been certified by
2. Say Dial. the developer to meet Apple
performance standards.
3. Say the number or name tag
to send. iPod and iPhone are trademarks of
Apple Computer, Inc., registered in
the U.S. and other countries.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Satellite Radio System or that HD Radio Technology (If

support the SiriusXM website, the Equipped)
Online Service or any of its content.
Furthermore, the AMBER voice
compression software included in
this product is protected by
intellectual property rights including
Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, patent rights, copyrights, and trade
taxes, one time activation fee, and secrets of Digital Voice
other fees may apply. Subscription Systems, Inc.
fee is consumer only. All fees and HD Radio Technology manufactured
programming subject to change. General Requirements: under license from iBiquity Digital
Subscriptions subject to Customer Corporation. U.S. and Foreign
1. A License Agreement from
Agreement available at patents. HD Radio and the HD,
SiriusXM is required for any
www.siriusxm.com (U.S.) and HD Radio, and Arc logos are
product that incorporates
www.siriusxm.ca (Canada). proprietary trademarks of iBiquity
SiriusXM Technology and/or for
SiriusXM service only available in Digital Corp.
use of any of the SiriusXM
the 48 contiguous United States and marks to be manufactured, Bluetooth
Canada. distributed, or marketed in the
SiriusXM service Area. The Bluetooth word mark and logos
In Canada: Some deterioration of are owned by the Bluetooth SIG,
service may occur in extreme 2. For products to be distributed, Inc. and andy use of such marks by
northern latitudes. This is beyond marketed, and/or sold in General Motors is under license.
the control of SiriusXM Satellite Canada, a separate agreement Other trademarks and trade names
Radio. is required with Canadian are those of their respective owners.
It is prohibited to copy, decompile, Satellite Radio Inc. (operating
disassemble, reverse engineer, as SiriusXM Canada).
hack, manipulate, or otherwise
make available any technology or
software incorporated in receivers
compatible with the SiriusXM
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
226 Climate Controls
Climate Controls Climate Control 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls

4. Fan Control
Systems
5. Defrost
Climate Control Systems
Dual Automatic Climate Dual Automatic Climate 6. Passenger Temperature
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Control System Control
Rear Climate Control 7. SYNC (Synchronized
With this system the heating,
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Temperature)
cooling, and ventilation in the
Air Vents vehicle can be controlled. Some 8. Rear Window Defogger
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 climate control settings can be
9. RCTRL (Rear Climate Control
changed. See Climate and Air
Maintenance Lockout)
Quality under Vehicle
Passenger Compartment Air Personalization 0 178. 10. Rear Temperature Control
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 11. Rear Air Delivery Mode Control
12. Rear Fan Control
13. Front Climate Control Power
Button
14. Rear AUTO (Automatic
Operation)
15. Rear Climate Control Power
Button
16. Air Recirculation
17. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
1. Driver Temperature Control
2. A/C (Air Conditioning)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Climate Controls 227
Front Climate Controls To improve fuel efficiency and to The maximum auto fan speed can
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation be adjusted. See Climate and Air
Automatic Operation may be automatically selected in Quality under Vehicle
The system automatically controls warm weather. Personalization 0 178.
the fan speed, air delivery, air The recirculation light will not come Driver and Passenger
conditioning, and recirculation in on when automatically controlled. Temperature Control : The
order to heat or cool the vehicle to temperature can be adjusted
the desired temperature. Press @ to manually select
recirculation; press it again to select separately for the driver and
When AUTO is lit, all four functions outside air. passenger.
operate automatically. Each function Turn the knob clockwise or
can also be manually set and the Do not cover the solar sensor on the
top of the instrument panel near the counterclockwise to increase or
setting is displayed. Functions not decrease the driver or passenger
manually set will continue to be windshield. This sensor regulates
air temperature based on sun load. temperature setting.
automatically controlled, even if the
AUTO indicator is not lit. See Sensors later in this section. SYNC : Press to link the passenger
and rear climate temperature
To place the system in Manual Operation settings to the driver setting. The
automatic mode: O : Press to turn the climate control SYNC indicator light will turn on.
1. Press AUTO. system on or off. The airflow will be When the passenger or rear climate
blocked from entering in all air settings are adjusted, the SYNC
2. Set the driver and passenger
delivery modes, except defrost. indicator light turns off.
temperature.
To find your comfort setting,
9 : Turn clockwise or Air Delivery Mode Control : Press
start with 22 C (72 F) and
counterclockwise to increase or Y, \, [ , or - to change the
decrease the fan speed. Press direction of the airflow. An indicator
allow the system time to
AUTO to return to automatic light comes on in the selected mode
stabilize. Then adjust the
operation. button.
temperature as needed for best
comfort.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Changing the mode cancels the A/C : Press to turn the air on, see Climate and Air Quality
automatic operation of the mode. conditioning system on or off. An under Vehicle
Press AUTO to return to automatic indicator light comes on to show Personalization 0 178.
operation. that the air conditioning is enabled.
If the fan is turned off, the air Rear Window Defogger
Y : Air is directed to the instrument conditioner will not run. The A/C
panel outlets. The rear window defogger uses a
light will stay on even if the outside warming grid to remove fog from the
\ : Air is divided between the temperatures are below freezing. rear window.
instrument panel and floor outlets.
@ : Press to turn on recirculation. K : Press to turn the rear window
[ : Air is directed to the floor An indicator light comes on. Air is defogger on or off. An indicator light
outlets, with some to the windshield, recirculated to quickly cool the on the button comes on to show that
side window outlets, and second inside of the vehicle. It can also be the rear window defogger is on.
row floor outlets. used to help reduce outside air and
The rear window defogger only
- : This mode clears the windows odors that enter the vehicle. The air
works when the ignition is in on. The
of fog or moisture. Air is directed to conditioning compressor also comes
defogger turns off if the ignition is
the windshield, floor outlets, and on when this mode is activated.
turned to ACC/ACCESSORY or
side window vents. Auto Defog : The climate control LOCK/OFF.
0 : Press to clear the windshield system uses a sensor to
The rear window defogger can be
of fog or frost more quickly. Air is automatically detect high humidity
set to automatic operation. When
directed to the windshield and the inside the vehicle. When high
Auto Rear Defog is selected, the
side window vents. The system humidity is detected, the climate
rear window defogger turns on
automatically forces outside air into control system may adjust to
automatically when the vehicle is
the vehicle and the air conditioning outside air supply, turn on the air
first started in cold weather and
compressor will run, unless the conditioner, and direct more air to
turns off when the vehicle is
outside temperature is close to the windshield. If the climate control
warmed. To turn Auto Rear Defog
freezing. system does not detect possible
on or off, see Climate and Air
window fogging, it returns to normal
Do not drive the vehicle until all Quality under Vehicle
operation. To turn Auto Defog off or
windows are clear. Personalization 0 178.
See Air Vents 0 231.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Fan Control : Press up or down to if equipped, may also come on. See
Caution increase or decrease the rear Remote Vehicle Start 0 44 and
passenger area fan speed. Heated and Ventilated Front
Using a razor blade or sharp Seats 0 72.
object to clear the inside rear Air Delivery Mode Control : Press
window can damage the rear up or down to change the direction Sensors
window defogger. Repairs would of the rear passenger airflow.
not be covered by the vehicle Repeatedly press the switch until
warranty. Do not clear the inside the desired mode appears on the
display. Multiple presses will cycle
rear window with sharp objects.
through the delivery selections.
Temperature Control : Press up or
Heated Mirror : If equipped with down to increase or decrease the
heated outside rearview mirrors, the airflow temperature into the rear
mirrors heat to help clear fog or frost passenger area.
from the surface of the mirror when
the rear window defog button is RCTRL : Press to lock or unlock
The solar sensor monitors the solar
pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 58. control of the rear climate control
heat. Do not cover the solar sensor
system from the rear seat
Rear Climate Controls or the system will not work properly.
passengers. When locked, the rear
O : Press to turn the rear climate climate control can only be adjusted There is also an exterior
control system on or off. from the front seat. temperature sensor behind the front
grille. This sensor reads the outside
AUTO : Press AUTO to control the Remote Start Climate Control air temperature and helps maintain
rear passenger temperature, air Operation the temperature inside the vehicle.
delivery, and fan speed. AUTO If equipped with the remote start Any cover on the front of the
appears in the display when feature, the climate control system vehicle, including a snowplow, could
automatic operation is active. If any will come on when the vehicle is cause a false reading in the
of the climate control settings started remotely, depending on the displayed temperature.
except rear temperature are outside temperature. The rear
manually adjusted, this cancels full window defogger and heated seats,
automatic operation.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
The climate control system uses the Automatic Operation

information from these sensors to
AUTO : Press AUTO to
maintain comfort settings by
automatically control the
adjusting the outlet temperature, fan
temperature, air delivery, and fan
speed, and air delivery mode. The
speed for rear seat passengers. A is
system may also supply cooler air to
indicated in the display when
the side of the vehicle facing the
automatic operation is active.
sun. The recirculation mode will also
be used as needed to maintain cool If any of the rear climate control
outlet temperatures. settings are manually adjusted, full
automatic operation is cancelled.
Rear Climate Control Press AUTO to return to full
automatic operation.
System 1. Fan Control
2. AUTO (Automatic Operation) The display only indicates climate
The rear climate control system is control functions when the system is
located on the rear of the center 3. MODE (Air Delivery Mode in rear independent mode.
console storage. The rear climate Control)
settings can be adjusted with this Manual Operation
system. 4. TEMP (Temperature Control)
5. Heated Rear Seats (If
9 : Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
Equipped)
decrease the fan speed. Turn
If the dual automatic climate control completely counterclockwise to turn
system rear climate control lockout the fan/power off.
feature is locked, the rear climate
TEMP : Turn clockwise or
control settings can only be
counterclockwise to increase or
adjusted from the front seat.
decrease the airflow temperature
into the passenger area. If the
SYNC button is pressed on the front
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
climate controls, the rear climate Air Vents Operation Tips

temperature is linked to the driver . Clear away any ice, snow,
temperature setting. Adjustable air vents are in the
or leaves from the air inlets at
center and on the side of the
MODE : Press to change the the base of the windshield that
instrument panel.
direction of the airflow in the vehicle. could block the flow of air into
Repeatedly press the button until the vehicle.
the desired mode appears on the . When you enter a vehicle in cold
display. Multiple presses will cycle weather, press the fan up button
through the delivery selections. to the maximum fan level before
M or L : If equipped, press M or L driving. This helps clear the
to heat the left or right outboard seat intake ducts of snow and
cushion. See Heated Rear moisture, and reduces the
Seats 0 74. chance of fogging the inside of
the window.
. Keep the air path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
circulate the air inside of the
1. Slider Knob vehicle more effectively.
2. Thumbwheel . Use of non-GM approved hood
Move the slider knobs (1) to change deflectors can adversely affect
the direction of the airflow. the performance of the system.
Check with your dealer before
Use the thumbwheels (2) near the adding equipment to the outside
air vents to open or close off the of the vehicle.
airflow.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Maintenance 2. Disconnect the glove box door

damper string from the glove
box door assembly. A pen or
Passenger Compartment pencil may be inserted through
Air Filter the end of the damper string to
prevent the string from slipping
The filter reduces the dust, pollen,
inside the door assembly.
and other airborne irritants from
outside air that is pulled into the
vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 412.
To find out what type of filter to use, 4. Release the two tabs holding
see Maintenance Replacement the service door. Open the
Parts 0 422. service door and remove the
old filter.
5. Install the new air filter.
6. Close the service door and
secure the tabs.
3. Remove the six screws and 7. Reverse the steps to reinstall
remove the access plate. the glove box.
See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.
1. Open the glove box completely.

Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Service
All vehicles have a label underhood
that identifies the refrigerant used in
the vehicle. The refrigerant system
should only be serviced by trained
and certified technicians. The air
conditioning evaporator should
never be repaired or replaced by
one from a salvage vehicle.
It should only be replaced by a new
evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
During service, all refrigerants
should be reclaimed with proper
equipment. Venting refrigerants
directly to the atmosphere is harmful
to the environment and may also
create unsafe conditions based on
inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
or other health-based concerns.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
234 Driving and Operating
Driving and Retained Accessory

Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . .
Magnetic Ride Control . . . . . . . .
276
277
Operating Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . .
259
260
Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Level Control . . . . . .
277
277
Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Cruise Control
Driving Information Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Active Fuel Management . . . . 261
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 280
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Engine Exhaust Driver Assistance Systems
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Driver Assistance Systems . . . 287
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Running the Vehicle While Assistance Systems for
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 288
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Assistance Systems for
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Automatic Transmission Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 262 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 243 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 243 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Forward Automatic
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 245 Drive Systems Side Blind Zone
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Brakes Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 294
Starting and Operating Lane Departure
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 251 Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Adjustable Throttle and Brake Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (1500
Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Ignition Positions (Keyless
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 274 Fuel
Ignition Positions (Key Ride Control Systems Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Traction Control/Electronic California Fuel
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 299
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Driving and Operating 235
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 . Designate a front seat

E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Driving Information passenger to handle potential
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 distractions.
Filling a Portable Fuel Distracted Driving
. Become familiar with vehicle
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as
Trailer Towing and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio
task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate
General Towing
judgment and do not let other control and seat settings.
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Driving Characteristics and activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 governments have enacted laws driving.
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in . Wait until the vehicle is parked
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 317 to retrieve items that have fallen
your area.
Conversions and Add-Ons to the floor.
To avoid distracted driving, keep
Add-On Electrical your eyes on the road, keep your . Stop or park the vehicle to tend
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 hands on the steering wheel, and to children.
focus your attention on driving. . Keep pets in an appropriate
. Do not use a phone in carrier or restraint.
demanding driving situations. . Avoid stressful conversations
Use a hands-free method to while driving, whether with a
place or receive necessary passenger or on a cell phone.
phone calls.
. Watch the road. Do not read, { Warning
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other Taking your eyes off the road too
electronic devices. long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Refer to the infotainment manual for Average driver reaction time is

more information on using that { Warning about three-quarters of a second. In
system, including pairing and using that time, a vehicle moving at
a cell phone Drinking and then driving is very 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
dangerous. Your reflexes, (66 ft), which could be a lot of
Defensive Driving perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency.
judgment can be affected by even
Defensive driving means always a small amount of alcohol. You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
expect the unexpected. The first can have a serious or even include:
step in driving defensively is to wear fatal collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between
the safety belt. See Safety drinking. you and the vehicle in front
Belts 0 83. of you.
Do not drink and drive or ride with
. Assume that other road users . Avoid needless heavy braking.
a driver who has been drinking.
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and
Ride home in a cab; or if you are . Keep pace with traffic.
other drivers) are going to be
with a group, designate a driver
careless and make mistakes. If the engine ever stops while the
Anticipate what they might do who will not drink.
vehicle is being driven, brake
and be ready. normally but do not pump the
. Allow enough following distance Control of a Vehicle brakes. Doing so could make the
between you and the driver in pedal harder to push down. If the
Braking, steering, and accelerating engine stops, there will be some
front of you. are important factors in helping to power brake assist but it will be
. Focus on the task of driving. control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied.
Once the power assist is used up, it
Drunk Driving Braking can take longer to stop and the
Death and injury associated with Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push.
drinking and driving is a global time and reaction time. Deciding to
tragedy. push the brake pedal is perception
time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Steering Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery

. Take curves at a reasonable
Electric Power Steering
speed.
This vehicle has electric power
. Reduce speed before entering a
steering. It does not have power
steering fluid. Regular maintenance curve.
is not required. . Maintain a reasonable steady
If power steering assist is lost due speed through the curve.
to a system malfunction, the vehicle . Wait until the vehicle is out of
can be steered, but may require the curve before accelerating
increased effort. gently into the straightaway.
See your dealer if there is a Steering in Emergencies
problem.
. There are some situations when
If the steering assist is used for an steering around a problem may The vehicle's right wheels can drop
extended period of time, power be more effective than braking. off the edge of a road onto the
assist may be reduced. shoulder while driving. Follow
. Holding both sides of the
If the steering wheel is turned until it steering wheel allows you to turn these tips:
reaches the end of its travel, and is 180 degrees without removing 1. Ease off the accelerator and
held in that position for an extended a hand. then, if there is nothing in the
period of time, power steering assist way, steer the vehicle so that it
may be reduced. . Antilock Brake System (ABS)
allows steering while braking. straddles the edge of the
Normal use of the power steering pavement.
assist should return when the 2. Turn the steering wheel about
system cools down. one-eighth of a turn, until the
See specific vehicle steering right front tire contacts the
messages under Steering System pavement edge.
Messages 0 174. See your dealer if
there is a problem.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
3. Turn the steering wheel to go The vehicle may straighten out. vehicles not equipped with All
straight down the roadway. Be ready for a second skid if it Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR)
occurs. tires must not be driven off-road
Loss of Control . Slow down and adjust your except on a level, solid surface. For
driving according to weather more contact information about the
Skidding original equipment tires, see the
conditions. Stopping distance
There are three types of skids that can be longer and vehicle Limited Warranty and Owner
correspond to the vehicle's three control can be affected when Assistance Information manual.
control systems: traction is reduced by water, One of the best ways for successful
. Braking Skid wheels are not snow, ice, gravel, or other off-road driving is to control the
rolling. material on the road. Learn to speed.
recognize warning clues such
. Steering or Cornering Skid
too much speed or steering in a
as enough water, ice, or packed
snow on the road to make a
{ Warning
curve causes tires to slip and mirrored surface and slow When driving off-road, bouncing
lose cornering force. down when you have any doubt. and quick changes in direction
. Acceleration Skid too much . Try to avoid sudden steering, can easily throw you out of
throttle causes the driving acceleration, or braking, position. This could cause you to
wheels to spin. including reducing vehicle speed lose control and crash. You and
Defensive drivers avoid most skids by shifting to a lower gear. Any your passengers should always
by taking reasonable care suited to sudden changes could cause wear safety belts.
existing conditions, and by not the tires to slide.
overdriving those conditions. But Remember: Antilock brakes help Before Driving Off-Road
skids are always possible. avoid only the braking skid.
. Have all necessary maintenance
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow and service work completed.
these suggestions: Off-Road Driving
. Ease your foot off the Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be
accelerator pedal and steer the used for off-road driving. Vehicles
way you want the vehicle to go. without four-wheel drive and
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

. Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, Loading the Vehicle for For more information about loading
and check inflation pressure in Off-Road Driving the vehicle, see If the Vehicle Is
all tires, including the spare, Stuck 0 245 and Tires 0 362.
if equipped.
{ Warning Environmental Concerns
. Read all the information about
four-wheel-drive vehicles in this . Unsecured cargo on the . Always use established trails,
manual. load floor can be tossed roads, and areas that have been
about when driving over set aside for public off-road
. Know the local laws that apply to recreational driving and obey all
rough terrain. You or your
off-road driving. passengers can be struck posted regulations.
To gain more ground clearance if by flying objects. Secure the . Do not damage shrubs, flowers,
needed, it may be necessary to cargo properly. trees, or grasses or disturb
remove the front fascia lower air . Keep cargo in the cargo wildlife.
dam. However, driving without the area as far forward and as
air dam reduces fuel economy. . Do not park over things that
low as possible. The burn. See Parking over Things
heaviest things should be That Burn 0 260.
Caution on the floor, forward of the
rear axle. Driving on Hills
Operating the vehicle for
extended periods without the front . Heavy loads on the roof Driving safely on hills requires good
fascia lower air dam installed can raise the vehicle's center of judgment and an understanding of
gravity, making it more likely what the vehicle can and cannot do.
cause improper airflow to the
to roll over. You can be
engine. Reattach the front fascia
air dam after off-road driving.
seriously or fatally injured if
the vehicle rolls over. Put
{ Warning
heavy loads inside the Many hills are simply too steep
cargo area, not on the roof. for any vehicle. Driving up hills
can cause the vehicle to stall.
Driving down hills can cause loss
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Warning (Continued) { Warning Warning (Continued)

of control. Driving across hills can Driving to the top of a hill at high transfer case overrides the
cause a rollover. You could be speed can cause an accident. transmission. You or someone
injured or killed. Do not drive on There could be a drop-off, else could be injured. If leaving
steep hills. embankment, cliff, or even the vehicle, set the parking brake
another vehicle. You could be and shift the transmission to
Before driving on a hill, assess the seriously injured or killed. As you P (Park). Shift the transfer case to
steepness, traction, and near the top of a hill, slow down any position but N (Neutral).
obstructions. If the terrain ahead and stay alert.
cannot be seen, get out of the . When driving down a hill, keep
vehicle and walk the hill before . Never go downhill forward or the vehicle headed straight
driving further. backward with either the down. Use a low gear because
When driving on hills: transmission or transfer case in the engine will work with the
N (Neutral). The brakes could brakes to slow the vehicle and
. Use a low gear and keep a firm overheat and you could lose help keep the vehicle under
grip on the steering wheel. control. control.
. Maintain a slow speed.
. When possible, drive straight up { Warning { Warning
or down the hill.
If the vehicle has the twospeed Heavy braking when going down
. Slow down when approaching automatic transfer case, shifting a hill can cause your brakes to
the top of the hill. the transfer case to N (Neutral) overheat and fade. This could
. Use headlamps even during the can cause your vehicle to roll cause loss of control and you or
day to make the vehicle more even if the transmission is in others could be injured or killed.
visible. P (Park). This is because the Apply the brakes lightly when
N (Neutral) position on the (Continued)
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

. Never back down a hill in downhill wheels, which could
Warning (Continued) N (Neutral) using only the cause a downhill slide or a
brake. rollover.
descending a hill and use a low
gear to keep vehicle speed under The vehicle can roll . Surface conditions can be a
control. backward quickly and you problem. Loose gravel, muddy
could lose control. spots, or even wet grass can
. If driving downhill when the cause the tires to slip sideways,
If the vehicle stalls on a hill: downhill. If the vehicle slips
vehicle stalls, shift to a
1. Apply the brakes to stop the lower gear, release the sideways, it can hit something
vehicle, and then apply the parking brake, and drive that will trip it a rock, a rut,
parking brake. straight down the hill. etc. and roll over.
2. Shift into P (Park) and then . Hidden obstacles can make the
3. If the vehicle cannot be
restart the engine. restarted after stalling, set the steepness of the incline more
parking brake, shift into severe. If a rock is driven across
. If driving uphill when the
P (Park), and turn the with the uphill wheels, or if the
vehicle stalls, shift to downhill wheels drop into a rut
R (Reverse), release the vehicle off.
or depression, the vehicle can tilt
parking brake, and back 3.1. Leave the vehicle and even more.
straight down. seek help.
. If an incline must be driven
. Never try to turn the vehicle 3.2. Stay clear of the path the across, and the vehicle starts to
around. If the hill is steep vehicle would take if it slide, turn downhill. This should
enough to stall the vehicle, rolled downhill. help straighten out the vehicle
it is steep enough to cause and prevent the side slipping.
it to roll over. . Avoid turns that take the vehicle
across the incline of the hill.
. If you cannot make it up the A hill that can be driven straight
hill, back straight down up or down might be too steep to
the hill. drive across. Driving across an
incline puts more weight on the
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Traction is reduced on hard packed

{ Warning snow and ice and it is easy to lose Warning (Continued)
control. Reduce vehicle speed when
Getting out of the vehicle on the driving on hard packed snow Traction could be lost, and the
downhill side when stopped and ice. vehicle could roll over. Do not
across an incline is dangerous. drive through rushing water.
If the vehicle rolls over, you could
be crushed or killed. Always get
{ Warning
out on the uphill side of the Driving on frozen lakes, ponds,
vehicle and stay well clear of the Caution
or rivers can be dangerous. Ice
rollover path. conditions vary greatly and the Do not drive through standing
vehicle could fall through the ice; water if it is deep enough to cover
Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, you and your passengers could the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
or Ice drown. Drive your vehicle on safe pipe. Deep water can damage the
surfaces only. axle and other vehicle parts.
Use a low gear when driving in mud
the deeper the mud, the lower
the gear. Keep the vehicle moving Driving in Water If the standing water is not too deep,
to avoid getting stuck. drive slowly through it. At faster
Traction changes when driving on { Warning speeds, water splashes and the
vehicle can stall. When going
sand. On loose sand, such as on
Driving through rushing water can through water, the brakes get wet
beaches or sand dunes, the tires
be dangerous. Deep water can and it may take longer to stop. See
tend to sink into the sand. This
sweep your vehicle downstream Driving on Wet Roads later in this
affects steering, accelerating, and
and you and your passengers section.
braking. Drive at a reduced speed
and avoid sharp turns or abrupt could drown. If it is only shallow
maneuvers. water, it can still wash away the
ground from under your tires.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
After Off-Road Driving wet enough and you are going fast
Remove any brush or debris that
{ Warning enough. When the vehicle is
hydroplaning, it has little or no
has collected on the underbody or Wet brakes can cause crashes. contact with the road.
chassis, or under the hood. These They might not work as well in a
accumulations can be a fire hazard. quick stop and could cause There is no hard and fast rule about
pulling to one side. You could hydroplaning. The best advice is to
After operation in mud or sand,
lose control of the vehicle. slow down when the road is wet.
have the brake linings cleaned and
checked. These substances can After driving through a large Other Rainy Weather Tips
cause glazing and uneven braking. puddle of water or a car/vehicle
Check the body structure, steering, Besides slowing down, other wet
wash, lightly apply the brake weather driving tips include:
suspension, wheels, tires, and
pedal until the brakes work . Allow extra following distance.
exhaust system for damage and
normally.
check the fuel lines and cooling . Pass with caution.
system for any leakage. Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through . Keep windshield wiping
More frequent maintenance service equipment in good shape.
is required. See the Maintenance flowing water could cause the
Schedule 0 412. vehicle to be carried away. If this . Keep the windshield washer fluid
happens, you and other vehicle reservoir filled.
Driving on Wet Roads occupants could drown. Do not . Have good tires with proper
ignore police warnings and be tread depth. See Tires 0 362.
Rain and wet roads can reduce very cautious about trying to drive
vehicle traction and affect your through flowing water. . Turn off cruise control.
ability to stop and accelerate.
Always drive slower in these types Hill and Mountain Roads
of driving conditions and avoid Hydroplaning
driving through large puddles and Driving on steep hills or through
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water mountains is different than driving
deep-standing or flowing water. can build up under the vehicle's on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:
tires so they actually ride on the
water. This can happen if the road is
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

. Keep the vehicle serviced and in freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
good shape. Warning (Continued) driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
. Check all fluid levels and brakes, until roads can be treated.
loss of steering. Always have the
tires, cooling system, and engine running and the vehicle For Slippery Road Driving:
transmission. in gear. . Accelerate gently. Accelerating
. Shift to a lower gear when going too quickly causes the wheels to
down steep or long hills. . Drive at speeds that keep the spin and makes the surface
vehicle in its own lane. Do not under the tires slick.
{ Warning swing wide or cross the . Turn on Traction Control. See
center line. Traction Control/Electronic
Using the brakes to slow the
. Be alert on top of hills; Stability Control 0 274.
vehicle on a long downhill slope
can cause brake overheating, can something could be in your lane . The Antilock Brake System
(e.g., stalled car, accident). (ABS) improves vehicle stability
reduce brake performance, and
could result in a loss of braking. . Pay attention to special road during hard stops, but the
Shift the transmission to a lower signs (e.g., falling rocks area, brakes should be applied sooner
gear to let the engine assist the winding roads, long grades, than when on dry pavement.
passing or no-passing zones) See Antilock Brake System
brakes on a steep downhill slope.
and take appropriate action. (ABS) 0 272.
. Allow greater following distance
Winter Driving and watch for slippery spots. Icy
{ Warning Driving on Snow or Ice
patches can occur on otherwise
clear roads in shaded areas.
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) The surface of a curve or an
Snow or ice between the tires and
or with the ignition off is the road creates less traction or overpass can remain icy when
dangerous. This can cause grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can the surrounding roads are clear.
overheating of the brakes and occur at about 0 C (32 F) when Avoid sudden steering
(Continued) maneuvers and braking while
on ice.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

. Turn off cruise control. If it takes time for help to arrive,
Warning (Continued) when running the engine, push the
Blizzard Conditions accelerator pedal slightly so the
. Clear snow from the base of
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and engine runs faster than the idle
the vehicle, especially any speed. This keeps the battery
signal for help. Stay with the vehicle
blocking the exhaust pipe. charged to restart the vehicle and to
unless there is help nearby.
If possible, use Roadside . Open a window about 5 cm signal for help with the headlamps.
Assistance. See Roadside (2 in) on the vehicle side Do this as little as possible, to
Assistance Program 0 433. To get that is away from the wind, save fuel.
help and keep everyone in the to bring in fresh air.
vehicle safe: . Fully open the air outlets on If the Vehicle Is Stuck
. Turn on the hazard warning or under the instrument Slowly and cautiously spin the
flashers. panel. wheels to free the vehicle when
. Tie a red cloth to an outside . Adjust the climate control stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
mirror. system to circulate the air See Rocking the Vehicle to Get It
inside the vehicle and set Out later in this section.
{ Warning the fan speed to the highest
setting. See Climate
The Traction Control System (TCS)
can often help to free a stuck
Snow can trap engine exhaust Control Systems. vehicle. See Traction Control/
under the vehicle. This may For more information about CO, Electronic Stability Control 0 274.
cause exhaust gases to get see Engine Exhaust 0 261. If TCS cannot free the vehicle, see
inside. Engine exhaust contains Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out
carbon monoxide (CO), which following.
cannot be seen or smelled. It can To save fuel, run the engine for
short periods to warm the vehicle
cause unconsciousness and even
and then shut the engine off and
death.
partially close the window. Moving
If the vehicle is stuck in snow: about to keep warm also helps.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
causes a rocking motion that could

{ Warning free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
If the vehicle's tires spin at high might need to be towed out. See
speed, they can explode, and you Towing the Vehicle 0 396. Recovery
or others could be injured. The hooks can be used, if equipped.
vehicle can overheat, causing an
engine compartment fire or other Recovery Hooks
damage. Spin the wheels as little
as possible and avoid going { Warning
above 56 km/h (35 mph).
Never pull on recovery hooks
from the side. The hooks could
For information about using tire break and you and others could
chains on the vehicle, see Tire Caution
be injured. When using recovery
Chains 0 381.
hooks, always pull the vehicle Do not drive through standing
Rocking the Vehicle to Get from the front. water if it is deep enough to cover
It Out the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
pipe. Deep water can damage the
Turn the steering wheel left and
axle and other vehicle parts.
right to clear the area around the
front wheels. For four-wheel-drive
vehicles, shift into Four-Wheel Drive If the vehicle has recovery hooks at
High. Turn the TCS off. Shift back the front of the vehicle, use them if
and forth between R (Reverse) and the vehicle is stuck off-road and
a forward gear, spinning the wheels needs to be pulled some place to
as little as possible. To prevent continue driving.
transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Slowly spinning the wheels in
the forward and reverse directions
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Load Limits Warning (Continued)

number of occupant seating
positions (1), and the maximum
It is very important to know how vehicle capacity weight (2) in
much weight the vehicle can crash. Overloading can also
reduce stopping distance, kilograms and pounds.
carry. This weight is called the
vehicle capacity weight and damage the tires, and shorten The Tire and Loading
includes the weight of all the life of the vehicle. Information label also shows the
occupants, cargo, and all size of the original equipment
nonfactory-installed options. Tire and Loading Information tires (3) and the recommended
Two labels on the vehicle may Label cold tire inflation pressures (4).
show how much weight it was For more information on tires
designed to carry, the Tire and and inflation see Tires 0 362
Loading Information label and and Tire Pressure 0 369.
the Certification/Tire label. There is also important loading
information on the vehicle
{ Warning Certification/Tire label. It may
show the Gross Vehicle Weight
Do not load the vehicle any Rating (GVWR) and the Gross
heavier than the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
Vehicle Weight Rating the front and rear axles. See
(GVWR), or either the Certification/Tire Label later in
maximum front or rear Gross this section.
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Label Example
This can cause systems to A vehicle specific Tire and Steps for Determining Correct
break and change the way the Loading Information label is Load Limit
vehicle handles. This could attached to the center pillar 1. Locate the statement "The
cause loss of control and a (B-pillar). The tire and loading combined weight of
(Continued) information label shows the occupants and cargo should
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
never exceed XXX kg or That weight may not safely

XXX lbs." on your vehicles exceed the available cargo
placard. and luggage load capacity
2. Determine the combined calculated in Step 4.
weight of the driver and 6. If your vehicle will be towing
passengers that will be a trailer, load from your
riding in your vehicle. trailer will be transferred to
3. Subtract the combined your vehicle. Consult this
weight of the driver and manual to determine how
passengers from XXX kg or this reduces the available
XXX lbs. cargo and luggage load
capacity of your vehicle. Example 1
4. The resulting figure equals
See Trailer Towing 0 306 for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
the available amount of important information on towing a Example 1 = 453 kg
cargo and luggage load trailer, towing safety rules, and (1,000 lbs)
capacity. For example, if the trailering tips. 2. Subtract Occupant Weight
"XXX" amount equals @ 68 kg (150 lbs) 2 =
1400 lbs. and there will be 136 kg (300 lbs)
five 150 lb passengers in 3. Available Occupant and
your vehicle, the amount of Cargo Weight = 317 kg
available cargo and luggage (700 lbs)
load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) =
650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
weight of the driver, passengers,

and cargo should never exceed
the vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification/Tire Label
Example 2 Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for

Example 2 = 453 kg Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs) (1,000 lbs)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight 2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 68 kg (150 lbs) 5 = @ 91 kg (200 lbs) 5 = A vehicle specific Certification/
136 kg (750 lbs) 453 kg (1,000 lbs) Tire label is attached to the
3. Available Cargo Weight = 3. Available Cargo Weight = center pillar (B-pillar). The label
113 kg (250 lbs) 0 kg (0 lbs) may shows the size of the
Refer to the vehicle's tire and vehicle's original tires and the
loading information label for inflation pressures needed to
specific information about the obtain the gross weight capacity
vehicle's capacity weight and of the vehicle. This is called
seating positions. The combined Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
(GVWR). The GVWR includes weight ratings. Ask your dealer

the weight of the vehicle, all Warning (Continued) to help load the vehicle the
occupants, fuel, and cargo. Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). right way.
The Certification/Tire label also This can cause systems to
may show the maximum weights break and change the way the { Warning
for the front and rear axles, vehicle handles. This could Things you put inside the
called Gross Axle Weight Rating cause loss of control and a vehicle can strike and injure
(GAWR). To find out the actual crash. Overloading can also people in a sudden stop or
loads on the front and rear reduce stopping distance, turn, or in a crash.
axles, weigh the vehicle at a damage the tires, and shorten
weigh station. Your dealer can the life of the vehicle. . Put things in the cargo
help with this. Be sure to spread area of the vehicle. Try to
your load equally on both sides spread the weight evenly.
of the centerline. Caution . Never stack heavier
The Certification/Tire label may things, like suitcases,
also include information about Overloading the vehicle may inside the vehicle so that
the Front Axle Reserve cause damage. Repairs would not some of them are above
be covered by the vehicle the tops of the seats.
Capacity.
warranty. Do not overload the
vehicle. . Do not leave an
{ Warning unsecured child restraint
in the vehicle.
Do not load the vehicle any The label will help decide how
heavier than the Gross much cargo and installed . When you carry
Vehicle Weight Rating equipment the truck can carry. something inside the
(GVWR), or either the vehicle, secure it
Using heavier suspension whenever you can.
maximum front or rear Gross components to get added
(Continued) durability might not change the (Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Warning (Continued) Starting and Caution (Continued)

.
Operating
Do not leave a seat premature wear and earlier
folded down unless you replacement. Follow this
New Vehicle Break-In breaking-in guideline every
need to.
time you get new brake
Caution linings.
There is also important loading .
The vehicle does not need an Do not tow a trailer during
information for off-road driving in break-in. See Trailer Towing
this manual. See Loading Your elaborate break-in. But it will
0 306 for the trailer towing
Vehicle for Off-Road Driving perform better in the long run if
capabilities of the vehicle
under Off-Road Driving 0 238. you follow these guidelines:
and more information.
. Keep the vehicle speed at
Following break-in, engine speed
88 km/h (55 mph) or less for
the first 805 km (500 mi). and load can be gradually
increased.
. Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
for the first 805 km (500 mi). Adjustable Throttle and
Do not make full-throttle Brake Pedal
starts. Avoid downshifting to
brake or slow the vehicle. If equipped, the position of the
throttle and brake pedals can be
. Avoid making hard stops for changed.
the first 322 km (200 mi) or
so. During this time the new The pedals can only be adjusted
brake linings are not yet when the vehicle is in P (Park).
broken in. Hard stops with
new linings can mean
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Ignition Positions Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System Operation (Key Access)
(Keyless Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Keyless
Access) 0 37.
To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle
must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or
ON/RUN and the brake pedal must
be applied.
Stopping the Engine/LOCK/
OFF (No Indicator Lights) : When
the vehicle is stopped, press
The switch used to adjust the ENGINE START/STOP once to turn
pedals is to the left of the steering the engine off.
wheel.
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the
Press the switch to the left to move Vehicles with Keyless Access have ignition will turn off, and Retained
the pedals closer to your body. pushbutton starting. Accessory Power (RAP) will remain
Press the switch to the right to move active. See Retained Accessory
the pedals away. Pressing the button cycles it through
three modes: ACC/ACCESSORY, Power (RAP) 0 258.
Before you start driving, fully press ON/RUN/START, and Stopping the If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the
the brake pedal to confirm the Engine/OFF. ignition will return to ACC/
adjustment is right for you. ACCESSORY and display the
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
The vehicle may have a memory transmitter must be in the vehicle for message SHIFT TO PARK in the
function, which lets pedal settings the system to operate. If the Driver Information Center (DIC).
be saved and recalled. See Memory pushbutton start is not working, the See Transmission Messages 0 175.
Seats 0 70. vehicle may be near a strong radio When the vehicle is shifted into
antenna signal causing interference P (Park), the ignition system will
to the Keyless Access system. See switch to OFF.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Do not turn the engine off when the to N (Neutral), firmly apply the ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber
vehicle is moving. This will cause a brakes and steer the vehicle to Indicator Light) : This mode allows
loss of power assist in the brake a safe location. some electrical accessories to be
and steering systems and disable 3. Come to a complete stop, shift used when the engine is off.
the airbags. to P (Park), and turn the With the ignition off, pressing the
The vehicle may have an electric ignition to OFF. On vehicles button one time without the brake
steering column lock. The lock is with an automatic transmission, pedal applied will place the ignition
activated when the vehicle is the shift lever must be in system in ACC/ACCESSORY.
switched to OFF and either front P (Park) to turn the ignition The ignition will switch from ACC/
door is opened. A sound may be switch to the OFF position. ACCESSORY to OFF after
heard as the lock actuates or 4. Set the parking brake. See five minutes to prevent battery
releases. The steering column lock Parking Brake 0 273. rundown.
may not release with the wheels
turned off center. If this happens, ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator
the vehicle may not start. Move the { Warning Light) : This mode is for driving and
steering wheel from left to right starting. With the ignition off, and
Turning off the vehicle while the brake pedal applied, pressing
while attempting to start the vehicle.
If this does not work, the vehicle moving may cause loss of power the button once will place the
needs service. assist in the brake and steering ignition system in ON/RUN/START.
systems and disable the airbags. Once engine cranking begins,
If the vehicle must be shut off in an While driving, only shut the release the button. Engine cranking
emergency: vehicle off in an emergency. will continue until the engine starts.
1. Brake using a firm and steady See Starting the Engine 0 255. The
pressure. Do not pump the If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, ignition will then remain in ON/RUN.
brakes repeatedly. This may and must be shut off while driving,
deplete power assist, requiring Service Only Mode
press and hold ENGINE START/
increased brake pedal force. STOP for longer than two seconds, This power mode is available for
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). or press twice in five seconds. service and diagnostics, and to
This can be done while the verify the proper operation of the
vehicle is moving. After shifting malfunction indicator lamp as may
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
be required for emission inspection Vehicles with Key Access have an Do not turn the engine off when the
purposes. With the vehicle off, and ignition switch with four different vehicle is moving. This will cause a
the brake pedal not applied, positions. loss of power assist in the brake
pressing and holding the button for To shift out of P (Park), the ignition and steering systems and disable
more than five seconds will place must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ the airbags.
the vehicle in Service Only Mode. ACCESSORY and the regular brake If the vehicle must be shut off in an
The instruments and audio systems pedal must be applied. emergency:
will operate as they do in ON/RUN,
but the vehicle will not be able to be 0 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ 1. Brake using a firm and steady
driven. The engine will not start in OFF) : When the vehicle is stopped, pressure. Do not pump the
Service Only Mode. Press the turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ brakes repeatedly. This may
button again to turn the vehicle off. OFF to turn the engine off. Retained deplete power assist, requiring
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain increased brake pedal force.
Ignition Positions (Key active. See Retained Accessory 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
Power (RAP) 0 258.
Access) This can be done while the
This position locks the ignition and vehicle is moving. After shifting
steering wheel. It also locks the to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
transmission on automatic brakes and steer the vehicle to
transmission vehicles. The key can a safe location.
be removed in LOCK/OFF. 3. Come to a complete stop, shift
The steering can bind with the to P (Park), and turn the
wheels turned off center. If this ignition to LOCK/OFF. On
happens, move the steering wheel vehicles with an automatic
from right to left while turning the transmission, the shift lever
key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this must be in P (Park) to turn the
does not work, then the vehicle ignition switch to the LOCK/
needs service. OFF position.
4. Set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake 0 273.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
while the engine is off. It also 3 (START) : This is the position that
{ Warning unlocks the steering wheel. Use this starts the engine. When the engine
position if the vehicle must be starts, release the key. The ignition
Turning off the vehicle while pushed or towed. switch returns to ON/RUN for
moving may cause loss of power driving.
assist in the brake and steering 2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be
systems and disable the airbags. used to operate the electrical A warning tone will sound when the
While driving, only shut the accessories and to display some driver door is opened and the
vehicle off in an emergency. instrument cluster warning and ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or
indicator lights. This position can LOCK/OFF, and the key is in the
also be used for service and ignition.
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, diagnostics, and to verify the proper
and must be shut off while driving, operation of the malfunction Starting the Engine
turn the ignition to ACC/ indicator lamp as may be required
ACCESSORY. for emission inspection purposes. For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
The switch stays in this position Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
when the engine is running. The supplement.
Caution
transmission is also unlocked in this Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
Using a tool to force the key to position on automatic transmission N (Neutral). The engine will not start
turn in the ignition could cause vehicles. in any other position. To restart the
damage to the switch or break the If the key is left in the ACC/ engine when the vehicle is already
key. Use the correct key, make ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position moving, use N (Neutral) only.
sure it is all the way in, and turn it with the engine off, the battery could
only with your hand. If the key be drained. The vehicle may not Caution
cannot be turned by hand, see start if the battery is allowed to drain
your dealer. for an extended period of time. Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
vehicle is moving. If you do, you
could damage the transmission.
1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This Shift to P (Park) only when the
position lets things like the radio
vehicle is stopped.
and the windshield wipers operate
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
(DIC), hold the ignition switch accelerator. If the vehicle starts

Caution in the START position to briefly but then stops again, do
continue engine cranking. the same thing. This clears the
If you add electrical parts or extra gasoline from the engine.
accessories, you could change Do not race the engine
the way the engine operates. Any Caution
immediately after starting it.
resulting damage would not be Cranking the engine for long Operate the engine and
covered by the vehicle warranty. periods of time, by returning the transmission gently until the oil
See Add-On Electrical ignition to the START position warms up and lubricates all
Equipment 0 318. immediately after cranking has moving parts.
ended, can overheat and damage Starting Procedure (Keyless
Starting Procedure (Key the cranking motor, and drain the Access)
Access) battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to let the 1. With the Keyless Access
1. With your foot off the system, the RKE transmitter
cranking motor cool down.
accelerator pedal, turn the must be in the vehicle. Press
ignition key to START. When ENGINE START/STOP with the
the engine starts, let go of the 2. If the engine does not start brake pedal applied. When the
key. The idle speed will go after five to 10 seconds, engine begins cranking, let go
down as the engine gets warm. especially in very cold weather of the button.
Do not race the engine (below 18 C or 0 F), it could
immediately after starting it. be flooded with too much The idle speed will go down as
Operate the engine and gasoline. Try pushing the the engine gets warm. Do not
transmission gently to allow the accelerator pedal all the way to race the engine immediately
oil to warm up and lubricate all the floor and holding it there after starting it.
moving parts. while holding the key in START If the RKE transmitter is not in
for up to 15 seconds. Wait at the vehicle, if there is
When the low fuel warning light
least 15 seconds between each interference, or if the RKE
is on and the FUEL LEVEL
try, to allow the cranking motor battery is low, the Driver
LOW message is displayed in
to cool down. When the engine
the Driver Information Center
starts, let go of the key and
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Information Center (DIC) will starts, let go of the button, and at or below 18 C (0 F). Vehicles
display a message. See Key the accelerator. If the vehicle with an engine heater should be
and Lock Messages 0 170. starts briefly but then stops plugged in at least four hours before
again, do the same thing. This starting. There may be an internal
Caution clears the extra gasoline from thermostat in the plug end of the
the engine. Do not race the cord, which will prevent engine
Cranking the engine for long engine immediately after heater operation at temperatures
periods of time, by returning the starting it. Operate the engine above 18 C (0 F).
ignition to the START position and transmission gently until
the oil warms up and lubricates To Use the Engine Heater
immediately after cranking has
ended, can overheat and damage all moving parts. 1. Turn off the engine.
the cranking motor, and drain the 2. Open the hood and unwrap the
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds Engine Heater electrical cord. The cord is by
between each try, to let the the left front fender, next to the
cranking motor cool down. { Warning engine compartment fuse
block.
Do not plug in the engine block
2. If the engine does not start heater while the vehicle is in Check the heater cord for
after five to 10 seconds, damage. If it is damaged, do
parked in a garage or under a
especially in very cold weather not use it. See your dealer for
carport. Property damage or
(below 18 C or 0 F), it could a replacement. Inspect the
personal injury may result. Always cord for damage yearly.
be flooded with too much
gasoline. Try pushing the park the vehicle in a clear open
area away from buildings or 3. Plug the cord into a normal,
accelerator pedal all the way to grounded 110-volt AC outlet.
the floor and holding it there as structures.
you press ENGINE START/
STOP, for up to a maximum of If equipped, the engine heater can
15 seconds. Wait at least provide easier starting and better
15 seconds between each try, fuel economy during engine
to allow the cranking motor to warm-up in cold weather conditions
cool down. When the engine
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
away from moving engine

{ Warning Warning (Continued) parts. If you do not, it could be
damaged.
Improper use of the heater cord it overheat and cause a fire,
or an extension cord can damage property damage, electric The length of time the heater should
the cord and may result in shock, and injury. remain plugged in depends on
overheating and fire. several factors. Ask a dealer in the
. Do not operate the vehicle area where you will be parking the
. Plug the cord into a with the heater cord vehicle for the best advice on this.
three-prong electrical utility permanently attached to the
receptacle that is protected vehicle. Possible heater
cord and thermostat Retained Accessory
by a ground fault detection
function. An ungrounded damage could occur. Power (RAP)
outlet could cause an . While in use, do not let the The following vehicle accessories
electric shock. heater cord touch vehicle can be used for up to 10 minutes
. Use a weatherproof, parts or sharp edges. Never after the engine is turned off:
heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated close the hood on the . Audio System.
extension cord if needed. heater cord.
. Power Windows.
Failure to use the . Before starting the vehicle,
recommended extension unplug the cord, reattach . OnStar System (if equipped).
cord in good operating the cover to the plug, and . Sunroof (if equipped).
condition, or using a securely fasten the cord.
damaged heater or Keep the cord away from . Accessory Power Outlets. The
extension cord, could make any moving parts. console and center seat outlets
(Continued) are Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) powered.
4. Before starting the engine, be
sure to unplug and store the These features work with the
cord as it was before to keep it ignition on. Once the ignition is
turned off, the windows and sunroof
continue to work up to 10 minutes or
until any door is opened. The radio
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
continues to work for up to 1. Hold the brake pedal down,

10 minutes or until the driver door is then set the parking brake. Warning (Continued)
opened. See Parking Brake 0 273. if the shift lever is not fully in
2. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) with the parking brake
Shifting Into Park firmly set.
P (Park) position by pulling the
shift lever toward you and
{ Warning moving it up as far as it will go.
If you have four-wheel drive and
the transfer case is in N (Neutral),
It can be dangerous to get out of 3. Be sure the transfer case is in the vehicle will be free to roll,
the vehicle if the shift lever is not a drive gear not in even if the shift lever is in
fully in P (Park) with the parking N (Neutral). P (Park). So be sure the transfer
brake firmly set. The vehicle can 4. Turn the ignition key to case is in a drive gear not in
roll. If you have left the engine LOCK/OFF. N (Neutral).
running, the vehicle can move And, if you leave the vehicle with
5. Remove the key and take it
suddenly. You or others could be the engine running, it could
with you. If you can leave the
injured. To be sure the vehicle will overheat and even catch fire. You
vehicle with the ignition key in
not move, even when you are on your hand, the vehicle is in or others could be injured. Do not
fairly level ground, use the steps P (Park). leave the vehicle with the engine
that follow. If the vehicle has a running unless you have to.
four-wheel-drive transfer case Leaving the Vehicle with the
with a N (Neutral) position, and Engine Running
the transfer case is in N (Neutral), If you have to leave the vehicle with
the engine running, be sure the
the vehicle will be free to roll, { Warning vehicle is in P (Park) and the
even if the shift lever is in
P (Park). Be sure the transfer It can be dangerous to leave the parking brake is firmly set before
vehicle with the engine running. you leave it. After you move the shift
case is in a drive gear. If towing a
The vehicle could move suddenly lever into P (Park), hold the regular
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
brake pedal down. Then, see if you
and Towing Tips 0 303. (Continued) can move the shift lever away from
P (Park) without first pulling it toward
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
you. If you can, it means that the Shifting out of Park If you still are unable to shift out of
shift lever was not fully locked into P (Park):
P (Park). This vehicle is equipped with an
electronic shift lock release system. 1. Ease the pressure on the shift
Torque Lock The shift lock release is lever.
If you are parking on a hill and you designed to: 2. While holding down the brake
do not shift the transmission into . Prevent ignition key removal pedal, press the shift lever all
P (Park) properly, the weight of the unless the shift lever is in the way into P (Park).
vehicle may put too much force on P (Park). 3. Move the shift lever to the
the parking pawl in the . Prevent movement of the shift desired position.
transmission. You may find it difficult
lever out of P (Park), unless the If you are still having a problem
to pull the shift lever out of P (Park).
ignition is in ON/RUN and the shifting, then have the vehicle
This is called torque lock. To
regular brake pedal is applied. serviced soon.
prevent torque lock, set the parking
brake and then shift into P (Park) The shift lock release is always
properly before you leave the driver functional except in the case of an Parking over Things
seat. To find out how, see Shifting uncharged or low voltage (less than That Burn
Into Park 0 259. 9 volt) battery.
When you are ready to drive, move If the vehicle has an uncharged { Warning
the shift lever out of P (Park) before battery or a battery with low voltage,
you release the parking brake. try charging or jump starting the Things that can burn could touch
battery. See Jump Starting - North hot exhaust parts under the
If torque lock does occur, you may
America 0 393. vehicle and ignite. Do not park
need to have another vehicle push
To shift out of P (Park): over papers, leaves, dry grass,
yours a little uphill to take some of
the pressure from the parking pawl or other things that can burn.
1. Apply the brake pedal.
in the transmission. You will then be
able to pull the shift lever out of 2. Move the shift lever to the
P (Park). desired position.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Active Fuel Management Extended Parking Engine Exhaust

Vehicles with V8 engines may have It is better not to park with the
Active Fuel Management. This vehicle running. If the vehicle is left { Warning
system allows the engine to operate while running, follow the proper
on either all or half of its cylinders, steps to be sure the vehicle will not Engine exhaust contains carbon
depending on the driving conditions. move and there is adequate monoxide (CO), which cannot be
ventilation. See Shifting Into Park seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
When less power is required, such
as cruising at a constant vehicle 0 259 and Engine Exhaust 0 261. can cause unconsciousness and
speed, the system will operate in If the vehicle is left in P (Park) while even death.
the half cylinder mode, allowing the running and the Remote Keyless Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
vehicle to achieve better fuel Entry (RKE) transmitter is outside
. The vehicle idles in areas
economy. When greater power the vehicle, the vehicle will turn off
demands are required, such as after one hour. with poor ventilation
accelerating from a stop, passing, (parking garages, tunnels,
If the vehicle is left in P (Park) while deep snow that may block
or merging onto a freeway, the running and the RKE transmitter is
system will maintain full-cylinder underbody airflow or tail
inside, the vehicle will run for two pipes).
operation. hours. At the end of the second
. The exhaust smells or
If the vehicle has an Active Fuel hour, the vehicle will turn off.
Management indicator, see Driver sounds strange or different.
The timer will reset if the vehicle is
Information Center (DIC) (Base . The exhaust system leaks
taken out of P (Park) while it is
Level) 0 158 or Driver Information running. due to corrosion or damage.
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 160 for . The vehicle exhaust system
more information on using this has been modified,
display. damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Warning (Continued)
Running the Vehicle Automatic
While Parked Transmission
. There are holes or openings
It is better not to park with the If equipped, there is an electronic
in the vehicle body from
engine running. shift lever position indicator within
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine the instrument cluster. This display
completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to comes on when the ignition key is
be sure the vehicle will not move. turned to the ON/RUN position.
If unusual fumes are detected or
See Shifting Into Park 0 259 and There are several different positions
if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine Exhaust 0 261.
coming into the vehicle: for the shift lever.
If parking on a hill and pulling a
. Drive it only with the trailer, see Driving Characteristics
windows completely down. and Towing Tips 0 303.
. Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
area such as a garage or a See Range Selection Mode under
building that has no fresh air Manual Mode 0 265.
ventilation. P : This position locks the rear
wheels. It is the best position to use
when starting the engine because
the vehicle cannot move easily.
When parked on a hill, especially
when the vehicle has a heavy load,
you might notice an increase in the
effort to shift out of P (Park). See
Torque Lock under Shifting Into
Park 0 259.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
{ Warning Caution (Continued) Warning (Continued)

It is dangerous to get out of the repairs would not be covered by people or objects. Do not shift
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully the vehicle warranty. Shift to into a drive gear while the engine
in P (Park) with the parking brake R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is running at high speed.
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. is stopped.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left To rock the vehicle back and forth to Caution
the engine running, the vehicle get out of snow, ice, or sand without
can move suddenly. You or others damaging the transmission, see If Shifting out of P (Park) or
could be injured. To be sure the the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 245. N (Neutral) with the engine
vehicle will not move, even when N : In this position, the engine does running at high speed may
you are on fairly level ground, not connect with the wheels. To damage the transmission. The
always set the parking brake and restart when you are already repairs would not be covered by
move the shift lever to P (Park). moving, use N (Neutral) only. Also, the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
See Shifting Into Park 0 259 and use N (Neutral) when the vehicle is engine is not running at high
Driving Characteristics and being towed. speed when shifting the vehicle.
Towing Tips 0 303.
{ Warning D : This position is for normal
R : Use this gear to back up. driving. It provides the best fuel
Shifting into a drive gear while the economy. If you need more power
engine is running at high speed is for passing, and you are:
Caution dangerous. Unless your foot is
firmly on the brake pedal, the . Going less than about 55 km/h
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the (35 mph), push the accelerator
vehicle is moving forward could vehicle could move very rapidly.
You could lose control and hit pedal about halfway down.
damage the transmission. The . Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or
(Continued) (Continued)
more, push the accelerator all
the way down.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
By doing this, the vehicle shifts instead holds the current gear. L : This position allows selection of
down to the next gear and has In some cases, this could appear to a range of gears appropriate for
more power. be a delayed shift, however the current driving conditions.
Use D (Drive) and Tow/Haul Mode transmission is operating normally. If equipped, see Range Selection
when towing a trailer, carrying a The transmission uses adaptive Mode under Manual Mode 0 265.
heavy load, driving on steep hills, shift controls. The adaptive shift
or driving off-road. Shift the control process continually Caution
transmission to a lower gear compares key shift parameters to
selection if the transmission shifts pre-programmed ideal shifts stored Spinning the tires or holding the
too often. in the transmissions computer. The vehicle in one place on a hill
transmission constantly makes using only the accelerator pedal
Downshifting the transmission in may damage the transmission.
slippery road conditions could result adjustments to improve vehicle
performance according to how the The repair will not be covered by
in skidding. See Skidding under
vehicle is being used, such as with the vehicle warranty. If you are
Loss of Control 0 238.
a heavy load or when the stuck, do not spin the tires. When
The vehicle has a shift stabilization temperature changes. During this stopping on a hill, use the brakes
feature that adjusts the transmission adaptive shift control process, to hold the vehicle in place.
shifting to the current driving shifting might feel different as the
conditions in order to reduce rapid transmission determines the best
upshifts and downshifts. This shift settings. Normal Mode Grade Braking
stabilization feature is designed to If equipped with a gasoline engine
determine, before making an When temperatures are very cold,
the transmission's gear shifting and an automatic transmission,
upshift, if the engine is able to Normal Mode Grade Braking is
maintain vehicle speed by analyzing could be delayed providing more
stable shifts until the engine warms enabled when the vehicle is started,
things such as vehicle speed, but is not enabled in Range
throttle position, and vehicle load. up. Shifts could be more noticeable
with a cold transmission. This Selection Mode. It assists in
If the shift stabilization feature maintaining desired vehicle speeds
determines that a current vehicle difference in shifting is normal.
when driving on downhill grades by
speed cannot be maintained, the using the engine and transmission
transmission does not upshift and to slow the vehicle. The first time
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
the system engages for each Manual Mode This number is the highest gear that
ignition key cycle, a DIC message the transmission will command while
will be displayed. See Transmission Range Selection Mode operating in L (Manual Mode). All
Messages 0 175. gears below that number are
To disable or enable Normal Mode available. As driving conditions
Grade Braking within the current change, the transmission can
ignition key cycle, press and hold automatically shift to lower gears.
the Tow/Haul button for For example, when 5 (Fifth) is
five seconds. When the button is selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth)
released, the requested mode gears are automatically shifted by
change is made. A DIC message the transmission, but 6 (Sixth)
If equipped, Range Selection Mode cannot be used until the plus/minus
displays. See Transmission helps control the vehicle's
Messages 0 175. button on the shift lever is used to
transmission and vehicle speed change to the range.
For other forms of grade braking, while driving downhill or towing a
see Tow/Haul Mode 0 266 and trailer by letting you select a desired In vehicles with gasoline engines,
Cruise Control 0 278. range of gears. when the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a
To use this feature: downshift may occur. The gear that
1. Move the shift lever to the transmission is operating in
L (Manual Mode). when the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)
2. Press the plus/minus buttons
determines if a downshift occurs.
on the shift lever to select the
See the following chart.
desired range of gears for
current driving conditions.
When the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a
number displays next to the L,
indicating the current transmission
range.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Gear before shifting from Tow/Haul Mode

6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st
Range after shifting from
L4 L4 L3 L2 L2 L1
Grade Braking is not available when Low Traction Mode

Range Selection Mode is active.
Low Traction Mode assists in
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 266.
vehicle acceleration when road
While using Range Selection Mode, conditions are slippery, such as with
cruise control and the Tow/Haul ice or snow. While the vehicle is at a
Mode can be used. stop, select L2 using Range
Selection Mode. This will limit
Caution torque to the wheels and help to The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the
prevent the tires from spinning. transmission shift pattern to reduce
Spinning the tires or holding the shift cycling. This provides
vehicle in one place on a hill increased performance, vehicle
using only the accelerator pedal control, and enhanced transmission
may damage the transmission. and engine cooling when driving
The repair will not be covered by down steep hills or mountain
the vehicle warranty. If you are grades, towing, or hauling heavy
stuck, do not spin the tires. When loads.
stopping on a hill, use the brakes The selector button is on the end of
to hold the vehicle in place. the shift lever. Turn the Tow/Haul
Mode on and off by pressing the
button. When the Tow/Haul Mode is
enabled, a light on the instrument
cluster will come on.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
See Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 154 and To disable or enable Tow/Haul Drive Systems
Hill and Mountain Roads 0 243. Grade Braking within the current
ignition key cycle, press and hold
Also see Tow/Haul Mode under
the Tow/Haul button for Four-Wheel Drive
Towing Equipment 0 310.
five seconds. When the button is If equipped, four-wheel drive
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking released, the requested mode engages the front axle for extra
change is made. A DIC message is traction.
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is
displayed. See Transmission
only enabled while the Tow/Haul
Messages 0 175. Caution
Mode is selected and the vehicle is
not in the Range Selection Mode. See Towing Equipment 0 310.
See Tow/Haul Mode listed Do not drive on clean, dry
For other forms of grade braking,
previously and Manual Mode 0 265. see Automatic Transmission 0 262 pavement in 4 m and 4 n (if
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking and Cruise Control 0 278. equipped) for an extended period
assists in maintaining desired of time. These conditions may
vehicle speeds when driving on cause premature wear on the
downhill grades by using the engine vehicles powertrain.
and transmission to slow the
vehicle.
Driving on clean, dry pavement in
4HI or 4LO may:
. Cause a vibration to be felt in
the steering system.
. Cause tires to wear faster.
. Make the transfer case harder to
shift, and cause it to run noisier.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Two Speed Automatic The indicator mark on the switch

{ Warning Transfer Case must line up with the indicator light
before a shift can be commanded.
Shifting the transfer case to To command a shift rotate the
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle transfer case switch to the new
to roll even if the transmission is desired position. The light will blink
in P (Park). You or someone else meaning that the shift is in progress.
could be seriously injured. Be When the shift is completed the new
sure to set the parking brake position will be illuminated. If the
before placing the transfer case in transfer case can not complete a
N (Neutral). See Parking shift command, it will go back to its
Brake 0 273. last chosen setting.
The settings are:
N (Neutral) : Use only when the
Caution vehicle needs to be towed. See
If equipped, use the transfer case Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 396
Extended high-speed operation in knob next to the steering wheel to or Towing the Vehicle 0 396.
4 n may damage or shorten the shift into and out of four-wheel drive.
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use
life of the drivetrain. All of the lights will blink on then off for driving on most streets and
momentarily when the ignition is highways. The front axle is not
Engagement noise and bump when moved to the ON/RUN position. The engaged. This setting provides the
light that remains on will indicate the
shifting between 4 n and 4 m or from best fuel economy.
state of the Transfer Case.
N (Neutral), with the engine running, AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel
is normal. If the indicator mark on the switch Drive) : Use when road surface
does not match up with the light traction conditions are variable.
Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction then that likely means the switch When driving in AUTO, the front
Control and StabiliTrak off. See was moved when the ignition axle is engaged, and the vehicle's
Traction Control/Electronic Stability was off. power is sent to the front and rear
Control 0 274.
wheels automatically based on
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
driving conditions. This setting Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO 2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for
provides slightly lower fuel economy
Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO the 4 n indicator light to stop
than 2 m. flashing before shifting the
position at any speed, except from
Do not use AUTO mode, transmission into gear.
4 n. The indicator light will flash
if equipped, to park on a steep
grade with poor traction such as ice, while shifting and will remain on
when the shift is completed. Caution
snow, mud, or gravel. In AUTO
mode only the rear wheels will hold Shifting Into 2 m Shifting the transmission into gear
the vehicle from sliding when before the requested mode
parked. If parking on a steep grade, Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed, indicator light has stopped
use 4 m to keep all four wheels except when shifting from 4 n. The flashing could damage the
engaged. indicator light will flash while shifting transfer case.
and will remain on when the shift is
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use
completed. If the transmission is in gear and/or
this position when extra traction is
needed, such as when driving on moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph),
Shifting Into 4 n
snowy or icy roads, when the 4 n indicator light will flash for
off-roading, or when plowing snow. When 4 n is engaged, keep vehicle 30 seconds and not complete the
speed below 72 km/h (45 mph). shift. After 30 seconds the transfer
4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This
To shift: case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob
setting engages the front axle and
to 4 m to display the indicator. With
delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n 1. The ignition must be in ON/
RUN and the vehicle must be the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h
when driving off-road in deep sand,
stopped or moving less than (3 mph), and the transmission in
deep mud, or deep snow, and while
5 km/h (3 mph) with the N (Neutral), attempt the shift again.
climbing or descending steep hills.
transmission in N (Neutral).
Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction It is best for the vehicle
Control and StabiliTrak off. See to be moving
Traction Control/Electronic Stability 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
Control 0 274.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Shifting Out of 4 n complete the shift. With the vehicle will come on when the transfer
moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph), case shift to N (Neutral) is
To shift: and the transmission in N (Neutral), complete.
1. The vehicle must be stopped or attempt the shift again. 7. With the engine running, verify
moving less than 5 km/h Shifting Into N (Neutral) that the transfer case is in
(3 mph) with the transmission N (Neutral) by shifting the
in N (Neutral) and the ignition in To shift into N (Neutral): transmission to R (Reverse),
ON/RUN. It is best for the 1. Park the vehicle on a level then shift the transmission to
vehicle to be moving surface. D (Drive). There should be no
1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). movement of the vehicle while
2. Set the parking brake and
2. Turn the knob to 4 m, AUTO, press and hold the brake shifting the transmission.
or 2 m. Wait for the 4 m, AUTO, pedal. See Parking 8. Turn the engine off, and the
Brake 0 273. ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.
or 2 m indicator light to stop
flashing before shifting the 3. Start the vehicle or turn the 9. Place the transmission shift
transmission into gear. ignition to ON/RUN. lever in P (Park). See
4. Shift the transmission to Recreational Vehicle
Towing 0 396.
Caution N (Neutral).
10. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
Shifting the transmission into gear 5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m.
before the requested mode Shifting Out of N (Neutral)
6. Turn the transfer case knob
indicator light has stopped clockwise to N (Neutral) until it To shift out of N (Neutral):
flashing could damage the stops and hold it there until the 1. Set the parking brake and
transfer case. N (Neutral) light starts blinking. apply the brake pedal.
This will take at least
10 seconds. Then slowly 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
If the transmission is in gear and/or with the engine off.
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), release the knob to the 4 n
position. The N (Neutral) light 3. Shift the transmission to
the 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m indicator light
N (Neutral).
will flash for 30 seconds but will not
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
4. Turn the transfer case knob to All of the lights will blink on then off AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel
the desired setting. momentarily when the ignition is Drive) : Use when road surface
After the transfer case has moved to the ON/RUN position. The traction conditions are variable.
shifted out of N (Neutral), the light that remains on will indicate the When driving in AUTO, the front
N (Neutral) light will go out. state of the Transfer Case. axle is engaged, and the vehicle's
If the indicator mark on the switch power is sent to the front and rear
5. Release the parking brake. wheels automatically based on
does not match up with the light
6. Start the engine and shift the then that likely means the switch driving conditions. This setting
transmission to the was moved when the ignition provides slightly lower fuel economy
desired gear. was off. than 2 m.
Single Speed Automatic The indicator mark on the switch Do not use AUTO mode to park on
Transfer Case must line up with the indicator light a steep grade with poor traction
before a shift can be commanded. such as ice, snow, mud, or gravel.
To command a shift rotate the In AUTO mode only rear wheels will
transfer case switch to the new hold the vehicle from sliding when
desired position. The light will blink parked. If parking on a steep grade,
meaning that the shift is in progress. use 4 m to keep all four wheels
When the shift is completed the new engaged.
position will be illuminated. If the
transfer case can not complete a 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use
shift command, it will go back to its this position when extra traction is
last chosen setting. needed, such as when driving on
snowy or icy roads, when
The settings are:
off-roading, or when plowing snow.
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use
for driving on most streets and
Use the transfer case knob, next to highways. The front axle is not
the steering wheel, to shift into and engaged. This setting provides the
out of four-wheel drive for extra best fuel economy.
traction.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it

becomes necessary to slam on the
Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO brakes and continue braking to
position. This can be done at any Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a
speed. The indicator light will flash System (ABS) computer senses the wheels are
while shifting. It will remain on when slowing down. If one of the wheels
This vehicle has an Antilock Brake
the shift is completed. is about to stop rolling, the computer
System (ABS), an advanced
will separately work the brakes at
Shifting Into 2 m electronic braking system that helps
each wheel.
prevent a braking skid.
Turn the knob to the 2 m position. When the vehicle begins to drive
ABS can change the brake pressure
This can be done at any speed. The to each wheel, as required, faster
away, ABS checks itself.
indicator light will flash while than any driver could. This can help
A momentary motor or clicking noise
shifting. It will remain on when the you steer around the obstacle while
may be heard while this test is going
shift is completed. braking hard.
on, and it may even be noticed that
the brake pedal moves a little. This As the brakes are applied, the
is normal. computer keeps receiving updates
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to
warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle
Brake System (ABS) Warning suddenly slows or stops. Always
Light 0 154. leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Using ABS Set the parking brake by holding the system warning light will flash and a
regular brake pedal down, then chime will sound warning you that
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
pushing down the parking brake the parking brake is still on.
the brake pedal down firmly and let
pedal. If you are towing a trailer and are
ABS work. You may hear the ABS
pump or motor operating and feel If the ignition is on, the brake parking on a hill, see Driving
the brake pedal pulsate. This is system warning light will come on. Characteristics and Towing
normal. See Brake System Warning Tips 0 303.
Light 0 153.
Braking in Emergencies Brake Assist
ABS allows you to steer and brake Caution The Brake Assist feature is
at the same time. In many
designed to assist the driver in
emergencies, steering can help Driving with the parking brake on
stopping or decreasing vehicle
more than even the very best can overheat the brake system
speed in emergency driving
braking. and cause premature wear or conditions. This feature uses the
damage to brake system parts. stability system hydraulic brake
Parking Brake Make sure that the parking brake control module to supplement the
is fully released and the brake power brake system under
warning light is off before driving. conditions where the driver has
quickly and forcefully applied the
To release the parking brake, hold brake pedal in an attempt to quickly
the regular brake pedal down, then stop or slow down the vehicle. The
push down momentarily on the stability system hydraulic brake
parking brake pedal until you feel control module increases brake
the pedal release. Slowly pull your pressure at each corner of the
foot up off the parking brake pedal. vehicle until the ABS activates.
If the parking brake is not released Minor brake pedal pulsation or
when you begin to drive, the brake pedal movement during this time is
normal and the driver should
continue to apply the brake pedal as
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
the driving situation dictates. The Integrated Trailer Brake Control Ride Control Systems
Brake Assist feature will (ITBC) system, HSA may also apply
automatically disengage when the the trailer brakes. It will not activate
brake pedal is released or brake if the vehicle is in a drive gear and Traction Control/
pedal pressure is quickly facing downhill or if the vehicle is Electronic Stability
decreased. facing uphill and in R (Reverse). Control
There may be situations on minor
Hill Start Assist (HSA) hills (less than 5% grade) with a System Operation
loaded vehicle or while pulling a
Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a Hill The vehicle has a Traction Control
trailer where HSA may activate.
Start Assist (HSA) feature, which System (TCS) and StabiliTrak, an
may be useful when the vehicle is electronic stability control system.
stopped on a grade. This feature is These systems help limit wheel spin
designed to prevent the vehicle from and assist the driver in maintaining
rolling, either forward or rearward, control, especially on slippery road
during vehicle drive off. After the conditions.
driver completely stops and holds TCS activates if it senses that any
the vehicle in a complete standstill of the drive wheels are spinning or
on a grade, HSA will be beginning to lose traction. When this
automatically activated. During the happens, TCS applies the brakes to
transition period between when the the spinning wheels and reduces
driver releases the brake pedal and engine power to limit wheel spin.
starts to accelerate to drive off on a
grade, HSA holds the braking StabiliTrak activates when the
pressure for a maximum of vehicle senses a difference between
two seconds to ensure that there is the intended path and the direction
no rolling. The brakes will the vehicle is actually traveling.
automatically release when the StabiliTrak selectively applies
accelerator pedal is applied within braking pressure to any one of the
the two-second window. If the vehicle wheel brakes to assist the
vehicle is equipped with the driver in keeping the vehicle on the
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
intended path. Trailer Sway Control the StabiliTrak OFF light comes on, maintaining control. The vehicle is
(TSC) is also on automatically when and the appropriate message will safe to drive, but driving should be
the vehicle is started. See Trailer appear on the DIC. Both traction adjusted accordingly.
Sway Control (TSC) 0 317. control and StabiliTrak are
automatically disabled in this If d comes on and stays on:
If cruise control is being used and
traction control or StabiliTrak begins condition. 1. Stop the vehicle.
to limit wheel spin, cruise control will 2. Turn the engine off and wait
disengage. Cruise control may be 15 seconds.
turned back on when road
conditions allow. 3. Start the engine.
Both systems come on Drive the vehicle. If d comes on

automatically when the vehicle is and stays on, the vehicle may need
started and begins to move. The more time to diagnose the problem.
The indicator light for both systems If the condition persists, see your
systems may be heard or felt while
is in the instrument cluster. This dealer.
they are operating or while
light will:
performing diagnostic checks. This
is normal and does not mean there . Flash when TCS is limiting Turning the Systems Off
is a problem with the vehicle. wheel spin. and On
It is recommended to leave both . Flash when StabiliTrak is
systems on for normal driving activated.
conditions, but it may be necessary . Turn on and stay on when either
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets system is not working.
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 245 If either system fails to turn on or to
and Turning the Systems Off and activate, a message displays in the
On later in this section. Driver Information Center (DIC), and The button for TCS and StabiliTrak
d comes on and stays on to is on the instrument panel to the left
When the transfer case is in indicate that the system is inactive of the steering wheel.
Four-Wheel Drive Low, the stability and is not assisting the driver in
system is automatically disabled,
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Caution
appropriate message will display in Hill Descent
the DIC. See Ride Control System
Messages 0 172.
Control (HDC)
Do not repeatedly brake or If equipped, HDC can be used when
accelerate heavily when TCS is To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on
driving downhill. It sets and
off. The vehicle driveline could be again, press and release g. The maintains vehicle speed while
damaged. traction off light i and the descending a very steep incline in a
StabiliTrak OFF light g in the forward or reverse gear.
To turn off only TCS, press and instrument cluster turn off. The HDC switch is on the center
release g. The traction off light i StabiliTrak will automatically turn on stack.
displays in the instrument cluster. if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h
The appropriate message will Press 5 to enable or disable HDC.
(35 mph). Traction control will
display in the DIC. See Ride Control Vehicle speed must be below
remain off.
System Messages 0 172. To turn 50 km/h (31 mph).
The vehicle has a Trailer Sway
TCS on again, press and release g. Control (TSC) feature and a Hill
The traction off light i displayed in Start Assist (HSA) feature. See
the instrument cluster will turn off. Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 317 or
Hill Start Assist (HSA) 0 274.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g
is pressed, the system will not turn Adding accessories can affect the
off until the wheels stop spinning. vehicle performance. See
Accessories and The HDC light displays on the
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak, Modifications 0 321. instrument cluster when enabled.
press and hold g until the traction
HDC can maintain vehicle speeds
off light i and the StabiliTrak OFF between 3 and 22 km/h (2 and
light g come on and stay on in the 14 mph) on an incline greater than
instrument cluster, then release. The or equal to a 10% grade. A blinking
HDC light indicates the system is
actively applying the brakes to
maintain vehicle speed.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
When HDC is activated, the initial Magnetic Ride Control Locking Rear Axle
HDC speed is set to the current
driving speed. It can be increased or This vehicle may have a semi-active Vehicles with a locking rear axle can
decreased by pressing the +RES or damping system called Magnetic give more traction on snow, mud,
SET- steering wheel controls or by Ride Control. With this feature, ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a
applying the accelerator or brake improved vehicle ride and handling standard axle most of the time, but
pedal. This adjusted speed is provided under a variety of when traction is low, this feature will
becomes the new set speed. passenger and loading conditions. allow the rear wheel with the most
Magnetic Ride Control is fully traction to move the vehicle.
HDC will remain enabled between
22 and 60 km/h (14 and 37 mph); automatic and uses a computer
however vehicle speed cannot be controller to continuously monitor Automatic Level Control
set or maintained in this range. vehicle speed, wheel to body The Automatic Level Control (ALC)
It will automatically disable if the position, lift/dive, and steering rear suspension is available on
vehicle speed is above 80 km/h position of the vehicle. The light-duty vehicles and comes as a
(50 mph) or above 60 km/h controller then sends signals to part of the Magnetic Ride Control
each shock absorber to suspension, if equipped. ALC may
(37 mph) for at least 30 seconds. 5
independently adjust the damping also be available as a stand alone
must be pressed again to level to provide the optimum
re-enable HDC. feature.
vehicle ride.
When enabled, if the vehicle is at a This type of level control is fully
Magnetic Ride Control also interacts automatic and will provide a better
speed above 22 km/h (14 mph) and with the Tow/Haul Mode that, when
less than 60 km/h (37 mph), a DIC leveled riding position as well as
activated, will provide additional better handling under a variety of
message will display. control of the shock absorbers. This passenger and loading conditions.
additional control results in better An air compressor connected to the
ride and handling characteristics rear shocks will raise or lower the
when the vehicle is loaded or towing rear of the vehicle to maintain
a trailer. See Tow/Haul Mode proper vehicle height. The system is
under Towing Equipment 0 310. activated when the ignition key is
turned to ON/RUN and will
automatically adjust vehicle height
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
thereafter. The system may exhaust Cruise Control and Grade Braking systems. See
(lower vehicle height) for up to Grade Braking under Tow/Haul
10 minutes after the ignition key has Mode 0 266.
been turned off. You may hear the { Warning If the vehicle has StabiliTrak and the
air compressor operating when the system begins to limit wheel spin,
height is being adjusted. Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at cruise control will automatically
If a weight-distributing hitch is being a steady speed. Do not use disengage. See Traction Control/
used, it is recommended to allow cruise control on winding roads or Electronic Stability Control 0 274.
the shocks to inflate, thereby in heavy traffic. If a collision alert occurs when
leveling the vehicle prior to adjusting cruise control is activated, cruise
the hitch. Cruise control can be dangerous control is disengaged. See Forward
on slippery roads. On such roads, Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 291.
fast changes in tire traction can When road conditions allow the
cause excessive wheel slip, and cruise control to be safely used
you could lose control. Do not use again, it can be turned back on.
cruise control on slippery roads.
With cruise control, a speed of

about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can
be maintained without keeping your
foot on the accelerator. Cruise
control does not work at speeds
below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
If the brakes are applied, the cruise
control disengages.
For an explanation of how cruise
control interacts with the Range
Selection Mode, Tow/Haul Mode,
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
5 : Press to turn the system on or 1. Press 5 to turn the cruise Increasing Speed While Using
off. A white indicator comes on in system on. Cruise Control
the instrument cluster when cruise If the cruise control system is
2. Get up to the desired speed.
is turned on. already activated:
3. Press and release SET. The
SET : Press briefly to set the . Press and hold +RES on the
desired set speed briefly
speed and activate cruise control. steering wheel until the vehicle
appears in the instrument
If cruise control is already active, accelerates to the desired
cluster.
use to decrease vehicle speed. speed, then release it.
4. Remove foot from the
+RES : If there is a set speed in . To increase vehicle speed in
accelerator.
memory, press to resume that small increments, briefly press
speed or press and hold to The cruise control indicator on the +RES. For each press, the
accelerate. If cruise control is instrument cluster turns green after vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
already active, use to increase cruise control has been set to the (1 mph) faster.
vehicle speed. desired speed. See Instrument
Cluster 0 141. The speedometer reading can be
* : Press to disengage cruise displayed in either English or metric
control without erasing the set Resuming a Set Speed units. See Instrument Cluster 0 141.
speed from memory. The increment value used depends
If the cruise control is set at a
Setting Cruise Control desired speed and then the brakes on the units displayed.
are applied or * is pressed, the Reducing Speed While Using
If 5 is on when not in use, SET or
cruise control is disengaged without Cruise Control
+RES could get pressed and go into
erasing the set speed from memory. If the cruise control system is
cruise when not desired. Keep the
cruise 5 button off when cruise is Once the vehicle speed reaches already activated:
not being used. about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, . Press and hold SET until the
briefly press +RES. The vehicle desired lower speed is reached,
The cruise control light on the returns to the previous set speed.
instrument cluster will come on then release it.
green after the cruise control has
been set to the desired speed.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

. To slow down in small may be necessary to maintain . Press *.
increments, briefly press SET. vehicle speed. When going
For each press, the vehicle goes downhill, Cruise Grade Braking . Shift the transmission to
about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. helps maintain the driver selected N (Neutral).
The speedometer reading can be speed. . To turn off cruise control,
displayed in either English or metric Cruise Grade Braking is enabled press 5.
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 141. when the vehicle is started and
The increment value used depends cruise control is active. It is not Erasing Speed Memory
on the units displayed. enabled in Range Selection Mode. The cruise control set speed is
It assists in maintaining driver erased from memory when 5 is
Passing Another Vehicle While selected speed when driving on
Using Cruise Control pressed, or if the ignition is
downhill grades by using the engine turned off.
Use the accelerator pedal to and transmission to slow the
increase the vehicle speed. When vehicle.
you take your foot off the pedal, the
Adaptive Cruise Control
To disable and enable Cruise Grade
vehicle will slow down to the If equipped with Adaptive Cruise
Braking for the current ignition key
previous set cruise speed. While Control (ACC), it allows for selecting
cycle, press and hold the Tow/Haul
pressing the accelerator pedal or the cruise control set speed and
button for five seconds. A DIC
shortly following the release to following gap. Read this entire
message displays. See
override cruise control, briefly section before using this system.
Transmission Messages 0 175.
pressing SET will result in cruise ACC uses a camera and radar
control set to the current vehicle For other forms of descent control, sensors to detect other vehicles.
speed. see Hill Descent Control (HDC) See Radio Frequency Statement
0 276,Automatic Transmission 0 439. The following gap is the
Using Cruise Control on Hills 0 262, and Tow/Haul Mode 0 266. following time (or distance) between
How well the cruise control works your vehicle and a vehicle detected
Ending Cruise Control
on hills depends on the vehicle directly ahead in your path, moving
speed, the load, and the steepness There are four ways to end cruise in the same direction. If no vehicle
of the hills. When going up steep control: is detected in your path, ACC works
hills, pressing the accelerator pedal . Step lightly on the brake pedal. like regular cruise control.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
If a vehicle is detected in your path,

ACC can speed up the vehicle or Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
apply limited, moderate braking to
this section. Complete attention is . Visibility is low, such as in
maintain the selected following gap.
To disengage ACC, apply the brake. always required while driving and fog, rain, or snow
If the Traction Control System (TCS) you should be ready to take conditions. ACC
or electronic stability control system action and apply the brakes. See performance is limited under
activates while ACC is engaged, Defensive Driving 0 236. these conditions.
ACC may automatically disengage. . On slippery roads where
See Traction Control/Electronic fast changes in tire traction
Stability Control 0 274. When road can cause excessive
conditions allow ACC to be safely { Warning wheel slip.
used, the ACC can be turned ACC will not detect or brake for
back on.
children, pedestrians, animals,
ACC will not engage if the TCS or or other objects.
electronic stability control system is
disabled. Do not use ACC when:
. On winding and hilly roads
{ Warning or when the sensors are
blocked by snow, ice, or dirt.
ACC has limited braking ability The system may not detect
and may not have time to slow a vehicle ahead. Keep the
the vehicle down enough to avoid entire front of the vehicle
a collision with another vehicle clean.
you are following. This can occur (Continued)
when vehicles suddenly slow or
stop ahead, or enter your lane.
Also see Alerting the Driver in
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
5 : Press to turn the system on or Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

off. The indicator turns white on the If J is on when not in use, it could
instrument cluster when ACC is
get pressed and go into ACC when
turned on.
not desired. Keep J off when
SET : Press briefly to set the cruise is not being used.
speed and activate ACC. If cruise
control is already engaged, use to Select the set speed desired for The ACC indicator displays on the
decrease vehicle speed. cruise. This is the vehicle speed Driver Information Center (DIC) in
when no vehicle is detected in the instrument cluster. When ACC is
+RES : Press briefly to resume the its path. active, the indicator turns green.
previous set speed or hold to
accelerate. If ACC is already ACC will not set or resume at a Be mindful of speed limits,
engaged, use to increase vehicle speed less than 25 km/h (16 mph). surrounding traffic speeds, and
speed. weather conditions when selecting
To set ACC:
the set speed.
* : Press to disengage ACC 1. Press 5.
without erasing the selected set Resuming a Set Speed
speed. 2. Get up to the desired speed. If the ACC is set at a desired speed
3 : Press to select a following gap 3. Press and release SET . and then the brakes are applied,
time (or distance) setting for ACC of ACC is disengaged without erasing
4. Remove your foot from the the set speed from memory.
Far, Medium, or Near. accelerator.
The speedometer reading can be To begin using ACC again, press
After ACC is set, it may immediately +RES on the steering wheel. The
displayed in either English or metric apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 141. vehicle returns to the previous set
is detected closer than the selected speed.
The increment value used depends following gap.
on the units displayed.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Increasing Speed While ACC is at vehicle speed goes to next . To decrease speed in larger
a Set Speed 5 km/h (5 mph) faster mark on increments, press and briefly
Do one of the following: the speedometer. hold SET. For each press, the
When it is determined that there is vehicle speed goes to the next
. Use the accelerator to get to the 5 km/h (5 mph) slower mark on
higher speed. Press SET . no vehicle ahead or the vehicle
ahead is beyond the selected the speedometer.
Release the control and the
accelerator pedal. The vehicle following gap, then the vehicle Selecting the Follow Distance Gap
will now cruise at the higher speed will increase to the set speed.
When a slower moving vehicle is
speed. Reducing Speed While ACC is at a detected ahead within the selected
When the accelerator pedal is Set Speed following gap, ACC will adjust the
pressed, ACC will not brake Do one of the following: vehicle's speed and attempt to
because it is overridden. maintain the follow distance gap
. Use the brake to get to the selected.
A warning message will appear
on the Driver Information Center desired lower speed. Press
SET and release the Press 3 on the steering wheel to
(DIC). See Cruise Control adjust the following gap. When
Messages 0 167. accelerator pedal. The vehicle
will now cruise at the lower pressed, the current gap setting
. Press and hold +RES until the speed. displays briefly on the instrument
desired set speed appears on cluster. Subsequent presses cycle
. Press and hold SET until the
the display, then release it. the 3 button through three
desired lower speed is reached,
. To increase vehicle speed in then release it. settings: Far, Medium, or Near. The
small increments, briefly press gap setting will be maintained until it
. To decrease the vehicle speed in is changed.
+RES. For each press, the
vehicle goes to the next 1 km/h small increments, briefly press
SET. For each press, the Since each gap setting corresponds
(1 mph) faster mark on the to a following time (Far, Medium,
speedometer. vehicle speed goes to the next
1 km/h (1 mph) slower mark on or Near), the following distance will
. To increase speed in larger the speedometer. vary based on vehicle speed. The
increments, press and briefly faster the vehicle speed, the further
hold +RES. For each press, the back your vehicle will follow a
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
vehicle detected ahead. Consider Safety Alert Seat will pulse five follow the vehicle in front of you, but
traffic and weather conditions when times. See Collision/Detection will not exceed the set speed. It may
selecting the following gap. The Systems under Vehicle apply limited braking, if necessary.
range of selectable gaps may not be Personalization 0 178. When braking is active, the brake
appropriate for all drivers and See Defensive Driving 0 236. lights will come on. The automatic
driving conditions. braking may feel or sound different
Changing the gap setting Approaching and Following a than if the brakes were applied
Vehicle manually. This is normal.
automatically changes the alert
timing sensitivity (Far, Medium, Stationary or Very Slow-Moving
or Near) for the Forward Collision Objects
Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward
Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 291.
{ Warning
Alerting the Driver
ACC may not detect and react to
stopped or slow-moving vehicles
The vehicle ahead indicator is in the ahead of you. For example, the
instrument cluster.
system may not brake for a
The vehicle ahead indicator only vehicle it has never detected
displays when a vehicle is detected moving. This can occur in
in your vehicles path moving in the stop-and-go traffic or when a
same direction. vehicle suddenly appears due to
If ACC is engaged, driver action a vehicle ahead changing lanes.
may be required when ACC cannot If this indicator is not displaying,
ACC will not respond to or brake to Your vehicle may not stop and
apply sufficient braking because of
vehicles ahead. could cause a crash. Use caution
approaching a vehicle too rapidly.
ACC automatically slows the vehicle when using ACC. Your complete
When this condition occurs, six red attention is always required while
lights will flash on the windshield, down and adjusts vehicle speed to
follow the vehicle in front at the driving and you should be ready
and either eight beeps will sound to take action and apply the
from the front, or both sides of the selected follow gap. The vehicle
speed increases or decreases to brakes.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
ACC Automatically Disengages will resume operation when the

ACC may automatically disengage accelerator pedal is not being { Warning
and you will need to manually apply pressed.
On curves, ACC may respond to
the brakes to slow the vehicle when: a vehicle in another lane, or may
. Your vehicle speed goes below { Warning not have time to react to a vehicle
the minimum speed of 16 km/h The ACC will not automatically in your lane. You could crash into
(10 mph). apply the brakes if your foot is a vehicle ahead of you, or lose
. The sensors are blocked. resting on the accelerator pedal. control of your vehicle. Give extra
You could crash into a vehicle attention in curves and be ready
. The Traction Control System to use the brakes if necessary.
(TCS) or electronic stability ahead of you.
Select an appropriate speed while
control system has activated or driving in curves.
been disabled. Curves in the Road
. No traffic or other objects are ACC may operate differently in a
being detected. { Warning sharp curve. It may reduce the
. There is a fault in the system. On curves, ACC may not detect a vehicle speed if the curve is too
A message will appear on the DIC vehicle ahead in your lane. You sharp.
indicating that cruise is disengaging. could be startled if the vehicle
The ACC active symbol will not be accelerates up to the set speed,
displayed when ACC is no longer especially when following a
active. vehicle exiting or entering exit
ramps. You could lose control of
ACC Override the vehicle or crash. Do not use
If using the accelerator pedal while ACC while driving on an entrance
ACC is active, a warning message or exit ramp. Always be ready to
in the DIC will indicate that use the brakes if necessary.
automatic braking will not occur.
See Vehicle Messages 0 166. ACC
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
When following a vehicle and Other Vehicle Lane Changes lane while driving on steep hills. The
entering a curve, ACC may not driver will often need to take over
detect the vehicle ahead and acceleration and braking on steep
accelerate to the set speed. When hills, especially when towing a
this happens, the vehicle ahead trailer. If the brakes are applied, the
indicator will not appear. ACC disengages.
Disengaging ACC
There are three ways to
disengage ACC:
. Step lightly on the brake pedal.
ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead
until it is completely in the lane. The . Press *.
brakes may need to be manually
applied.
. Press 5.
Do Not Use ACC on Hills and Erasing Speed Memory

ACC may detect a vehicle that is
not in your lane and apply the When Towing a Trailer The cruise control set speed is
brakes. erased from memory if 5 is pressed
or if the ignition is turned off.
ACC may occasionally provide an
alert and/or braking that is Cleaning the Sensing System
considered unnecessary. It could
The radar sensor on the front of the
respond to vehicles in different
vehicle can become blocked by
lanes, signs, guardrails, and other
snow, ice, dirt, or mud. This area
stationary objects when entering or
needs to be cleaned for ACC to
exiting a curve. This is normal
operate properly.
operation. The vehicle does not
need service. Do not use ACC when driving on
steep hills or when towing a trailer.
ACC will not detect a vehicle in the
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
For cleaning instructions, see Driver Assistance

Washing the Vehicle under Warning (Continued)
Exterior Care 0 402. Systems . Detect children,
System operation may also be This vehicle may have features that pedestrians, bicyclists,
limited under snow, heavy rain, work together to help avoid crashes or animals.
or road spray conditions. or reduce crash damage while . Detect vehicles or objects
driving, backing, and parking. Read
outside the area monitored
this entire section before using
by the system.
these systems.
. Work at all driving speeds.
{ Warning . Warn you or provide you
with enough time to avoid a
Do not rely on the Driver crash.
Assistance Systems. These
. Work under poor visibility or
systems do not replace the need
bad weather conditions.
for paying attention and driving
safely. You may not hear or feel . Work if the detection sensor
alerts or warnings provided by is not cleaned or is covered
these systems. Failure to use by ice, snow, mud, or dirt.
proper care when driving may . Work if the detection sensor
result in injury, death, or vehicle is covered up, such as with
damage. See Defensive a sticker, magnet, or metal
Driving 0 236. plate.
Under many conditions, these . Work if the area surrounding
systems will not: the detection sensor is
(Continued) damaged or not properly
repaired.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Warning (Continued)
Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing
Complete attention is always If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera
required while driving, and you (RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),
should be ready to take action Front Parking Assist (FPA), and
and apply the brakes and/or steer Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) may
the vehicle to avoid crashes. help the driver park or avoid objects.
Always check around the vehicle
Audible or Safety Alert Seat when parking or backing.
Some driver assistance features Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
alert the driver of obstacles by When the vehicle is shifted into
beeping. To change the volume of R (Reverse), the RVC displays an 1. View Displayed by the
the warning chime, see Comfort image of the area behind the vehicle Camera
and Convenience under Vehicle in the infotainment display. The
Personalization 0 178. previous screen displays when the
If equipped with the Safety Alert vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)
Seat, the driver seat cushion may after a short delay. To return to the
provide a vibrating pulse alert previous screen sooner, press any
instead of beeping. To change this, button on the infotainment system,
see Collision/Detection Systems shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle
under Vehicle speed of 8 km/h (5 mph). The rear
Personalization 0 178. vision camera is above the license
plate.
1. View Displayed by the
Camera
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Displayed images may be farther or Parking Assist

closer than they appear. The area Warning (Continued)
With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,
displayed is limited and objects that as the vehicle moves at speeds of
are close to either corner of the or vehicle damage, even with
less than 8 km/h (5 mph) the Parking Assist, always check the
bumper or under the bumper do not sensors on the bumpers may detect
display. area around the vehicle and
objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and check all mirrors before moving
A warning triangle may display to 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle forward or backing.
show that RPA has detected an within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off
object. This triangle changes from the ground and below bumper level.
amber to red and increases in size These detection distances may be
the closer the object. shorter during warmer or humid
weather. Blocked sensors will not
{ Warning detect objects and can also cause
false detections. Keep the sensors
The camera(s) do not display clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and
children, pedestrians, bicyclists, slush; and clean sensors after a car
crossing traffic, animals, or any wash in freezing temperatures.
other object outside of the
cameras field of view, below the { Warning
bumper, or under the vehicle.
Shown distances may be different The Parking Assist system does
from actual distances. Do not not detect children, pedestrians,
drive or park the vehicle using bicyclists, animals, or objects The instrument cluster may have a
located below the bumper or that parking assist display with bars that
only these camera(s). Always
are too close or too far from the show distance to object and object
check behind and around the
vehicle. It is not available at location information for RPA, and on
vehicle before driving. Failure to some vehicles, FPA. As the object
use proper care may result in speeds greater than 8 km/h
(5 mph). To prevent injury, death, gets closer, more bars light up and
injury, death, or vehicle damage. the bars change color from yellow to
(Continued) amber to red.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
When an object is first detected in Use caution while backing up when parking assist on again, select On in
the rear, one beep will be heard towing a trailer, as the RCTA the vehicle personalization menu.
from the rear, or both sides of the detection zones that extend out The On with Towbar setting allows
Safety Alert Seat will pulse two from the back of the vehicle do not for the parking assist to work
times. When an object is very close move further back when a trailer is properly with a small item attached
(<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear, towed. to the trailer hitch. Turn off parking
or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front), assist when towing a trailer.
a continuous beep will sound from Turning the Features On or Off
To turn the rear parking assist
the front or rear depending on symbols, guidance lines, or Rear
object location, or both sides of the Cross Traffic Alert on or off, see
Safety Alert Seat will pulse five Rear Camera under Vehicle
times. Beeps for FPA are higher Personalization 0 178
pitched than for RPA.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) Assistance Systems for
If equipped, when the vehicle is The X button to the left of the Driving
shifted into R (Reverse), RCTA steering wheel is used to turn on or If equipped, when driving the
displays a red warning triangle with off the Front and Rear Parking vehicle in a forward gear, Forward
a left or right pointing arrow on the Assist. The indicator light in the Collision Alert (FCA), Lane
RVC screen to warn of traffic button comes on when the features Departure Warning (LDW), Lane
coming from the left or right. This are on and turns off when the Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone
system detects objects coming from features have been disabled. Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert
up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left or (LCA), and/or Forward Automatic
right side of the vehicle. When an Front and Rear Parking Assist can
be turned off, on, or on with towbar Braking (FAB) can help to avoid a
object is detected, either three crash or reduce crash damage.
beeps sound from the left or right or through vehicle personalization. See
three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur Parking Assist under Vehicle
on the left or right side, depending Personalization 0 178. If the parking
on the direction of the detected assist is turned off through vehicle
vehicle. personalization, the parking assist
button will be disabled. To turn the
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Forward Collision Alert Warning (Continued)

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
(FCA) System
If equipped, the FCA system may stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
help to avoid or reduce the harm or when following a vehicle too
caused by front-end crashes. When closely, FCA may not provide a
approaching a vehicle ahead too warning with enough time to help
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing avoid a crash. It also may not
alert on the windshield and rapidly provide any warning at all. FCA
does not warn of pedestrians, FCA warnings will not occur unless
beeps or pulses the driver seat. the FCA system detects a vehicle
FCA also lights an amber visual animals, signs, guardrails,
ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
alert if following another vehicle bridges, construction barrels,
the vehicle ahead indicator will
much too closely. or other objects. Be ready to take display green. Vehicles may not be
FCA detects vehicles within a action and apply the brakes. See detected on curves, highway exit
distance of approximately 60 m Defensive Driving 0 236. ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
(197 ft) and operates at speeds or if a vehicle ahead is partially
above 40 km/h (25 mph). If the FCA can be disabled with the FCA blocked by pedestrians or other
vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control steering wheel control, or if your objects. FCA will not detect another
(ACC), it can detect vehicles to vehicle is equipped with Adaptive vehicle ahead until it is completely
distances of approximately 110 m Cruise Control (ACC), through in the driving lane.
(360 ft) and operates at all speeds. vehicle personalization. See
See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 280. Collision/Detection Systems under { Warning
Vehicle Personalization 0 178.
{ Warning FCA does not provide a warning
to help avoid a crash, unless it
FCA is a warning system and detects a vehicle. FCA may not
does not apply the brakes. When detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
approaching a slower-moving or sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
(Continued) (Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
brake system may prepare for driver both the Collision Alert and the
Warning (Continued) braking to occur more rapidly which Tailgating Alert features. The timing
can cause a brief, mild deceleration. of both alerts will vary based on
or ice, or if the windshield is Continue to apply the brake pedal vehicle speed. The faster the
damaged. It may also not detect a as needed. Cruise control may be vehicle speed, the farther away the
vehicle on winding or hilly roads, disengaged when the Collision Alert alert will occur. Consider traffic and
or in conditions that can limit occurs. weather conditions when selecting
visibility such as fog, rain, the alert timing. The range of
or snow, or if the headlamps or Tailgating Alert selectable alert timing may not be
windshield are not cleaned or in appropriate for all drivers and
proper condition. Keep the driving conditions.
windshield, headlamps, and FCA If your vehicle is equipped with
sensors clean and in good repair. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),
changing the FCA timing setting
Collision Alert automatically changes the ACC
The vehicle-ahead indicator will following gap setting (Far, Medium,
display amber when you are or Near).
following a vehicle ahead much too Unnecessary Alerts
closely.
FCA may provide unnecessary
Selecting the Alert Timing alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles
The Collision Alert control is on the in other lanes, objects that are not
When your vehicle approaches steering wheel. Press [ / 3 to vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
another detected vehicle too rapidly, are normal operation and the
set the FCA timing to Far, Medium,
the red FCA display will flash on the vehicle does not need service.
Near, or on some vehicles, Off. The
windshield. Also, eight rapid first button press shows the current Cleaning the System
high-pitched beeps will sound from setting on the DIC. Additional button
the front, or both sides of the Safety presses will change this setting. The If the FCA system does not seem to
Alert Seat will pulse five times. chosen setting will remain until it is operate properly, cleaning the
When this Collision Alert occurs, the changed and will affect the timing of outside of the windshield in front of
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
the camera sensor behind the braking can only occur if a vehicle is
rearview mirror, and cleaning the detected. This is shown by the FCA Warning (Continued)
front of the vehicle where radar vehicle ahead indicator being lit.
. Detect all vehicles,
sensors are located, may correct See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
the issue. System 0 291. especially vehicles with a
trailer, tractors, muddy
For cleaning instructions, see The system works when driving in a vehicles, etc.
Washing the Vehicle under forward gear between 8 km/h
. Detect a vehicle when
Exterior Care 0 402. (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph),
or on vehicles with Adaptive Cruise weather limits visibility, such
System operation may also be as in fog, rain, or snow.
limited under snow, heavy rain, Control (ACC), above 4 km/h
(2 mph). It can detect vehicles up to . Detect a vehicle ahead if it
or road spray conditions.
approximately 60 m (197 ft). is partially blocked by
pedestrians or other objects.
Forward Automatic
Braking (FAB) { Warning Complete attention is always
required while driving, and you
If the vehicle has Forward Collision FAB is an emergency crash
should be ready to take action
Alert (FCA), it also has FAB, which preparation feature and is not
and apply the brakes and/or steer
includes Intelligent Brake designed to avoid crashes. Do
the vehicle to avoid crashes.
Assist (IBA). When the system not rely on FAB to brake the
detects a vehicle ahead in your path vehicle. FAB will not brake
that is traveling in the same outside of its operating speed FAB may slow the vehicle to a
direction that you may be about to range and only responds to complete stop to try to avoid a
crash into, it can provide a boost to detected vehicles. potential crash. If this happens, FAB
braking or automatically brake the may engage the Electric Parking
FAB may not: Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a
vehicle. This can help avoid or
lessen the severity of crashes when . Detect a vehicle ahead on stop. Release the EPB or firmly
driving in a forward gear. Depending winding or hilly roads. press the accelerator pedal.
on the situation, the vehicle may (Continued)
automatically brake moderately or
hard. This forward automatic
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Side Blind Zone

{ Warning { Warning Alert (SBZA)
FAB may automatically brake the IBA may increase vehicle braking If equipped, the SBZA system is a
vehicle suddenly in situations in situations when it may not be lane-changing aid that assists
where it is unexpected and necessary. You could block the drivers with avoiding crashes that
undesired. It could respond to a flow of traffic. If this occurs, take occur with moving vehicles in the
turning vehicle ahead, guardrails, your foot off the brake pedal and side blind zone (or spot) areas.
signs, and other non-moving then apply the brakes as needed. When the vehicle is in a forward
objects. To override FAB, firmly gear, the left or right side mirror
press the accelerator pedal, if it is FAB and IBA can be disabled display will light up if a moving
safe to do so. through vehicle personalization. See vehicle is detected in that blind
Collision/Detection Systems under zone. If the turn signal is activated
Vehicle Personalization 0 178. and a vehicle is also detected on
Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) the same side, the display will flash
IBA may activate when the brake as an extra warning not to change
pedal is applied quickly by providing { Warning lanes. Since this system is part of
a boost to braking based on the Using FAB or IBA while towing a the Lane Change Alert (LCA)
speed of approach and distance to system, read the entire LCA section
trailer could cause you to lose
a vehicle ahead. before using this feature.
control of the vehicle and crash.
Minor brake pedal pulsations or Turn the system to Alert, or if the
pedal movement during this time is vehicle has ACC to Off, when
Lane Change Alert (LCA)
normal and the brake pedal should towing a trailer. If equipped, the LCA system is a
continue to be applied as needed. lane-changing aid that assists
IBA will automatically disengage drivers with avoiding lane change
only when the brake pedal is crashes that occur with moving
released. vehicles in the side blind zone (or
spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly
approaching these areas from
behind. The LCA warning display
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
will light up in the corresponding LCA Detection Zones How the System Works
outside side mirror and will flash if
The LCA symbol lights up in the
the turn signal is on.
side mirrors when the system
detects a moving vehicle in the next
{ Warning lane over that is in the side blind
zone or rapidly approaching that
LCA does not alert the driver to zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol
vehicles outside of the system indicates it may be unsafe to
detection zones, pedestrians, change lanes. Before making a lane
bicyclists, or animals. It may not change, check the LCA display,
provide alerts when changing check mirrors, glance over your
lanes under all driving conditions. 1. SBZA Detection Zone shoulder, and use the turn signals.
Failure to use proper care when 2. LCA Detection Zone
changing lanes may result in The LCA sensor covers a zone of
injury, death, or vehicle damage. approximately one lane over from
Before making a lane change, both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m
always check mirrors, glance over (11 ft). The height of the zone is
your shoulder, and use the turn approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)
signals. and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) Display Display
warning area starts at approximately
the middle of the vehicle and goes When the vehicle is started, both
back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also outside mirror LCA displays will
warned of vehicles rapidly briefly come on to indicate the
approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft) system is operating. When the
behind the vehicle. vehicle is in a forward gear, the left
or right side mirror display will light
up if a moving vehicle is detected in
the next lane over in that blind zone
or rapidly approaching that zone.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
If the turn signal is activated in the trailer. LCA may alert to objects If the LCA displays do not light up
same direction as a detected attached to the vehicle, such as a when moving vehicles are in the
vehicle, this display will flash as an trailer, bicycle, or object extending side blind zone or are rapidly
extra warning not to change lanes. out to either side of the vehicle. approaching this zone and the
LCA can be disabled through Attached objects may also interfere system is clean, the system may
vehicle personalization using the with the detection of vehicles. This need service. Take the vehicle to
Side Blind Zone Alert option. See is normal system operation; the your dealer.
Collision/Detection Systems under vehicle does not need service. When LCA is disabled for any
Vehicle Personalization 0 178. LCA may not always alert the driver reason other than the driver turning
If LCA is disabled by the driver, the to vehicles in the next lane over, it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert On
LCA mirror displays will not light up. especially in wet conditions or when option will not be available on the
driving on sharp curves. The system personalization menu.
When the System Does Not does not need to be serviced. The
Seem to Work Properly system may light up due to Radio Frequency Information
The LCA system requires some guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and See Radio Frequency
driving for the system to calibrate to other non-moving objects. This is Statement 0 439.
maximum performance. This normal system operation; the
calibration may occur more quickly if vehicle does not need service. Lane Departure
the vehicle is driving on a straight LCA may not operate when the LCA Warning (LDW)
highway road with traffic and sensors in the left or right corners of
roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, the rear bumper are covered with If equipped, LDW may help avoid
barriers). mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in crashes due to unintentional lane
heavy rainstorms. For cleaning departures. It may provide a
LCA displays may not come on warning if the vehicle is crossing a
when passing a vehicle quickly, for instructions, see "Washing the
Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 402. detected lane marking without using
a stopped vehicle, or when towing a a turn signal in the lane departure
trailer. The LCA detection zones If the DIC still displays the system
unavailable message after cleaning direction. Since this system is part
that extend back from the side of of the Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
the vehicle do not move further back both sides of the vehicle toward the
rear corners of the vehicle, see your system, read the entire LKA section
when a trailer is towed. Use caution before using this feature.
while changing lanes when towing a dealer.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

(1500 Series)
If equipped, LKA may help avoid lane or give a Lane Departure alert when approaching the lane
crashes due to unintentional lane Warning (LDW) alert, even if a on the side where it has detected
departures. It may assist by gently lane marking is detected. a lane marking. Even with LKA
turning the steering wheel if the The LKA and LDW systems and LDW, you must steer the
vehicle approaches a detected lane may not: vehicle. Always keep your
marking without using a turn signal attention on the road and
. Provide an alert or enough maintain proper vehicle position
in that direction. It may also provide
a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) steering assist to avoid a within the lane, or vehicle
system alert as the lane marking is lane departure or crash. damage, injury, or death could
crossed. The LKA system will not . Detect lane markings under occur. Always keep the
assist or provide an LDW alert if it poor weather or visibility windshield, headlamps, and
detects that you are actively conditions. This can occur if camera sensors clean and in
steering. Override LKA by turning the windshield or good repair. Do not use LKA in
the steering wheel. LKA uses a headlamps are blocked by bad weather conditions.
camera to detect lane markings dirt, snow, or ice, if they are
between 60 km/h (37 mph) and not in proper condition, or if
180 km/h (112 mph). the sun shines directly into
the camera. { Warning
{ Warning . Detect road edges. Using LKA while towing a trailer
The LKA system does not . Detect lanes on winding or or on slippery roads could cause
continuously steer the vehicle. hilly roads. loss of control of the vehicle and
It may not keep the vehicle in the If LKA only detects lane markings a crash. Turn the system off.
(Continued) on one side of the road, it will
only assist or provide an LDW
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
How the System Works When the System Does Not Fuel
The LKA camera sensor is on the Seem to Work Properly
GM recommends the use of TOP
windshield ahead of the rearview The system performance may be TIER detergent gasoline to keep
mirror. affected by: the engine cleaner and reduce
To turn LKA on and off, press A . Close vehicles ahead. engine deposits. See
to the left of the steering wheel. www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP
. Sudden lighting changes, such
TIER detergent gasoline marketers
When on, A is green if LKA is as when driving through tunnels.
and applicable countries.
available to assist and provide LDW . Banked roads.
alerts. It may assist by gently . Roads with poor lane markings,
turning the steering wheel and such as two-lane roads.
display A as amber if the vehicle
If the LKA system is not functioning
approaches a detected lane marking
properly when lane markings are
without using a turn signal in that
clearly visible, cleaning the
direction. It may also provide an
windshield may help.
LDW alert by flashing A amber
as the lane marking is crossed. LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts
Additionally, there will be three may occur due to tar marks,
beeps, or the driver seat will pulse shadows, cracks in the road,
three times, on the right or left, temporary or construction lane
depending on the lane departure markings, or other road
direction. imperfections. This is normal system If the vehicle has a yellow sticker on
operation; the vehicle does not need the fuel door, E85 or FlexFuel can
The LKA system does not service. Turn LKA off if these be used. See E85 or
continuously steer the vehicle. conditions continue. FlexFuel 0 300.
If LKA does not detect active driver
steering, an alert and chime may be Use regular unleaded gasoline
provided. Steer the vehicle to meeting ASTM specification D4814
dismiss. with a posted octane rating of 87 or
higher. Do not use gasoline with a
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
posted octane rating of less than 87, may not pass a smog-check test.
as this may cause engine knock and Caution (Continued) See Malfunction Indicator Lamp
will lower fuel economy. (Check Engine Light) 0 151. If this
(MMT), which can damage occurs, return to your authorized
Prohibited Fuels the emissions control dealer for diagnosis. If it is
system and spark plugs. determined that the condition is
Caution . Fuel with a posted octane caused by the type of fuel used,
rating of less than the repairs may not be covered by the
Do not use fuels with any of the recommended fuel. Using vehicle warranty.
following conditions; doing so this fuel will lower fuel
may damage the vehicle and void economy and performance, Fuels in Foreign
its warranty: and may decrease the life of
the emissions catalyst.
Countries
. For vehicles which are not
FlexFuel, fuel labeled To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
greater than 15% ethanol by TIER Detergent Gasoline is
volume, such as mid-level
California Fuel recommended. See Fuel 0 298.
ethanol blends (16 50% Requirements If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel. If the vehicle is certified to meet not available, one bottle of GM Fuel
. Fuel with any amount of California Emissions Standards, it is System Treatment Cleaner added to
methanol, methylal, and designed to operate on fuels that the fuel tank at every engine oil
aniline. These fuels can meet California specifications. See change, can help. GM Fuel System
corrode metal fuel system the underhood emission control Treatment Cleaner is the only
parts or damage plastic and label. If this fuel is not available in gasoline additive recommended by
rubber parts. states adopting California Emissions General Motors. It is available at
Standards, the vehicle will operate your dealer.
. Fuel containing metals such
satisfactorily on fuels meeting If your vehicle is able to use E85 or
as methylcyclopentadienyl
federal specifications, but emission FlexFuel, GM Fuel System
manganese tricarbonyl
control system performance may be Treatment Cleaner - FlexFuel is the
(Continued) affected. The malfunction indicator only recommended additive for use.
lamp could turn on and the vehicle
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Do not use any other additives with vehicles should use only the
an E85 or FlexFuel vehicle. See unleaded gasoline as described in Caution
E85 or FlexFuel 0 300. Fuel 0 298.
Some additives are not
The use of E85 or FlexFuel is compatible with E85 or FlexFuel
Fuel Additives encouraged when the vehicle is and can harm the vehicle's fuel
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP designed to use it. E85 or FlexFuel system. Do not add anything to
TIER Detergent Gasoline is is made from renewable sources. E85 or FlexFuel. Damage caused
recommended. See Fuel 0 298. Many fuel stations will not have an by additives would not be covered
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump by the vehicle warranty.
not available, one bottle of Fuel available. Those stations that do
System Treatment PLUS added to have E85 should have a label
the fuel tank at every engine oil indicating the FlexFuel ethanol
change can help. Fuel System content. Do not use the fuel if the Caution
Treatment PLUS is the only ethanol content is greater than 85%.
Do not use fuel containing
gasoline additive recommended by The starting characteristics of E85 methanol. It can corrode metal
General Motors. It is available at or FlexFuel make it unsuitable for parts in the fuel system and also
your dealer. use when temperatures fall below damage plastic and rubber parts.
Do not use additives with E85 or -18 C (0 F). Use gasoline or add That damage would not be
FlexFuel. gasoline to the E85 or FlexFuel.
covered under the vehicle
Because E85 or FlexFuel has less warranty.
E85 or FlexFuel energy per liter (gallon) than
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the gasoline, the vehicle will need to be
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package refilled more often. See Filling the
supplement. Tank 0 301.
Vehicles marked as E85 or

FlexFuel can use either unleaded
gasoline or ethanol fuel containing
up to 85% ethanol (E85). All other
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Filling the Tank Warning (Continued)

The vehicle has a capless refueling
system and does not have a fuel
cap. The filling nozzle must be fully
{ Warning . Fuel can spray out if the inserted and latched prior to starting
refueling nozzle is inserted fuel flow.
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn too quickly. This spray can
violently and can cause injury or happen if the tank is nearly
death. full, and is more likely in hot { Warning
. To help avoid injuries to you weather. Insert the refueling
Overfilling the fuel tank by more
and others, read and follow nozzle slowly and wait for
any hiss noise to stop prior than three clicks of a standard fill
all the instructions on the nozzle may cause:
fuel pump island. to beginning to flow fuel.
. Vehicle performance issues,
. Turn off the engine when including engine stalling and
refueling. damage to the fuel system.
. Keep sparks, flames, and . Fuel spills.
smoking materials away
from fuel. . Potential fuel fires.
. Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended. Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a
few seconds after you have finished
. Do not use a cell phone pumping before removing the
while refueling. nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
. Do not reenter the vehicle surfaces as soon as possible. See
while pumping fuel. Exterior Care 0 402.
. Keep children away from
the fuel pump and never let To open the fuel door, push and
children pump fuel. release the rearward center edge of
the door.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
{ Warning { Warning Warning (Continued)

If a fire starts while you are Attempting to refuel without using . Use approved fuel
refueling, do not remove the the funnel adapter may cause fuel containers.
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by spillage and damage the capless . Remove the container from
shutting off the pump or by fuel system. This could cause a the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
notifying the station attendant. fire and you or others could be bed before filling.
Leave the area immediately. badly burned and the vehicle
. Place the container on the
could be damaged.
ground.
Filling the Tank with a Portable . Place the nozzle inside the
Gas Can 3. Remove and clean the funnel fill opening of the container
If the vehicle runs out of fuel and adapter and return to the before dispensing fuel, and
must be filled from a portable storage location. keep it in contact with the fill
gas can: opening until filling is
Filling a Portable Fuel complete.
Container . Fill the container no more
than 95% full to allow for
{ Warning expansion.
Filling a portable fuel container . Do not smoke, light
while it is in the vehicle can cause matches, or use lighters
1. Locate the capless funnel fuel vapors that can ignite either while pumping fuel.
adapter from inside the vehicle. by static electricity or other . Avoid using cell phones or
2. Insert and latch the funnel into means. You or others could be other electronic devices.
the capless fuel system. badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged. Always:
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

. The trailer must be equipped . Turn off Parking Assist when
Trailer Towing with brakes adequate for the towing.
intended use. A loaded trailer .
General Towing weighing more than 900 kg
The Forward Automatic Braking
System should be set to Off
Information (2,000 lb) must be equipped with when towing. See Forward
its own brake system, with Automatic Braking (FAB) 0 25.
Only use towing equipment that has
brakes working on all axles.
been designed for the vehicle.
Trailer braking equipment
Contact your dealer or trailering
dealer for assistance with preparing
conforming to Canadian { Warning
Standards Association (CSA)
the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read When towing a trailer, exhaust
requirement CAN3-D313, or its
the entire section before towing a gases may collect at the rear of
equivalent, is recommended.
trailer. the vehicle and enter if the
. Do not tow a trailer during the liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most
For towing a disabled vehicle, see
first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent window is open.
Towing the Vehicle 0 396. For
damage to the engine, axle,
towing the vehicle behind another When towing a trailer:
or other parts.
vehicle such as a motor home, see
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 396. . Then during the first 800 km . Do not drive with the
(500 mi) of trailer towing, do not liftgate, trunk/hatch,
Driving Characteristics drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and or rear-most window open.
do not make starts at full throttle. . Fully open the air outlets on
and Towing Tips
. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). or under the instrument
Driving with a Trailer Shift the transmission to a lower panel.
When towing a trailer: gear if the transmission shifts . Also adjust the climate
too often under heavy loads and/ control system to a setting
. Become familiar with the state or hilly conditions. that brings in only outside
and local laws that apply to
. Do not use Adaptive Cruise air. See Climate Control
trailer towing.
Control when towing. Systems in the Index.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
During the trip, check occasionally Making Turns

Warning (Continued) to be sure that the load is secure
and the lamps and any trailer Caution
For more information about brakes still work.
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Following Distance Making very sharp turns while
Exhaust 0 261.
trailering could cause the trailer to
Stay at least twice as far behind the come in contact with the vehicle.
Towing a trailer requires a certain vehicle ahead as you would when The vehicle could be damaged.
amount of experience. The driving the vehicle without a trailer. Avoid making very sharp turns
combination you are driving is This can help to avoid heavy while trailering.
longer and not as responsive as the braking and sudden turns.
vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
the handling and braking of the rig
Passing When turning with a trailer, make
before setting out for the open road. More passing distance is needed wider turns than normal. Do this so
when towing a trailer. The the trailer will not strike soft
The structure, tires, and brakes of shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,
the trailer must be rated to carry the combination will not accelerate as
quickly and is longer so it is or other objects. Avoid jerky or
load. Inadequate trailer equipment sudden maneuvers. Signal well in
can cause the combination to necessary to go much farther
beyond the passed vehicle before advance.
operate in an unexpected or unsafe
manner. returning to the lane. If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn
out, the arrows on the instrument
Before starting, check all trailer hitch Backing Up
cluster will still flash for turns. It is
parts and attachments, safety Hold the bottom of the steering important to check occasionally to
chains, electrical connectors, lamps, wheel with one hand. To move the be sure the trailer bulbs are still
tires, and mirrors. Get familiar with trailer to the left, move that hand to working.
the handling and braking of the rig. the left. To move the trailer to the
If the trailer has electric brakes, start right, move your hand to the right. Driving on Grades
the combination moving and then Always back up slowly and, Reduce speed and shift to a lower
apply the trailer brake controller by if possible, have someone gear before starting down a long or
hand to be sure the brakes work. guide you. steep downgrade. If the
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
transmission is not shifted down, the Parking on Hills 5. Release the brake pedal.
brakes might get hot and no longer
Leaving After Parking on a Hill
work well. { Warning 1. Apply and hold the brake
Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift
the transmission to a lower gear if Parking the vehicle on a hill with pedal.
the transmission shifts too often the trailer attached can be 2. Start the engine.
under heavy loads and/or hilly dangerous. If something goes
wrong, the rig could start to move. 3. Shift into a gear.
conditions.
People can be injured, and both 4. Release the parking brake.
When towing, use the Tow/Haul
Mode to prevent damage to the the vehicle and the trailer can be 5. Let up on the brake pedal.
engine or transmission. See Tow/ damaged. When possible, always
park the rig on a flat surface. 6. Drive slowly until the trailer is
Haul Mode 0 266. clear of the chocks.
When towing at high altitude on 7. Stop and have someone pick
steep uphill grades, consider the If parking the rig on a hill:
up and store the chocks.
following: Engine coolant will boil at 1. Press the brake pedal, but do
a lower temperature than at normal not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn Maintenance when Trailer
altitudes. If the engine is turned off the wheels into the curb if Towing
immediately after towing at high facing downhill or into traffic if
altitude on steep uphill grades, the The vehicle needs service more
facing uphill. often when pulling a trailer. See
vehicle may show signs similar to
engine overheating. To avoid this, 2. Have someone place chocks Maintenance Schedule 0 412.
let the engine run while parked, under the trailer wheels. Things that are especially important
preferably on level ground, with the in trailer operation are automatic
3. When the wheel chocks are in
transmission in P (Park) for a few transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
place, release the regular
minutes before turning the engine lubricant, belts, cooling system, and
brakes until the chocks absorb
off. If the overheat warning comes brake system. It is a good idea to
the load.
on, see Engine Overheating 0 336. inspect these before and during
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then the trip.
apply the parking brake and
shift into P (Park).
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Check periodically to see that all Successful, safe trailering takes

hitch nuts and bolts are tight. Warning (Continued) correct equipment, and it has to be
used properly.
Ask your dealer for advice and
Trailer Towing information about towing a trailer The following information has many
Do not tow a trailer during break-in. with the vehicle. time-tested, important trailering tips
See New Vehicle Break-In 0 251. and safety rules. Many of these are
important for your safety and that of
Before towing a trailer, see your passengers. So please read
"Hands-Free Operation" under Caution this section carefully before pulling a
Liftgate 0 47. trailer.
Pulling a trailer improperly can
{ Warning damage the vehicle and result in Weight of the Trailer
costly repairs not covered by the Safe trailering requires monitoring
The driver can lose control when vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer the weight, speed, altitude, road
pulling a trailer if the correct correctly, follow the advice in this grades, outside temperature, and
equipment is not used or the section and see your dealer for how frequently the vehicle is used to
vehicle is not driven properly. For important information about pull a trailer. Take into consideration
example, if the trailer is too heavy towing a trailer with the vehicle. any special equipment on the
or the trailer brakes are vehicle, and the amount of tongue
inadequate for the load, the weight the vehicle can carry. See
vehicle may not stop as expected. To identify the trailering capacity of Weight of the Trailer Tongue later
The driver and passengers could the vehicle, read the information in in this section for more information.
Weight of the Trailer following.
be seriously injured. The vehicle Trailer Weight Rating (TWR) is
may also be damaged; the Trailering is different than just calculated assuming the tow vehicle
resulting repairs would not be driving the vehicle by itself. has only the driver and all required
covered by the vehicle warranty. Trailering means changes in trailering equipment. Weight of
Pull a trailer only if all the steps in handling, acceleration, braking, additional optional equipment,
this section have been followed. durability, and fuel economy. passengers, and cargo in the tow
(Continued) vehicle must be subtracted from the
trailer weight rating.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Use the following chart to determine how much the vehicle can weigh, based upon the vehicle model and options.
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR*

1500 Series 2WD Short Wheelbase
5.3L V8 3.08 2 994 kg (6,600 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 3 901 kg (8,600 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)
1500 Series 2WD Long Wheelbase
5.3L V8 3.08 2 858 kg (6,300 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 3 765 kg (8,300 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)
1500 Series 4WD Short Wheelbase
5.3L V8 3.08 2 903 kg (6,400 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 3 810 kg (8,400 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)
1500 Series 4WD Long Wheelbase
5.3L V8 3.08 2 722 kg (6,000 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 3 629 kg (8,000 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)
*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and
trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Ask your dealer for trailering

information or advice.
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
very important because it is also
part of the vehicle weight. The
Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)
includes the curb weight of the
vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and
the people who will be riding in the
vehicle as well as trailer tongue
weight. Vehicle options, equipment,
Trailer tongue weight (1) should be
passengers, and cargo in the
10 % to 15 % of the loaded trailer
vehicle reduce the amount of
weight (2) up to the maximums for
tongue weight the vehicle can carry,
vehicle series and hitch type.
which will also reduce the trailer
weight the vehicle can tow. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 247 for more
information about the vehicle's
maximum load capacity.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Maximum Tongue vehicle and trailer fully loaded for

Vehicle Series Hitch Type Weight the trip including the weight of the
trailer tongue. If using a
1500 Weight Carrying 272 kg (600 lb) weight-distributing hitch, make sure
1500 Weight Distributing 453 kg (1,000 lb) not to exceed the RGAWR before
applying the weight distribution
spring bars.
Do not exceed the maximum If a cargo carrier is used in the Weight of the Trailering
allowable tongue weight for the trailer hitch receiver, choose a Combination
vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch carrier that positions the load as
extension that will position the hitch close to the vehicle as possible. It is important that the combination
ball closest to the vehicle. This will Make sure the total weight, of the tow vehicle and trailer does
help reduce the effect of trailer including the carrier, is no more than not exceed any of its weight ratings
tongue weight on the rear axle. half of the maximum allowable GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Trailer
tongue weight for the vehicle or 227 Weight Rating, or Tongue Weight.
Trailer rating may be limited by the The only way to be sure it is not
vehicle's ability to carry tongue kg (500 lb), whichever is less.
exceeding any of these ratings is to
weight. Tongue weight cannot cause Total Weight on the Vehicle's weigh the tow vehicle and trailer
the vehicle to exceed the GVWR Tires combination, fully loaded for the trip,
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or getting individual weights for each of
the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle Be sure the vehicle's tires are these items.
Weight Rating). See Total Weight inflated to the inflation pressures
on the Vehicle's Tires following. found on the Certification label on
the center pillar or see Vehicle Load
After loading the trailer, weigh the Limits 0 247. Make sure not to
trailer and then the tongue, exceed the GVWR limit for the
separately, to see if the weights are vehicle, or the RGAWR, with the tow
proper. If they are not, adjustments
might be made by moving some
items around in the trailer.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Towing Equipment tongue weight among the two Weight-Distributing Hitch and
vehicle and trailer axles. See Adjustment
Hitches Weight of the Trailer Tongue in
Trailer Towing 0 306 for rating limits A weight-distributing hitch may be
The correct hitch equipment helps useful with some trailers. Use the
maintain combination control. Most with various hitch types.
following guidelines to determine if a
small-to-medium trailers can be Consider using sway controls with weight-distributing hitch should
towed with a weight-carrying hitch any trailer. Ask a trailering be used.
which simply features a coupler professional about sway controls or
latched to the hitch ball. Larger refer to the trailer manufacturer's
trailers may require a recommendations and instructions.
weight-distributing hitch that uses
spring bars to distribute the trailer
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Weight-Distributing Hitch
Vehicle Series Trailer Weight Usage Hitch Distribution
1500 Up to 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) Optional Refer to trailer
manufacturers
recommendation
1500 Over 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) Required 50%
spring bars so the distance (2) is as on the trailer hitch platform. Always
close as possible to halfway leave just enough slack so the
between the two measurements. combination can turn. Never allow
safety chains to drag on the ground.
Safety Chains
Always attach chains between the
Trailer Brakes
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the A loaded trailer that weighs more
safety chains under the tongue of than 900 kg (2,000 lb) must be
the trailer to help prevent the tongue equipped with its own brake system,
from contacting the road if it with brakes working on all axles.
becomes separated from the hitch. Trailer braking equipment
Instructions about safety chains conforming to Canadian Standards
may be provided by the hitch Association (CSA) requirement
1. Front of Vehicle manufacturer or by the trailer CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is
2. Body to Ground Distance manufacturer. If the trailer being recommended.
towed weighs up to 2 271 kg State and local regulations may also
When using a weight-distributing (5,000 lb) with a factory-installed
hitch, measure distance (2) before require the trailer to have its own
step bumper, safety chains may be braking system if loaded above a
coupling the trailer to the hitch ball. attached to the attaching points on
Measure the height again after the certain threshold.
the bumper, otherwise, safety
trailer is coupled and adjust the chains should be attached to holes
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Be sure to read and follow the . Light Green: Back-up Lamps Tow/Haul Mode
instructions for the trailer brakes so . Red/Green: Battery Feed
they are installed, adjusted, and
maintained properly. . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake
Since the vehicle is equipped with To help charge a remote
StabiliTrak, the trailer brakes cannot (non-vehicle) battery, press the Tow/
tap into the vehicle's hydraulic Haul Mode button at the end of the
system. shift lever. If the trailer is too light for
Tow/Haul Mode, turn on the
Trailer Wiring Harness headlamps to help charge the
The seven-pin trailer connector is battery.
mounted in the bumper. This Electric Brake Control Wiring
connector can be plugged into a
Provisions
seven-pin universal heavy-duty
trailer connector available through These wiring provisions are Pressing this button at the end of
your dealer. included with the vehicle as part of the shift lever turns on and off the
the trailer wiring package. These Tow/Haul Mode.
Use only a round, seven-wire
provisions are for an electric brake
connector with flat blade terminals
controller.
meeting SAE J2863 specifications
for proper electrical connectivity. The harness should be installed by
your dealer or a qualified service
The seven-wire harness contains
center.
the following trailer circuits:
. Yellow: Left Stop/Turn Signal
. Green/Violet: Right Stop/Turn This indicator light on the instrument
Signal cluster comes on when the Tow/
Haul Mode is on.
. Brown: Taillamps
. White: Ground
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Tow/Haul is a feature that assists selection of Tow/Haul when the system, and on the type of trailer
when pulling a heavy trailer or a vehicle is unloaded. Such a brakes detected. This available
large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul selection when unloaded may result power output to the trailer brakes
Mode 0 266. in unpleasant engine and can be adjusted to a wide range of
Tow/Haul is designed to be most transmission driving characteristics trailering situations.
effective when the vehicle and and reduced fuel economy. Tow/ The ITBC system is integrated with
trailer combined weight is at least Haul is recommended only when the vehicles brake, antilock brake,
75 percent of the vehicle's Gross pulling a heavy trailer or a large or and StabiliTrak systems. In trailering
Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). heavy load. conditions that cause the vehicles
See Weight of the Trailer under Integrated Trailer Brake antilock brake or StabiliTrak
Trailer Towing 0 306. Tow/Haul is Control System systems to activate, power sent to
most useful under the following the trailer's brakes will be
driving conditions: automatically adjusted to minimize
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a trailer wheel lock-up. This does not
large or heavy load through imply that the trailer has StabiliTrak.
rolling terrain. If the vehicles brake, antilock brake,
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a or StabiliTrak systems are not
large or heavy load in functioning properly, the ITBC
stop-and-go traffic. The vehicle may have an Integrated system may not be fully functional
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system or may not function at all. Make sure
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a for use with electric trailer brakes or all of these systems are fully
large or heavy load in busy most electric-over-hydraulic trailer operational to ensure full
parking lots where improved low brakes. functionality of the ITBC system.
speed control of the vehicle is
desired. This symbol is on the Trailer Brake The ITBC system is powered
Control Panel on vehicles with an through the vehicle's electrical
Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul ITBC system. The power output to system. Turning the ignition off will
when lightly loaded or with no trailer the trailer brakes is based on the also turn off the ITBC system. The
at all will not cause damage. amount of brake pressure being ITBC system is fully functional only
However, there is no benefit to the applied by the vehicles brake when the ignition is in ON/RUN.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Trailer Brake Control Panel Page on the DIC to adjust and

{ Warning display power output to the trailer
brakes.
Connecting a trailer that has an
air brake system may result in Trailer Brake DIC Display Page
reduced or complete loss of trailer The ITBC system displays
braking. There may be an messages in the Driver Information
increase in stopping distance or Center (DIC).
trailer instability which could
The display page indicates Trailer
result in personal injury or
Gain setting, power output to the
damage to the vehicle, trailer,
trailer brakes, trailer connection, and
or other property. Use the ITBC system operational status.
system only with electric or
electric over hydraulic trailer To display the Trailer Brake Display
brakes. Page do any of the following:
1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply . Scroll through the DIC menu
Lever
pages.
2. Trailer Gain Adjustment
Buttons . Press a Trailer Gain button.
If the Trailer Brake Display Page
The ITBC system has a control is not currently displayed, press
panel on the instrument panel to the a Trailer Gain button to recall the
left of the steering column. The current Trailer Gain setting.
control panel allows adjustment to Each press and release of the
the amount of output, referred to as gain buttons will then change the
Trailer Gain, available to the trailer Trailer Gain setting.
brakes and allows manual
application of the trailer brakes. The . Activate the Manual Trailer
Trailer Brake Control Panel is used Brake apply lever.
along with the Trailer Brake Display
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
TRAILER GAIN: This setting can be . A trailer with electric brakes has Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure
adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either become disconnected (a Trailer Gain should be set for a
a trailer connected or disconnected. CHECK TRAILER WIRING specific trailering condition and must
To adjust the Trailer Gain, press one message will also display on be adjusted any time vehicle
of the Trailer Gain adjustment the DIC). loading, trailer loading, or road
buttons. Press and hold a gain . There is a fault present in the surface conditions change.
button to continuously adjust the wiring to the trailer brakes (a
Trailer Gain. To turn the output to
the trailer off, adjust the Trailer Gain
CHECK TRAILER WIRING
message will also display on
{ Warning
setting to 0.0 (zero). the DIC). Trailer brakes that are
TRAILER OUTPUT: Displays any . The ITBC system is not working over-gained or under-gained may
time a trailer with electric brakes is due to a fault (a SERVICE not stop the vehicle and the trailer
connected. Output to the trailer TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM as intended and can result in a
brakes is based on the amount of message will also display in crash. Always follow the
vehicle braking present and relative the DIC). instructions to set the Trailer Gain
to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is for the proper trailer stopping
displayed from 0 to 100% for each Manual Trailer Brake Apply
performance.
gain setting. The Manual Trailer Brake Apply
The Trailer Output will indicate - - - Lever is used to apply the trailers
To adjust Trailer Gain for each
- - - on the Trailer Brake Display electric brakes independent of the
towing condition:
Page whenever the following occur: vehicles brakes. Sliding the lever to
. No trailer is connected. the left will apply only the trailer 1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer
brakes. Use this lever to adjust attached on a level road
. A trailer without electric brakes Trailer Gain to properly adjust the surface representative of the
is connected (no DIC message power output to the trailer brakes. towing condition and free of
displayed). traffic at about 32 to 40 km/h
The trailer's and the vehicle's brake
(20 to 25 mph) and fully apply
lamps will come on when either
the Manual Trailer Brake apply
vehicle brakes or manual trailer
lever.
brakes are applied.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Adjusting Trailer Gain at Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages If the disconnect occurs while
speeds lower than 32 to In addition to displaying TRAILER the vehicle is moving, this
40 km/h (20 to 25 mph) may GAIN and OUTPUT through the message will continue until the
result in an incorrect gain DIC, trailer connection and ITBC ignition is turned off. This
setting. system status are displayed on message will also turn off if it is
2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using the DIC. acknowledged or if the trailer
the Trailer Gain adjustment harness is reconnected.
TRAILER CONNECTED: This
buttons, to just below the point . There is an electrical fault in the
message will briefly display when a
of trailer wheel lock-up, trailer with electric brakes is first wiring to the trailer brakes. This
indicated by trailer wheel connected to the vehicle. This message will continue as long
squeal or tire smoke when a message will automatically turn off as there is an electrical fault in
trailer wheel locks. in about 10 seconds. This message the trailer wiring. This message
Trailer wheel lock-up may not can be acknowledged before it will also turn off if it is
occur if towing a heavily loaded automatically turns off. acknowledged.
trailer. In this case, adjust the CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This To determine if the electrical fault is
Trailer Gain to the highest message will display if: on the vehicle side or trailer side of
allowable setting for the towing the trailer wiring harness
condition. . The ITBC system first connection:
determines connection to a
3. Readjust Trailer Gain any time trailer with electric brakes and 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring
vehicle loading, trailer loading, then the trailer harness becomes harness from the vehicle.
or road surface conditions disconnected from the vehicle. 2. Turn the ignition off.
change or if trailer wheel
lock-up is noticed at any time If the disconnect occurs while 3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the
while towing. the vehicle is stationary, this ignition back to RUN.
message will automatically turn 4. If the CHECK TRAILER
off in about 30 seconds. This WIRING message reappears,
message will also turn off if it is the electrical fault is on the
acknowledged or if the trailer vehicle side.
harness is reconnected.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
If the CHECK TRAILER A GM dealer may be able to instrument cluster. Vehicle speed
WIRING message only diagnose and repair problems with must be reduced. If trailer sway
reappears when connecting the the trailer. However, any diagnosis continues, StabiliTrak can reduce
trailer wiring harness to the and repair of the trailer is not engine torque to help slow the
vehicle, the electrical fault is on covered under the vehicle warranty. vehicle. See Traction Control/
the trailer side. Contact your trailer dealer for Electronic Stability Control 0 274.
SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE assistance with trailer repairs and
SYSTEM: This message will display trailer warranty information. { Warning
when there is a problem with the
ITBC system. If this message Trailer Sway Even if the vehicle is equipped
continues over multiple ignition Control (TSC) with TSC, trailer sway could result
cycles, there is a problem with the in loss of control and the vehicle
Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a could crash. If excessive trailer
ITBC system. Have the vehicle
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) feature. sway is detected, slow down to a
serviced.
Trailer sway is unintended safe speed. Check the trailer and
If either the CHECK TRAILER side-to-side motion of a trailer while vehicle to help correct possible
WIRING or SERVICE TRAILER being towed. If the vehicle is towing
BRAKE SYSTEM message displays causes. These could include an
a trailer and the TSC detects that
while driving, the ITBC system may improperly or overloaded trailer,
sway is increasing, the vehicle
not be fully functional or may not brakes are selectively applied at unrestrained cargo, improper
function at all. When traffic each wheel, to help reduce trailer hitch configuration,
conditions allow, carefully pull the excessive trailer sway. If the vehicle excessive vehicle-trailer speed,
vehicle over to the side of the road is equipped with the Integrated or improperly inflated or incorrect
and turn the ignition off. Check the Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, vehicle or trailer tires. See Towing
wiring connection to the trailer and and the trailer has the electric Equipment 0 310 for trailer ratings
turn the ignition back on. If either of actuated brake system, StabiliTrak and hitch setup
these messages continues, either may also apply the trailer brakes. recommendations.
the vehicle or trailer needs service.
If TSC is enabled, the Traction
Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak
warning light will flash on the
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Adding non-dealer accessories can Conversions and

affect the vehicle performance. See Caution
Accessories and Add-Ons Some electrical equipment can
Modifications 0 321.
damage the vehicle or cause
Add-On Electrical components to not work and
Equipment would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always check
{ Warning with your dealer before adding
electrical equipment.
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
used for vehicle service and
Emission Inspection/Maintenance Add-on equipment can drain the
testing. See Malfunction Indicator vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
Lamp (Check Engine Light)
0 151. A device connected to the The vehicle has an airbag system.
DLC such as an aftermarket Before attempting to add anything
fleet or driver-behavior tracking electrical to the vehicle, see
device may interfere with Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
vehicle systems. This could affect Vehicle 0 102 and Adding
vehicle operation and cause a Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
crash. Such devices may also Vehicle 0 102.
access information stored in the
vehicles systems.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 319
Battery - North America . . . . . . 340

Vehicle Care Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Stoplamps, and Back-Up
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 350
General Information Noise Control System . . . . . . . . 343 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 351
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 320 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 344
California Proposition Automatic Transmission Shift Electrical System
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Lock Control Function Electrical System Overload . . . 351
California Perchlorate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Materials Requirements . . . . . 321 Ignition Transmission Lock Engine Compartment Fuse
Accessories and Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Park Brake and P (Park) Instrument Panel Fuse
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 345 Block (Left) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Vehicle Checks Instrument Panel Fuse Block
Doing Your Own Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 345
Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 346 (Right) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Rear Compartment Fuse
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Windshield Replacement . . . . . 346
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Engine Compartment Headlamp Aiming
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Wheels and Tires
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 327 Bulb Replacement All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Automatic Transmission Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 331 High Intensity Discharge (HID) All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 364
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 336 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Tire Terminology and
Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . 338 Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 348 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
320 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure Monitor Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 General Information

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Tire Pressure Monitor For service and parts needs, visit
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 your dealer. You will receive
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 genuine GM parts and GM-trained
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 and supported service people.
When It Is Time for New Genuine GM parts have one of
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 these marks:
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Different Size Tires and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 380
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 392
Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 California Proposition
Towing the Vehicle 65 Warning
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 396 WARNING: Most motor vehicles,
Recreational Vehicle including this one, as well as many
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396 of its service parts and fluids,
contain and/or emit chemicals
Appearance Care known to the State of California to
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 321
cause cancer and birth defects or Accessories and GM Accessories are designed to
other reproductive harm. Engine complement and function with other
exhaust, many parts and systems,
Modifications systems on the vehicle. See your
many fluids, and some component Adding non-dealer accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle
wear by-products contain and/or making modifications to the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories
emit these chemicals. can affect vehicle performance and installed by a dealer technician.
See Battery - North America 0 340 safety, including such things as Also, see Adding Equipment to the
and Jump Starting - North airbags, braking, stability, ride and Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 102.
America 0 393. handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, and
electronic systems like antilock
California Perchlorate brakes, traction control, and stability
Materials Requirements control. These accessories or
Certain types of automotive modifications could even cause
applications, such as airbag malfunction or damage not covered
initiators, safety belt pretensioners, by the vehicle warranty.
and lithium batteries contained in Damage to suspension components
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, caused by modifying vehicle height
may contain perchlorate materials. outside of factory settings will not be
Special handling may be necessary. covered by the vehicle warranty.
For additional information, see
Damage to vehicle components
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
resulting from modifications or the
perchlorate.
installation or use of non-GM
certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is
not covered under the terms of the
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
affected parts.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
322 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Checks Keep a record with all parts receipts

and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Doing Your Own Maintenance Records 0 424.
Service Work
Caution
{ Warning Even small amounts of
It can be dangerous to work on contamination can cause damage
your vehicle if you do not have to vehicle systems. Do not allow
the proper knowledge, service contaminants to contact the fluids,
manual, tools, or parts. Always reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
follow owners manual procedures 2. Go to the front of the vehicle to
and consult the service manual find the secondary hood
for your vehicle before doing any Hood release. The handle is under
service work. To open the hood: the front edge of the hood near
the center. Push the handle to
If doing some of your own service the right and at the same time
work, use the proper service raise the hood.
manual. It tells you much more Before closing the hood, be sure all
about how to service the vehicle the filler caps are on properly. Then
than this manual can. To order the bring the hood from full open to
proper service manual, see Service within 15 cm (6 in) from the closed
Publications Ordering 1. Pull the handle with this symbol position, pause, and push the front
Information 0 438. on it. It is inside the vehicle center of the hood with a swift, firm
under the steering wheel. motion to fully close the hood.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 102.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 323
Engine Compartment
Overview
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
supplement.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
324 Vehicle Care

Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 325
1. Positive (+) Terminal. See 10. Windshield Washer Fluid . Check the engine oil level
Jump Starting - North Reservoir. See Adding Washer regularly and maintain the
America 0 393. Fluid under Washer proper oil level. See Checking
2. Battery - North America 0 340. Fluid 0 338. Engine Oil and When to Add
11. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Engine Oil in this section.
3. Coolant Surge Tank and
Brake Fluid 0 339. . Change the engine oil at the
Pressure Cap. See Cooling
System 0 332. 12. Engine Compartment Fuse appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Block 0 352. Life System 0 327.
4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 331.
. Always dispose of engine oil
5. Automatic Transmission Engine Oil properly. See What to Do with
Dipstick. See How to Check Used Oil in this section.
Automatic Transmission Fluid For a heavy-duty Suburban, see
under Automatic Transmission Engine Oil in the Suburban Checking Engine Oil
Fluid 0 328. Heavy-Duty Package supplement.
If equipped, the ENGINE OIL LOW
6. Remote Negative () Location To ensure proper engine ADD OIL message displays when
(Out of View). See Jump performance and long life, careful the engine oil level may be too low.
Starting - North America 0 393. attention must be paid to engine oil. See Engine Oil Messages 0 169.
Following these simple, but Check the oil level before filling to
7. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of important steps will help protect the recommended level. If the oil is
View). See Cooling your investment: not low and this message remains
System 0 332. on, see your dealer.
. Use engine oil approved to the
8. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See When proper specification and of the Check the engine oil level regularly,
to Add Engine Oil under proper viscosity grade. See every 650 km (400 mi), especially
Engine Oil 0 325. Selecting the Right Engine Oil prior to a long trip. The engine oil
9. Engine Oil Dipstick. See in this section. dipstick handle is a loop. See
Checking Engine Oil under Engine Compartment Overview
Engine Oil 0 325. 0 323 for the location.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
326 Vehicle Care
the dipstick, wipe it with a clean

{ Warning paper towel or cloth, then push it Caution
back in all the way. Remove it
The engine oil dipstick handle again, keeping the tip down, and Do not add too much oil. Oil
may be hot; it could burn you. check the level. levels above or below the
Use a towel or glove to touch the acceptable operating range
dipstick handle. When to Add Engine Oil shown on the dipstick are harmful
to the engine. If you find that you
If a low oil Driver Information Center have an oil level above the
(DIC) message displays, check the operating range, i.e., the engine
oil level. has so much oil that the oil level
gets above the cross-hatched
Follow these guidelines: area that shows the proper
. To get an accurate reading, park operating range, the engine could
the vehicle on level ground. If the oil is below the cross-hatched be damaged. You should drain
Check the engine oil level after area at the tip of the dipstick and out the excess oil or limit driving
the engine has been off for at the engine has been off for at least of the vehicle and seek a service
least two hours. Checking the 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the professional to remove the
engine oil level on steep grades recommended oil and then recheck excess amount of oil.
or too soon after engine shutoff the level. See Selecting the Right
can result in incorrect readings. Engine Oil later in this section for
Accuracy improves when See Engine Compartment Overview
an explanation of what kind of oil to
checking a cold engine prior to 0 323 for the location of the engine
use. For engine oil crankcase
starting. Remove the dipstick oil fill cap.
capacity, see Capacities and
and check the level. Specifications 0 426. Add enough oil to put the level
. If unable to wait two hours, the somewhere in the proper operating
engine must be off for at least range. Push the dipstick all the way
15 minutes if the engine is back in when through.
warm, or at least 30 minutes if
the engine is not warm. Pull out
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 327
Selecting the Right Engine Oil Viscosity Grade properly dispose of clothing or rags
Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade containing used engine oil. See the
Selecting the right engine oil
engine oil. manufacturer's warnings about the
depends on both the proper oil
use and disposal of oil products.
specification and viscosity grade. When selecting an oil of the
See Recommended Fluids and appropriate viscosity grade, it is Used oil can be a threat to the
Lubricants 0 421. recommended to select an oil of the environment. If you change your
correct specification. See own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
Specification from the filter before disposal. Never
Specification earlier in this section.
Ask for and use engine oils that dispose of oil by putting it in the
meet the dexos1 specification. Engine Oil Additives/Engine trash or pouring it on the ground,
Oil Flushes into sewers, or into streams or
Engine oils that have been
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
approved by GM as meeting the Do not add anything to the oil. The it to a place that collects used oil.
dexos1 specification are marked recommended oils meeting the
with the dexos1 approved logo. See dexos1 specification are all that is
www.gmdexos.com. needed for good performance and
Engine Oil Life System
engine protection. When to Change Engine Oil
Engine oil system flushes are not This vehicle has a computer system
recommended and could cause that indicates when to change the
engine damage not covered by the engine oil and filter. This is based
vehicle warranty. on a combination of factors which
What to Do with Used Oil include engine revolutions, engine
temperature, and miles driven.
Used engine oil contains certain Based on driving conditions, the
Caution elements that can be unhealthy for mileage at which an oil change is
Failure to use the recommended your skin and could even cause indicated can vary considerably. For
engine oil or equivalent can result cancer. Do not let used oil stay on the oil life system to work properly,
your skin for very long. Clean your the system must be reset every time
in engine damage not covered by
skin and nails with soap and water, the oil is changed.
the vehicle warranty.
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
328 Vehicle Care
On some vehicles, when the system since the last oil change. The oil life system can also be reset
has calculated that oil life has been Remember to reset the oil life as follows:
diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE system whenever the oil is changed. 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
OIL SOON message comes on to with the engine off.
indicate that an oil change is How to Reset the Engine Oil
necessary. See Engine Oil Life System 2. Fully press the accelerator
Messages 0 169. Change the oil as Reset the system whenever the pedal slowly three times within
soon as possible within the next engine oil is changed so that the five seconds.
1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible that, system can calculate the next 3. Display the OIL LIFE
if driving under the best conditions, engine oil change. Always reset the REMAINING on the DIC. If the
the oil life system might indicate that engine oil life to 100% after every oil display shows 100%, the
an oil change is not necessary for change. It will not reset itself. To system is reset.
up to a year. The engine oil and reset the engine oil life system:
filter must be changed at least once If the vehicle has a CHANGE
a year and, at this time, the system 1. Display the OIL LIFE ENGINE OIL SOON message and it
must be reset. For vehicles without REMAINING on the DIC. If the comes back on when the vehicle is
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON vehicle does not have DIC started and/or the OIL LIFE
message, an oil change is needed buttons, the vehicle must be in REMAINING is near 0%, the engine
when the OIL LIFE REMAINING P (Park) to access this display. oil life system has not been reset.
percentage is near 0%. Your dealer See Driver Information Center Repeat the procedure.
has trained service people who will (DIC) (Base Level) 0 158 or
perform this work and reset the Driver Information Center (DIC) Automatic Transmission
(Uplevel) 0 160.
system. It is also important to check Fluid
the oil regularly over the course of 2. Press and hold V, or the trip
an oil drain interval and keep it at For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
odometer reset stem if the Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
the proper level. vehicle does not have DIC supplement.
If the system is ever reset buttons, for several seconds.
accidentally, the oil must be The oil life will change
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) to 100%.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 329
When to Check and Change Change the fluid and filter at the 1. Start the engine and park the
Automatic Transmission Fluid scheduled maintenance intervals vehicle on a level surface.
listed in Maintenance Schedule Keep the engine running.
It is usually not necessary to check 0 412. Be sure to use the
the transmission fluid level. The only 2. Apply the parking brake and
transmission fluid listed in place the shift lever in P (Park).
reason for fluid loss is a Recommended Fluids and
transmission leak or overheated Lubricants 0 421. 3. With your foot on the brake
transmission. If a small leak is pedal, move the shift lever
suspected, then use the following How to Check Automatic through each gear range,
checking procedures to check the Transmission Fluid (6-Speed pausing for about
fluid level. However, if there is a Automatic Transmission Only) three seconds in each range.
large leak, then it may be necessary Then, move the shift lever back
to have the vehicle towed to a to P (Park).
dealer service department and have
Caution
it repaired before driving the vehicle 4. Allow the engine to idle (500
Too much or too little fluid can 800 rpm) for at least
further. damage the transmission. Too one minute. Slowly release the
much can mean that some of the brake pedal.
Caution fluid could come out and fall on
5. Keep the engine running and
hot engine parts or exhaust
Use of the incorrect automatic check the transmission fluid
system parts, starting a fire. Too
transmission fluid may damage temperature on the Driver
little fluid could cause the Information Center (DIC). See
the vehicle, and the damage may
transmission to overheat. Be sure Driver Information Center (DIC)
not be covered by the vehicle
to get an accurate reading if (Base Level) 0 158 or Driver
warranty. Always use the
checking the transmission fluid. Information Center (DIC)
automatic transmission fluid listed
in Recommended Fluids and (Uplevel) 0 160.
Lubricants 0 421. Before checking the fluid level, 6. Using the transmission fluid
prepare the vehicle: temperature reading, determine
and perform the appropriate
check procedure. If the
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
330 Vehicle Care
transmission fluid temperature 1. Locate the transmission band. It does not take much
reading is not within the dipstick at the rear of the fluid, generally less than 0.5 L
required temperature ranges, engine compartment, on the (1 pt). Do not overfill.
allow the vehicle to cool, passenger side of the vehicle. 6. Perform a hot check at the first
or operate the vehicle until the See Engine Compartment opportunity after the
appropriate transmission fluid Overview 0 323. transmission reaches a normal
temperature is reached. operating temperature between
2. Flip the handle up, then pull out
Cold Check Procedure the dipstick and wipe it with a 71 C to 93 C (160 F to
clean rag or paper towel. 200 F).
Use this procedure only as a
reference to determine if the 3. Install the dipstick by pushing it 7. If the fluid level is in the
transmission has enough fluid to be back in all the way; wait acceptable range, push the
operated safely until a hot check three seconds, and then pull it dipstick back in all the way,
procedure can be made. The hot back out again. then flip the handle down to
check procedure is the most lock the dipstick in place.
accurate method to check the fluid 4. Check both sides of the
dipstick and read the lower Hot Check Procedure
level. Perform the hot check
procedure at the first opportunity. level. Repeat the check Use this procedure to check the
Use this cold check procedure to procedure to verify the reading. transmission fluid level when the
check fluid level when the transmission fluid temperature is
transmission temperature is between 71 C and 93 C (160 F
between 27 C and 32 C (80 F and and 200 F).
90 F). The hot check is the most accurate
method to check the fluid level. The
hot check should be performed at
the first opportunity in order to verify
5. If the fluid level is below the the cold check. The fluid level rises
COLD check band, add only as fluid temperature increases, so it
enough fluid as necessary to
bring the level into the COLD
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 331
is important to ensure the Consistency of Readings

transmission temperature is within
Always check the fluid level at least
range.
twice using the procedure described
previously. Consistency (repeatable
readings) is important to maintaining
proper fluid level. If readings are still
5. Safe operating level is within inconsistent, contact the dealer.
the HOT cross hatch band on
the dipstick. If the fluid level is Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
not within the HOT band, and
1. Locate the transmission See Engine Compartment Overview
the transmission temperature is
dipstick at the rear of the 0 323 for the location of the engine
between 71 C and 93 C
engine compartment, on the air cleaner/filter.
(160 F and 200 F), add or
passenger side of the vehicle.
drain fluid as necessary to When to Inspect the Engine Air
See Engine Compartment bring the level into the HOT Cleaner/Filter
Overview 0 323. band. If the fluid level is low,
add only enough fluid to bring For intervals on changing and
2. Flip the handle up, then pull out inspecting the engine air cleaner/
the dipstick and wipe it with a the level into the HOT band.
It does not take much fluid, filter, see Maintenance
clean rag or paper towel. Schedule 0 412.
generally less than 0.5 L (1 pt).
3. Install the dipstick by pushing it Do not overfill.
back in all the way; wait How to Inspect the Engine Air
three seconds, and then pull it 6. If the fluid level is in the Cleaner/Filter
back out again. acceptable range, push the
Do not start the engine or have the
dipstick back in all the way,
4. Check both sides of the engine running with the engine air
then flip the handle down to
dipstick and read the lower cleaner/filter housing open. Before
lock the dipstick in place.
level. Repeat the check removing the engine air cleaner/
procedure to verify the reading. filter, make sure the engine air
cleaner/filter housing and nearby
components are free of dirt and
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
332 Vehicle Care
debris. Remove the engine air 1. Locate the air cleaner/filter

cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake assembly. See Engine { Warning
the engine air cleaner/filter (away Compartment Overview 0 323.
from the vehicle), to release loose Operating the engine with the air
2. Disconnect the outlet duct by cleaner/filter off can cause you or
dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air loosening the air duct
cleaner/filter for damage, and others to be burned. The air
clamp (3). cleaner not only cleans the air; it
replace if damaged. Do not clean
the engine air cleaner/filter or 3. Disconnect the electrical helps to stop flames if the engine
components with water or connector (2) and the backfires. Use caution when
compressed air. connector harness from the working on the engine and do not
cover. drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
To inspect or replace the air cleaner/
filter: 4. Remove the four screws (1) on
top of the cover of the housing
and lift up the cover.
Caution
5. Remove the engine air cleaner/
filter from the housing. Take If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
care to dislodge as little dirt as can easily get into the engine,
possible. which could damage it. Always
6. Clean the engine air cleaner/ have the air cleaner/filter in place
filter sealing surfaces and the when you are driving.
housing.
7. Inspect or replace the engine Cooling System
air cleaner/filter. For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
8. Reverse Steps 2-4 to reinstall Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
1. Screws (4) the filter cover housing. supplement.
2. Electrical Connector The cooling system allows the
3. Air Duct Clamp engine to maintain the correct
working temperature.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 333
Engine Coolant
{ Warning
Heater and radiator hoses, and Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
other engine parts, can be very supplement.
hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
The cooling system in the vehicle is
you can be burned. filled with DEX-COOL engine
Do not run the engine if there is a coolant. This coolant is designed to
leak. If you run the engine, it remain in the vehicle for 5 years or
could lose all coolant. That could 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever
cause an engine fire, and you occurs first.
could be burned. Get any leak The following explains the cooling
1. Coolant Surge Tank fixed before you drive the vehicle. system and how to check and add
2. Coolant Surge Tank coolant when it is low. If there is a
Pressure Cap problem with engine overheating,
3. Engine Electric see Engine Overheating 0 336.
Caution
Cooling Fans What to Use
Using coolant other than
{ Warning DEX-COOL can cause
{ Warning
premature engine, heater core,
An electric engine cooling fan can or radiator corrosion. In addition, Adding only plain water or some
start even when the engine is not the engine coolant could require other liquid to the cooling system
running. To avoid injury, always changing sooner. Any repairs can be dangerous. Plain water
keep hands, clothing, and tools would not be covered by the and other liquids, can boil before
away from any engine vehicle warranty. Always use the proper coolant mixture will.
cooling fan. DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant The coolant warning system is set
in the vehicle. for the proper coolant mixture.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
334 Vehicle Care
Checking Coolant
Warning (Continued) Caution
The coolant surge tank is in the
With plain water or the wrong If improper coolant mixture, engine compartment on the
mixture, the engine could get too inhibitors, or additives are used in passenger side of the vehicle. See
hot but you would not get the the vehicle cooling system, the Engine Compartment
overheat warning. The engine engine could overheat and be Overview 0 323.
could catch fire and you or others damaged. Too much water in the The vehicle must be on a level
could be burned. Use a 50/ mixture can freeze and crack surface when checking the coolant
50 mixture of clean, drinkable engine cooling parts. The repairs level.
water and DEX-COOL coolant. would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Use only the
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, proper mixture of engine coolant
drinkable water and DEX-COOL for the cooling system. See
coolant. If using this mixture, Recommended Fluids and
nothing else needs to be added. Lubricants 0 421.
This mixture:
. Gives freezing protection down Never dispose of engine coolant by
to 37 C (34 F), outside putting it in the trash, or by pouring
temperature. it on the ground, or into sewers,
streams, or bodies of water. Have
. Gives boiling protection up to
the coolant changed by an
129 C (265 F), engine authorized service center, familiar
temperature. with legal requirements regarding Check to see if coolant is visible in
. Protects against rust and used coolant disposal. This will help the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
corrosion. protect the environment and your inside the coolant surge tank is
health. boiling, wait until it cools down. The
. Will not damage aluminum parts. coolant level should be at or above
. Helps keep the proper engine
temperature.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 335
the FULL COLD mark. If it is not, Turn the pressure cap slowly
there may be a leak in the cooling { Warning counterclockwise about one full
system. turn. If a hiss is heard, wait for
Steam and scalding liquids from a that to stop. A hiss means
If coolant is visible but the coolant hot cooling system can blow out
level is not at or above the FULL there is still some pressure left.
and burn you badly. Never turn
COLD mark, see How to Add the cap when the cooling system, 2. Keep turning the pressure cap
Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank, including the surge tank pressure slowly, and remove it.
following. cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
How to Add Coolant to the system and surge tank pressure the proper mixture to the FULL
Coolant Surge Tank cap to cool. COLD mark.
4. With the coolant surge tank
{ Warning If no coolant is visible in the surge pressure cap off, start the
engine and let it run until the
tank, add coolant.
You can be burned if you spill engine coolant temperature
coolant on hot engine parts. gauge indicates approximately
Coolant contains ethylene glycol 90 C (195 F).
and it will burn if the engine parts By this time, the coolant level
are hot enough. Do not spill inside the coolant surge tank
coolant on a hot engine. may be lower. If the level is
lower, add more of the proper
1. Remove the coolant surge tank mixture to the coolant surge
pressure cap when the cooling tank until the level reaches the
Caution system, including the coolant FULL COLD mark.
surge tank pressure cap and
This vehicle has a specific upper radiator hose, is no 5. Replace the pressure cap
coolant fill procedure. Failure to longer hot. tightly.
follow this procedure could cause
the engine to overheat and be
severely damaged.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
336 Vehicle Care
6. Verify coolant level after the There is a coolant temperature If Steam is Coming from the
engine is shut off and the gauge in the vehicle's instrument Engine Compartment
coolant is cold. If necessary, cluster. See Engine Coolant
repeat coolant fill procedure Temperature Gauge 0 147.
Steps 16.
{ Warning
In addition, there are ENGINE
OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE, Steam from an overheated engine
Caution ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE can burn you badly, even if you
ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS just open the hood. Stay away
If the pressure cap is not tightly REDUCED messages in the Driver from the engine if you see or hear
installed, coolant loss and Information Center (DIC). See steam coming from it. Just turn it
possible engine damage may Engine Cooling System Messages off and get everyone away from
occur. Be sure the cap is properly 0 168 and Engine Power the vehicle until it cools down.
and tightly secured. Messages 0 169. Wait until there is no sign of
If the decision is made not to lift the steam or coolant before you open
Engine Overheating hood when this warning appears, the hood.
get service help right away. If you keep driving when the
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package If the decision is made to lift the engine is overheated, the liquids
supplement. hood, make sure the vehicle is in it can catch fire. You or others
parked on a level surface. could be badly burned. Stop the
Caution Check to see if the engine cooling engine if it overheats, and get out
fan(s) are running. If the engine is of the vehicle until the engine
Running the engine without overheating, the fans should be is cool.
coolant may cause damage or a running. If they are not, do not
fire. Vehicle damage would not be continue to run the engine, and If No Steam is Coming from
covered by the vehicle warranty. have the vehicle serviced.
the Engine Compartment
The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP
The vehicle has several indicators ENGINE or the ENGINE
to warn of engine overheating. OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 337
message, along with a low coolant If the engine coolant temperature If there is no sign of steam, idle the
condition, can indicate a serious gauge is no longer in the overheat engine for five minutes while
problem. zone or an overheat warning no parked. If the warning is still
If there is an engine overheat longer displays, the vehicle can be displayed, turn off the engine until it
warning, but no steam is seen or driven. Continue to drive the vehicle cools down.
heard, the problem may not be too slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a
serious. Sometimes the engine can safe vehicle distance from the Engine Fan
get a little too hot when the vehicle: vehicle in front. If the warning does
not come back on, continue to drive If the vehicle has electric cooling
. Climbs a long hill on a hot day. normally and have the cooling fans, the fans may be heard
system checked for proper fill and spinning at low speed during most
. Stops after high-speed driving.
function. everyday driving. The fans may turn
. Idles for long periods in traffic. off if no cooling is required. Under
If the warning continues, pull over, heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing,
. Tows a trailer; see Trailer stop, and park the vehicle high outside temperatures,
Towing 0 306. right away. or operation of the air conditioning
If the ENGINE OVERHEATED If there is still no sign of steam and system, the fans may change to
STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE the vehicle is equipped with an high speed and an increase in fan
OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE engine driven cooling fan, push noise may be heard. This is normal
message appears with no sign of down the accelerator until the and indicates that the cooling
steam, try this for a minute or so: engine speed is about twice as fast system is functioning properly. The
1. Turn the air conditioning off. as normal idle speed for at least fans will change to low speed when
five minutes while the vehicle is additional cooling is no longer
2. Turn the heater on to the parked. If the warning is still there, required.
highest temperature and to the turn off the engine and get everyone
highest fan speed. Open the The electric engine cooling fans
out of the vehicle until it cools down. may run after the engine has been
windows as necessary.
turned. off. This is normal and no
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off service is required.
the road, shift to P (Park) or
N (Neutral), and let the
engine idle.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
338 Vehicle Care
Power Steering Fluid Caution (Continued)

Suburban Heavy-Duty Package damage the washer fluid
supplement. tank and other parts of the
washer system.
Washer Fluid Open the cap with the washer . When using concentrated
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until washer fluid, follow the
What to Use manufacturer instructions for
the tank is full. See Engine
When windshield washer fluid needs Compartment Overview 0 323 for adding water.
to be added, be sure to read the reservoir location. . Fill the washer fluid tank
manufacturer's instructions before only three-quarters full when
use. Use a fluid that has sufficient it is very cold. This allows
protection against freezing in an Caution
for fluid expansion if
area where the temperature may fall . Do not use washer fluid that freezing occurs, which could
below freezing. contains any type of water damage the tank if it is
Adding Washer Fluid repellent coating. This can completely full.
cause the wiper blades to
The vehicle has a low washer fluid chatter or skip.
message on the DIC that comes on
.
Brakes
when the washer fluid is low. The Do not use engine coolant
(antifreeze) in the Disc brake pads have built-in wear
message is displayed for
windshield washer. It can indicators that make a high-pitched
15 seconds at the start of each
damage the windshield warning sound when the brake pads
ignition cycle. When the WASHER
washer system and paint. are worn and new pads are needed.
FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message
The sound can come and go or can
displays, washer fluid will need to . Do not mix water with be heard all the time when the
be added to the windshield washer ready-to-use washer fluid. vehicle is moving, except when
fluid reservoir. Water can cause the applying the brake pedal firmly.
solution to freeze and
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 339
proper sequence to torque Brake Fluid

{ Warning specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 426.
The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will Brake pads should be replaced as
not work well. That could lead to complete sets.
a crash. When the brake wear Brake Pedal Travel
warning sound is heard, have the
vehicle serviced. See your dealer if the brake pedal
does not return to normal height, The brake master cylinder reservoir
or if there is a rapid increase in is filled with GM approved DOT 3
pedal travel. This could be a sign brake fluid as indicated on the
Caution that brake service may be required. reservoir cap. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 323 for
Continuing to drive with worn-out Replacing Brake System Parts
the location of the reservoir.
brake pads could result in costly Always replace brake system parts
brake repair. with new, approved replacement Checking Brake Fluid
parts. If this is not done, the brakes With the vehicle in P (Park) on a
Some driving conditions or climates may not work properly. The braking level surface, the brake fluid level
can cause a brake squeal when the performance expected can change should be between the minimum
brakes are first applied or lightly in many other ways if the wrong and maximum marks on the brake
applied. This does not mean replacement brake parts are fluid reservoir.
something is wrong with the brakes. installed or if parts are improperly
There are only two reasons why the
installed.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are brake fluid level in the reservoir may
necessary to help prevent brake go down:
pulsation. When tires are rotated, . Normal brake lining wear. When
inspect brake pads for wear and new linings are installed, the
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the fluid level goes back up.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
340 Vehicle Care

. A fluid leak in the brake When the brake fluid falls to a low
hydraulic system. Have the level, the brake warning light comes Caution
brake hydraulic system fixed. on. See Brake System Warning
With a leak, the brakes will not Light 0 153. If brake fluid is spilled on the
work well. vehicle's painted surfaces, the
Brake fluid absorbs water over time paint finish can be damaged.
Always clean the brake fluid which degrades the effectiveness of Immediately wash off any painted
reservoir cap and the area around the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid surface.
the cap before removing it. at the specified intervals to prevent
Do not top off the brake fluid. increased stopping distance. See
Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Maintenance Schedule 0 412. Battery - North America
If fluid is added when the linings are What to Add The original equipment battery is
worn, there will be too much fluid maintenance free. Do not remove
when new brake linings are Use only GM approved DOT 3
brake fluid from a clean, sealed the cap and do not add fluid.
installed. Add or remove fluid, as
necessary, only when work is done container. See Recommended Refer to the replacement number
on the brake hydraulic system. Fluids and Lubricants 0 421. shown on the original battery label
when a new battery is needed. See
{ Warning { Warning Engine Compartment Overview
0 323 for battery location.
If too much brake fluid is added, it The wrong or contaminated brake
can spill on the engine and burn, fluid could result in damage to the
brake system. This could result in
{ Warning
if the engine is hot enough. You
the loss of braking leading to a WARNING: Battery posts,
or others could be burned, and
possible injury. Always use the terminals, and related
the vehicle could be damaged.
proper GM approved brake fluid. accessories contain lead and lead
Add brake fluid only when work is
compounds, chemicals known to
done on the brake hydraulic
the State of California to cause
system.
cancer and birth defects or other
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 341
Extended Storage: Remove the 2. Drain Plug

Warning (Continued) black, negative () cable from the To get an accurate reading, the
battery or use a battery trickle vehicle should be on a level
reproductive harm. Batteries also charger.
contain other chemicals known to surface.
the State of California to cause Four-Wheel Drive If the level is below the bottom of
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER the fill plug (1) hole, located on the
HANDLING. Transfer Case transfer case, some lubricant will
See California Proposition need to be added. Add enough
When to Check Lubricant lubricant to raise the level to the
65 Warning 0 320.
Refer to Maintenance Schedule bottom of the fill plug (1) hole. Use
0 412 to determine when to check care not to overtighten the plug.
Vehicle Storage the lubricant.
When to Change Lubricant
How to Check Lubricant
{ Warning Refer to Maintenance Schedule
0 412 to determine how often to
Batteries have acid that can burn change the lubricant.
you and gas that can explode. What to Use
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting - Refer to Recommended Fluids and
North America 0 393 for tips on Lubricants 0 421 to determine what
kind of lubricant to use.
working around a battery without
getting hurt.
Front Axle
Infrequent Usage: Remove the When to Check and Change
black, negative () cable from the Lubricant
battery to keep the battery from Automatic Transfer Case It is not necessary to regularly
running down. check front axle fluid unless a leak
1. Fill Plug is suspected, or an unusual noise is
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
342 Vehicle Care
heard. A fluid loss could indicate a . When the differential is at level, it may appear lower than
problem. Have it inspected and operating temperature (warm), normal because fluid has traveled
repaired. add enough lubricant to raise the out along the axle tubes and has
level to the bottom of the fill not drained back to the sump area.
How to Check Lubricant plug (1) hole. Therefore, a reading taken
To get an accurate reading, the five minutes after the vehicle has
vehicle should be on a level What to Use been driven will appear to have a
surface. Refer to Recommended Fluids and lower fluid level than a vehicle that
Lubricants 0 421 to determine what has been stationary for an hour or
kind of lubricant to use. two. The rear axle assembly must
be supported on a flat, level surface
Rear Axle to get a true reading.
When to Check Lubricant How to Check Lubricant

It is not necessary to regularly To get an accurate reading, the
check rear axle fluid unless a leak is vehicle should be on a level
suspected or an unusual noise is surface.
heard. A fluid loss could indicate a
problem. Have it inspected and
repaired.
All axle assemblies are filled by
1. Fill Plug volume of fluid during production.
2. Drain Plug They are not filled to reach a certain
. level. When checking the fluid level
When the differential is cold, add
on any axle, variations in the
enough lubricant to raise the
readings can be caused by factory
level from 0 mm (0 in) to 3.2 mm
fill differences between the minimum
(1/8 in) below the fill
and the maximum fluid volume.
plug (1) hole.
Also, if a vehicle has just been
driven before checking the fluid
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 343
The proper level is 1.0 mm to part, component or system of the element of design incorporated
19.0 mm (0.04 in to 0.7 in) below vehicle manufactured by General into any new vehicle for the
the bottom of the fill hole, located on Motors, which at the time it left purpose of noise control, prior
the rear axle. Add only enough fluid General Motors control caused to its sale or delivery to the
to reach the proper level. noise emissions to exceed Federal ultimate purchaser or while it is
standards, are covered by the in use; or
What to Use warranty for the life of the vehicle. 2. The use of the vehicle after
Refer to Recommended Fluids and The following information relates to such device or element of
Lubricants 0 421 to determine what compliance with federal noise design has been removed or
kind of lubricant to use. emission standards for vehicles with rendered inoperative by any
a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating person.
Noise Control System (GVWR) of more than 4 536 kg Among those acts presumed to
(10,000 lbs). The Maintenance constitute tampering are the acts
Noise Emission Warranty
Schedule provides information on listed below.
General Motors warrants to the first maintaining the noise control system
person who purchases this vehicle to minimize degradation of the noise Insulation:
for purposes other than resale and emission control system during the Removal of the noise shields or any
to each subsequent purchaser that life of the vehicle. The noise control underhood insulation.
this vehicle as manufactured by system warranty is given in the
General Motors was designed, built vehicle warranty booklet. Engine:
and equipped to conform at the time
These standards apply only to Removal or rendering engine speed
it left General Motors control with all
vehicles sold in the United States. governor, if the vehicle has one,
applicable U.S. EPA Noise Control
inoperative so as to allow engine
Regulations. This warranty covers Federal law prohibits the following
speed to exceed manufacturer
this vehicle as designed, built and acts or the causing thereof:
specifications.
equipped by General Motors and is 1. The removal or rendering
not limited to any particular part, inoperative by any person, Fan and Drive:
component or system of the vehicle other than for purposes of . Removal of fan clutch, if the
manufactured by General Motors. maintenance, repair or vehicle has one, or rendering
Defects in design, assembly or any replacement, of any device or clutch inoperative.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
344 Vehicle Care

. Removal of the fan shroud, if the 2. Apply both the parking brake 1. Before starting this check, be
vehicle has one. and the regular brake. sure there is enough room
Do not use the accelerator around the vehicle. It should be
Air Intake: parked on a level surface.
pedal, and be ready to turn off
. Removal of the air cleaner
the engine immediately if it 2. Apply the parking brake. Be
silencer. starts. ready to apply the regular
. Modification of the air cleaner. brake immediately if the vehicle
3. Try to start the engine in each
gear. The vehicle should start begins to move.
Exhaust:
only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). 3. With the engine off, turn the
. Removal of the muffler and/or
If the vehicle starts in any other ignition on, but do not start the
resonator.
position, contact your dealer for engine. Without applying the
. Removal of the exhaust pipes service. regular brake, try to move the
and exhaust pipe clamps. shift lever out of P (Park) with
Automatic Transmission normal effort. If the shift lever
Starter Switch Check Shift Lock Control moves out of P (Park), contact
your dealer for service.
Function Check
{ Warning Ignition Transmission
When you are doing this { Warning Lock Check
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle When you are doing this If equipped with a key access
inspection, the vehicle could ignition, while parked and with the
moves, you or others could be
move suddenly. If the vehicle parking brake set, try to turn the
injured.
moves, you or others could be ignition to LOCK/OFF in each shift
injured. lever position.
1. Before starting this check, be . The ignition should turn to
sure there is enough room LOCK/OFF only when the shift
around the vehicle. lever is in P (Park).
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 345

. The ignition key should come pressure from the regular brake
out only in LOCK/OFF. pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
Contact your dealer if service is held by the parking brake only.
required. . To check the P (Park)
mechanism's holding ability:
Park Brake and P (Park) With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the
Mechanism Check parking brake followed by the
regular brake.
{ Warning Contact your dealer if service is
When you are doing this check, required.
the vehicle could begin to move.
Wiper Blade Replacement 2. Lift up on the latch in the
You or others could be injured middle of the wiper blade
and property could be damaged. Windshield wiper blades should be where the wiper arm attaches.
Make sure there is room in front inspected for wear or cracking.
of the vehicle in case it begins to 3. With the latch open, pull the
roll. Be ready to apply the regular For the proper type and size, see wiper blade down toward the
Maintenance Replacement windshield far enough to
brake at once should the vehicle
Parts 0 422. release it from the J-hooked
begin to move.
end of the wiper arm.
Front Wiper Blade
Replacement 4. Remove the wiper blade.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping To replace the wiper blade Allowing the wiper blade arm to
your foot on the regular brake, set assembly: touch the windshield when no
the parking brake. wiper blade is installed could
1. Pull the windshield wiper damage the windshield. Any
. To check the parking brake's assembly away from the damage that occurs would not
holding ability: With the engine windshield. be covered by the vehicle
running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
346 Vehicle Care
warranty. Do not allow the 2. Push the release lever (2) to Driver Assistance Systems
wiper blade arm to touch the disengage the hook and push
When a windshield replacement is
windshield. the wiper arm (1) out of the
needed and the vehicle is equipped
5. Reverse Steps 13 for wiper blade assembly (3).
with a front-looking camera sensor
blade replacement. 3. Push the new blade assembly for the Driver Assistance Systems,
securely in the wiper arm hook the windshield must be installed
Rear Wiper Blade Replacement until the release lever clicks according to GM specifications for
To replace the rear wiper blade: into place. these systems to work properly. If it
1. With the rear wiper in the off 4. Return the wiper arm and is not, there may be unexpected
position, open the liftglass to blade assembly to the rest behavior and/or messages from
access the rear wiper arm/ position on the glass. these systems. See Object
blade. Detection System Messages 0 171.
The rear wiper blade will not Glass Replacement

lock in a vertical position so If the windshield or front side glass
care should be used when must be replaced, see your dealer
pulling it away from the vehicle. to determine the correct
replacement glass.
Windshield Replacement
HUD System
If equipped with a HUD system, the
windshield is part of the HUD. If the
windshield must be replaced, get
one that is designed for HUD or the
HUD image may look out of focus.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 347
Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement High Intensity Discharge

Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement (HID) Lighting
should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, Bulbs 0 351. { Warning
the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb-changing procedure The High Intensity Discharge
If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact (HID) lighting system operates at
necessary, see your dealer. your dealer.
a very high voltage. If you try to
service any of the system
Halogen Bulbs components, you could be
seriously injured. Have your
{ Warning dealer or a qualified technician
service them.
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or After an HID headlamp bulb has
others could be injured. Be sure been replaced, the beam might be a
to read and follow the instructions slightly different shade than it was
on the bulb package. originally. This is normal.
LED Lighting
This vehicle has several LED lamps.
For replacement of any LED lighting
assembly, contact your dealer.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
348 Vehicle Care
Headlamps 3. Turn the bulb socket 2. Disconnect the electrical

counterclockwise to remove it connector from the fog lamp
from the headlamp assembly bulb assembly by pressing the
and pull it straight out. connector release.
4. Unplug the electrical connector 3. Turn the bulb counterclockwise
from the old bulb by releasing to remove it from the housing.
the clip on the bulb socket.
Front Turn Signal Lamps
Fog Lamps 1. Open the hood. See
Hood 0 322
2. Reach in and access the bulb
socket from inside the engine
compartment.
Driver Side
3. Turn the bulb socket
1. Low-Beam Headlamp
counterclockwise to remove it
2. High-Beam Headlamp from the headlamp assembly
3. Turn Signal Lamp and pull it straight out.
See your dealer for passenger side 4. Remove the bulb by pulling it
replacement. straight out of the socket bulb
socket.
Headlamp 5. Replace it with a new bulb.
To replace the front fog lamp bulb:
1. Open the hood. See 6. Reinstall the new bulb socket
Hood 0 322 1. Locate the fog lamp under the
into the headlamp assembly
front bumper.
2. Remove the headlamp bulb and turn it clockwise to secure.
assembly cover by turning it
counterclockwise.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 349
Taillamps, Turn Signal, To replace one of these bulbs:

Stoplamps, and Back-Up 1. Open the liftgate. See
Lamps Liftgate 0 47.
3. Remove the two screws from

the taillamp assembly.
4. Pull the taillamp assembly
straight back to remove.
2. Remove the taillamp closeout 5. Turn the bulb socket
1. Back-up Lamp cover from the lamp assembly
2. Stoplamp/Turn Signal Lamp counterclockwise to remove it
by pulling rearward from the from the taillamp assembly.
The taillamp on this vehicle is an top and bottom at the same
LED. For replacement, contact your time to unfasten the snap tabs. 6. Pull the bulb straight out from
dealer. the socket.
7. Put a new bulb into the socket,
insert it into the taillamp
assembly, and turn the bulb
socket clockwise until it clicks.
8. Reinstall the taillamp assembly
and tighten the screws.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
350 Vehicle Care
9. Reinstall the taillamp cover by To replace one of these bulbs:

snapping it into place. 1. Push the lamp assembly (3)
toward the center of the
License Plate Lamp vehicle.
2. Pull the lamp assembly down
to remove.
3. Turn the bulb socket (1)
counterclockwise to remove it
from the lamp assembly (3).
4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of
the bulb socket (1).
1. Bulb Socket 5. Push the replacement bulb
2. Bulb straight into the bulb socket
3. Lamp Assembly and turn the bulb socket
clockwise to install it into the
Passenger Side Shown, Driver lamp assembly.
Side Similar
6. Push the lamp assembly back
into position until the release
tab locks into place.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 351
Replacement Bulbs Electrical System Windshield Wipers

Exterior Lamp Bulb If the wiper motor overheats due to
Number Electrical System heavy snow or ice, the windshield
Overload wipers will stop until the motor cools
Back-up Lamp 921 and will then restart.
Fog Lamp PSX26W The vehicle has fuses to protect
Although the circuit is protected
against an electrical system
Front Turn WY21W from electrical overload, overload
overload. Fuses also protect power
Signal Lamp due to heavy snow or ice may
devices in the vehicle.
cause wiper linkage damage.
High-Beam 9005 LL Replace a bad fuse with a new one Always clear ice and heavy snow
Headlamp (Base of the identical size and rating. from the windshield before using the
and Uplevel) windshield wipers.
If there is a problem on the road and
Low-Beam H11 LL a fuse needs to be replaced, there If the overload is caused by an
Headlamp (Base) are some spare fuses and a fuse electrical problem and not snow or
License W5W puller in the left instrument panel ice, be sure to get it fixed.
Plate Lamp fuse block. The same amperage
Stoplamp/Turn 7440 LL and
fuse can also be borrowed. Choose Fuses
some feature of the vehicle that is
Signal Lamp WY21W not needed to use and replace it as The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
soon as possible. protected from short circuits by
For replacement bulbs not listed fuses. This greatly reduces the
here, contact your dealer. Headlamp Wiring chance of fires caused by electrical
An electrical overload may cause problems.
the lamps to go on and off, or in Look at the silver-colored band
some cases to remain off. Have the inside the fuse. If the band is broken
headlamp wiring checked right away or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure
if the lamps go on and off or you replace a bad fuse with a new
remain off. one of the identical size and rating.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
352 Vehicle Care
Fuses of the same amperage can

be temporarily borrowed from
another fuse location, if a fuse goes
out. Replace the fuse as soon as
you can.
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
supplement.
The engine compartment fuse block Lift the cover to access the fuse
is in the engine compartment, on block.
the driver side of the vehicle.
Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
component.
A fuse puller is available in the left

instrument panel fuse block.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 353
Item Usage Item Usage Item Usage

1 Electric running 2 ABS pump 4 Passenger
boards 3 Interior BEC LT1 motorized
safety belt
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
354 Vehicle Care

5 Suspension 21 ALC exhaust 39 Right trailer
leveling solenoid stoplamp/Turn
compressor 23 Integrated chassis signal lamp
6 4WD transfer case control module 40 Left trailer
electronic control 24 Real time stoplamp/turn
7 dampening signal lamp
8 25 Fuel pump power 41 Trailer parking

module lamps
9
26 /Battery regulated 42 Right parking
10 Electric parking lamps
brake voltage control
27 43 Left parking lamps
11
28 Upfitter 2 44 Upfitter 3
12
29 Upfitter 2 relay 45 Automatic level
13 Interior BEC LT2 control/Run/Crank
14 Rear BEC 1 30 Wiper
46
15 31 TIM
47 Upfitter 4
16 32
48 Upfitter 4 relay
17 Driver motorized 33
49 Reverse lamps
safety belt 34 Reverse lamps
50
18 35 ABS valve
51 Parking lamp relay
19 36 Trailer brakes
52
20 37 Upfitter 3 relay
53
38
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 355

54 73 90 O2 sensor B
55 74 Engine control 91 Throttle control
56 module ignition 92 Engine control
57 75 Miscellaneous module relay
ignition spare 93 Horn
58
76 Transmission 94 Fog lamps
59 Euro trailer ignition
60 A/C control 95 High-beam
77 RC upfitter 1 and 2 headlamps
61 78 VBAT 96
62 upfitter 1 and 2
97
63 Upfitter 1 79
98
64 80
99
65 81
100 O2 sensor A
66 82
101 Engine control
67 Trailer battery 83 Euro trailer/RC module
68 84 Run/Crank relay 102 Engine control
69 RC upfitter 3 and 4 85 module/
86 Transmission
70 VBAT control module
upfitter 3 and 4 87 Engine
103 Auxiliary interior
71 88 Injector A odd heater
72 Upfitter 1 relay 89 Injector B even 104 Starter
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
356 Vehicle Care
Item Usage Item Usage

105 123 Right cooling fan
106
Instrument Panel Fuse
107 Aeroshutter
Block (Left)
108
109 Police upfitter
110
111
112 Starter relay
113
114 Front windshield
washer
115 Rear window
washer
116 Left cooling fan
The left instrument panel fuse block
117 Fuel pump prime access door is on the driver side
118 edge of the instrument panel.
119 Pull off the cover to access the fuse
block.
120 Fuel pump prime
121 Right HID
headlamp
122 Left HID headlamp
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 357
Item Usage
3
4 Accessory power
outlet 1
5 Retained accessory
power
6 APO/BATT
7 Universal garage door
opener/Interior
rearview mirror
8 SEO/Retained
accessory power
9
10 Body control module 3
11 Body control module 5
12 Steering wheel control
backlighting
13
14
15
The vehicle may not be equipped Item Usage 16 Discrete logic ignition
with all of the fuses, relays, and sensor
features shown. 1
2 17 Video processing
module
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
358 Vehicle Care

18 Mirror window module 33 SEO/Automatic level 47 Left heated, cooled,
19 Body control module 1 control or ventilated seat (if
34 Park enable/Electric equipped)
20 Front bolster (if
equipped) adjustable pedal (if 48
equipped) 49
21
35 50 Accessory power
22
36 Miscellaneous/RC outlet 2
23
37 Heated steering wheel 51
24 HVAC/Ignition
38 Steering column 52 Retained accessory
25 Instrument cluster/ lock 2 (if equipped) power relay
Ignition sensing
diagnostic module/ 39 Instrument cluster 53 Run/Crank relay
Ignition battery 54
26 Tilt column/SEO/Tilt 40 55
column lock 1/SEO 41 56
27 Data link connector/ 42 Euro trailer (if
Driver seat module equipped)
28 Passive entry/Passive 43 Left doors
start/HVAC battery 44 Driver power seat
29 Content theft 45
deterrent
46 Right heated, cooled,
30 or ventilated seat (if
31 equipped)
32
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 359
Instrument Panel Fuse

Block (Right)
The right instrument panel fuse

block access door is on the
passenger side edge of the
instrument panel.
Pull off the cover to access the fuse
block.
The vehicle may not be equipped Item Usage

with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown. 1
2
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
360 Vehicle Care

3 21 Sunroof 38 Body control module 2
4 Accessory power 22 39 A/C Inverter
outlet 4 23 40
5 24 41
6 25 42
7 26 Infotainment/Airbag 43
8 Glove box 27 /RF window switch/ 44 Right door window
9 Rain sensor motor
10 28 Obstacle 45 Front blower
11 detection/USB 46 Body control module 6
12 Steering wheel 29 Radio 47 Body control module 7
controls 30 48 Amplifier
13 Body control module 8 31 49 Right front seat
14 32 50 Accessory power
15 33 outlet 3
16 34 51
17 35 52 Retained accessory
18 36 Special equipment power relay
19 Body control module 4 option B2 53
20 Rear seat 37 Special equipment 54

entertainment option 55
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 361
Item Usage Item Usage

56 1 Rear defogger relay
2 Left heated second
Rear Compartment Fuse row seat
Block 3 Right heated second
row seat
4 Heated mirrors
5 Liftgate
6 Glass breakage
7 Liftglass
8 Liftgate module logic
9 Rear wiper
10 Rear HVAC blower
11 Second row seat
12 Liftgate module
The rear compartment fuse block is
behind the access panel on the left 13 Third row seat
side of the compartment. 14 Rear accessory power
Pull the panel out by grabbing the outlet
finger access slot at the rear edge. 15 Rear defogger
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and 16 Liftgate
features shown.
17 Liftglass
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
362 Vehicle Care
Item Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued)

18 Rear fog lamp (if
equipped) Tires . Underinflated tires pose
19 Rear fog lamp (if Every new GM vehicle has the same danger as
equipped) high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The
leading tire manufacturer. See resulting crash could
20 Heated mirror cause serious injury.
the warranty manual for
information regarding the tire Check all tires frequently
warranty and where to get to maintain the
service. For additional recommended pressure.
information refer to the tire Tire pressure should be
manufacturer. checked when the tires
are cold.
{ Warning . Overinflated tires are
more likely to be cut,
. Poorly maintained and punctured, or broken by
improperly used tires are a sudden impact such
dangerous. as when hitting a pothole.
. Overloading the tires can Keep tires at the
cause overheating as a recommended pressure.
result of too much . Worn or old tires can
flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the
blowout and a serious tread is badly worn,
crash. See Vehicle Load replace them.
Limits 0 247. (Continued)
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 363
Warning (Continued)
All-Season Tires traction on snow and ice-covered
roads. Consider installing winter
This vehicle may come with tires on the vehicle if frequent
. Replace any tires that all-season tires. These tires are driving on ice or snow covered
have been damaged by designed to provide good overall roads is expected. See your dealer
impacts with potholes, performance on most road surfaces for details regarding winter tire
curbs, etc. and weather conditions. Original availability and proper tire selection.
equipment tires designed to GM's Also, see Buying New Tires 0 377.
. Improperly repaired tires specific tire performance criteria
can cause a crash. Only have a TPC specification code With winter tires, there may be
the dealer or an molded onto the sidewall. Original decreased dry road traction,
authorized tire service equipment all-season tires can be increased road noise, and shorter
identified by the last two characters tread life. After changing to winter
center should repair,
of this TPC code, which will tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
replace, dismount, and handling and braking.
mount the tires. be MS.
Consider installing winter tires on If using winter tires:
. Do not spin the tires in
the vehicle if frequent driving on . Use tires of the same brand and
excess of 56 km/h snow or ice-covered roads is tread type on all four wheel
(35 mph) on slippery expected. All-season tires provide positions.
surfaces such as snow, adequate performance for most
. Use only radial ply tires of the
mud, ice, etc. Excessive winter driving conditions, but they
same size, load range, and
spinning may cause the may not offer the same level of
speed rating as the original
tires to explode. traction or performance as winter
tires on snow or ice-covered roads. equipment tires.
See Winter Tires 0 363. Winter tires with the same speed
See Tire Pressure for rating as the original equipment tires
High-Speed Operation 0 370 for Winter Tires may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
inflation pressure adjustment for and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
high-speed driving. This vehicle was not originally
equipped with winter tires. Winter
tires are designed for increased
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
364 Vehicle Care
tires with a lower speed rating are

Caution (Continued)
Tire Sidewall Labeling
chosen, never exceed the tire's
maximum speed capability. Useful information about a tire is
damage. Keep tires set to the molded into the sidewall. The
correct inflation pressure and
Low-Profile Tires when possible, avoid contact with
example shows a typical
passenger vehicle tire sidewall.
If the vehicle has P275/55R20 or curbs, potholes, and other road
P285/45R22 size tires, they are hazards.
classified as touring tires and
are designed for on road use.
The low-profile, wide tread
All-Terrain Tires
design is not recommended for This vehicle may have all-terrain
off-road driving. See Off-Road tires. These tires provide good
Driving 0 238, for additional performance on most road surfaces,
weather conditions, and for off-road
information.
driving. See Off-Road Driving 0 238.
Caution The tread pattern on these tires may
wear more quickly than other tires.
Low-profile tires are more Consider rotating the tires more Passenger (P-Metric)/Spare Tire
susceptible to damage from road frequently than at 12 000 km
hazards or curb impact than (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear (1) Tire Size : The tire size code
standard profile tires. Tire and/or is noted when the tires are is a combination of letters and
wheel assembly damage can inspected. See Tire numbers used to define a
occur when coming into contact Inspection 0 375. particular tire's width, height,
with road hazards like potholes, aspect ratio, construction type,
or sharp edged objects, or when and service description. See the
sliding into a curb. The warranty Tire Size illustration later in this
does not cover this type of section for more detail.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 365
(2) TPC Spec (Tire week of the year 2010 would (7) Maximum Cold Inflation
Performance Criteria have a four-digit DOT date Load Limit : Maximum load that
Specification) : Original of 0310. can be carried and the
equipment tires designed to (4) Tire Identification Number maximum pressure needed to
GM's specific tire performance (TIN) : The letters and numbers support that load. For
criteria have a TPC specification following the DOT code are the information on recommended
code molded onto the sidewall. Tire Identification Number (TIN). tire pressure see Tire Pressure
GM's TPC specifications meet or The TIN shows the 0 369 and Vehicle Load
exceed all federal safety manufacturer and plant code, Limits 0 247.
guidelines. tire size, and date the tire was (8) Temporary Use Only : Only
(3) DOT (Department of manufactured. The TIN is use a temporary spare tire until
Transportation) : The molded onto both sides of the the road tire is repaired and
Department of Transportation tire, although only one side may replaced. This spare tire should
(DOT) code indicates that the have the date of manufacture. not be driven on over 112 km/h
tire is in compliance with the (5) Tire Ply Material : The type (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph)
U.S. Department of of cord and number of plies in when pulling a trailer, with the
Transportation Motor Vehicle the sidewall and under the tread. proper inflation pressure. See
Safety Standards. Full-Size Spare Tire 0 392.
(6) Uniform Tire Quality
DOT Tire Date of Grading (UTQG) : Tire
Manufacture : The last four Tire Designations
manufacturers are required to
digits of the TIN indicate the tire grade tires based on three Tire Size
manufactured date. The first two performance factors: treadwear, The example shows a typical
digits represent the week traction, and temperature passenger vehicle tire size.
(01-52) and the last two digits, resistance. For more
the year. For example, the third information, see Uniform Tire
Quality Grading 0 379.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
366 Vehicle Care
would mean that the tire's Tire Terminology and

sidewall is 75 percent as high as Definitions
it is wide.
Air Pressure : The amount of
(4) Construction Code : A letter air inside the tire pressing
code is used to indicate the type outward on each square inch of
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire of ply construction in the tire. the tire. Air pressure is
The letter R means radial ply expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : construction; the letter D means
The United States version of a or psi (pounds per square inch).
diagonal or bias ply
metric tire sizing system. The construction; and the letter B Accessory Weight : The
letter P as the first character in means belted-bias ply combined weight of optional
the tire size means a passenger construction. accessories. Some examples of
vehicle tire engineered to optional accessories are
standards set by the U.S. Tire (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of automatic transmission, power
and Rim Association. the wheel in inches. windows, power seats, and air
(2) Tire Width : The three-digit (6) Service Description : These conditioning.
number indicates the tire section characters represent the load Aspect Ratio : The relationship
width in millimeters from index and speed rating of the of a tire's height to its width.
sidewall to sidewall. tire. The load index represents
the load carrying capacity a tire Belt : A rubber coated layer of
(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit is certified to carry. The speed cords between the plies and the
number that indicates the tire rating is the maximum speed a tread. Cords may be made from
height-to-width measurements. tire is certified to carry a load. steel or other reinforcing
For example, if the tire size materials.
aspect ratio is 75, as shown in
item C of the tire illustration, it
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 367
Bead : The tire bead contains Department of Transportation Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A
steel wires wrapped by steel (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety tire used on light duty trucks and
cords that hold the tire onto Standards. The DOT code some multipurpose passenger
the rim. includes the Tire Identification vehicles.
Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Load Index : An assigned
in which the plies are laid at designator which can also number ranging from 1 to 279
alternate angles less than identify the tire manufacturer, that corresponds to the load
90 degrees to the centerline of production plant, brand, and carrying capacity of a tire.
the tread. date of production.
Maximum Inflation Pressure :
Cold Tire Pressure : The GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight The maximum air pressure to
amount of air pressure in a tire, Rating. See Vehicle Load which a cold tire can be inflated.
measured in kPa (kilopascal) Limits 0 247. The maximum air pressure is
or psi (pounds per square inch) GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight molded onto the sidewall.
before a tire has built up heat Rating for the front axle. See Maximum Load Rating : The
from driving. See Tire Vehicle Load Limits 0 247. load rating for a tire at the
Pressure 0 369. GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight maximum permissible inflation
Curb Weight : The weight of a Rating for the rear axle. See pressure for that tire.
motor vehicle with standard and Vehicle Load Limits 0 247. Maximum Loaded Vehicle
optional equipment including the Intended Outboard Sidewall : Weight : The sum of curb
maximum capacity of fuel, oil, The side of an asymmetrical tire weight, accessory weight,
and coolant, but without that must always face outward vehicle capacity weight, and
passengers and cargo. when mounted on a vehicle. production options weight.
DOT Markings : A code molded Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric
into the sidewall of a tire unit for air pressure.
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
368 Vehicle Care
Normal Occupant Weight : The tire inflation pressure as shown Treadwear Indicators : Narrow
number of occupants a vehicle on the tire placard. See Tire bands, sometimes called wear
is designed to seat multiplied by Pressure 0 369 and Vehicle bars, that show across the tread
68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load Load Limits 0 247. of a tire when only 1.6 mm
Limits 0 247. Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic (1/16 in) of tread remains. See
Occupant Distribution : tire in which the ply cords that When It Is Time for New
Designated seating positions. extend to the beads are laid at Tires 0 376.
Outward Facing Sidewall : The 90 degrees to the centerline of UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
side of an asymmetrical tire that the tread. Grading Standards) : A tire
has a particular side that faces Rim : A metal support for a tire information system that provides
outward when mounted on a and upon which the tire beads consumers with ratings for a
vehicle. The side of the tire that are seated. tire's traction, temperature, and
contains a whitewall, bears treadwear. Ratings are
Sidewall : The portion of a tire determined by tire
white lettering, or bears between the tread and the bead.
manufacturer, brand, and/or manufacturers using
model name molding that is Speed Rating : An government testing procedures.
higher or deeper than the same alphanumeric code assigned to The ratings are molded into the
moldings on the other sidewall a tire indicating the maximum sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
of the tire. speed at which a tire can Tire Quality Grading 0 379.
operate. Vehicle Capacity Weight : The
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on passenger cars and Traction : The friction between number of designated seating
some light duty trucks and the tire and the road surface. positions multiplied by
multipurpose vehicles. The amount of grip provided. 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Recommended Inflation Tread : The portion of a tire that Limits 0 247.
Pressure : Vehicle comes into contact with
manufacturer's recommended the road.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 369
Vehicle Maximum Load on the The Tire and Loading

Tire : Load on an individual tire Caution Information label on the vehicle
due to curb weight, accessory Neither tire underinflation nor indicates the original equipment
weight, occupant weight, and overinflation is good. tires and the correct cold tire
cargo weight. Underinflated tires, or tires inflation pressures. The
Vehicle Placard : A label that do not have enough air, recommended pressure is the
permanently attached to a can result in: minimum air pressure needed to
vehicle showing the vehicle support the vehicle's maximum
. Tire overloading and load carrying capacity.
capacity weight and the original overheating which could
equipment tire size and lead to a blowout. For additional information
recommended inflation pressure. regarding how much weight the
See Tire and Loading . Premature or vehicle can carry, and an
Information Label under Vehicle irregular wear. example of the Tire and Loading
Load Limits 0 247. . Poor handling. Information label, see Vehicle
Load Limits 0 247. How the
. Reduced fuel economy.
Tire Pressure vehicle is loaded affects vehicle
Overinflated tires, or tires that handling and ride comfort. Never
Tires need the correct amount of
have too much air, can load the vehicle with more
air pressure to operate
result in: weight than it was designed to
effectively.
. Unusual wear. carry.
. Poor handling. When to Check
. Rough ride. Check the tires once a month
or more.
. Needless damage from
road hazards.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
370 Vehicle Care
Do not forget the spare tire, inflation pressure is high, press

if the vehicle has one. See on the metal stem in the center Warning (Continued)
Full-Size Spare Tire 0 392 for of the tire valve to release air. you or others could be killed.
additional information. Re-check the tire pressure with Some high-speed rated tires
How to Check the tire gauge. require inflation pressure
adjustment for high-speed
Use a good quality pocket-type Put the valve caps back on the operation. When speed limits and
gauge to check tire pressure. valve stems to keep out dirt and road conditions allow the vehicle
Proper tire inflation cannot be moisture and prevent leaks. Use to be driven at high speeds, make
determined by looking at the tire. only valve caps designed for the sure the tires are rated for
Check the tire inflation pressure vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors high-speed operation, are in
when the tires are cold, meaning could be damaged and would excellent condition, and are set to
the vehicle has not been driven not be covered by the vehicle the correct cold tire inflation
for at least three hours or no warranty. pressure for the vehicle load.
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
Tire Pressure for When driving the vehicle at speeds
Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem. Press the tire High-Speed Operation of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher, set
gauge firmly onto the valve to the cold inflation pressure to 20 kPa
get a pressure measurement. { Warning (3 psi) above the recommended tire
pressure shown on the Tire and
If the cold tire inflation pressure Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h Loading Information label. Return
matches the recommended (100 mph) or higher, puts the tires to the recommended cold
pressure on the Tire and additional strain on tires. tire inflation pressure when
Loading Information label, no Sustained high-speed driving high-speed driving has ended. See
further adjustment is necessary. causes excessive heat buildup Vehicle Load Limits 0 247 and Tire
If the inflation pressure is low, and can cause sudden tire failure. Pressure 0 369.
add air until the recommended This could cause a crash, and
pressure is reached. If the (Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 371
Tire Pressure Monitor Accordingly, when the low tire This sequence will continue upon
pressure telltale illuminates, you subsequent vehicle start-ups as
System should stop and check your tires as long as the malfunction exists.
The Tire Pressure Monitor System soon as possible, and inflate them When the malfunction indicator is
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor to the proper pressure. Driving on a illuminated, the system may not be
technology to check tire pressure significantly under-inflated tire able to detect or signal low tire
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor causes the tire to overheat and can pressure as intended. TPMS
the air pressure in your tires and lead to tire failure. Under-inflation malfunctions may occur for a variety
transmit tire pressure readings to a also reduces fuel efficiency and tire of reasons, including the installation
receiver located in the vehicle. tread life, and may affect the of replacement or alternate tires or
vehicle's handling and stopping wheels on the vehicle that prevent
Each tire, including the spare (if
ability. the TPMS from functioning properly.
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to Please note that the TPMS is not a Always check the TPMS malfunction
the inflation pressure recommended substitute for proper tire telltale after replacing one or more
by the vehicle manufacturer on the maintenance, and it is the driver's tires or wheels on your vehicle to
vehicle placard or tire inflation responsibility to maintain correct tire ensure that the replacement or
pressure label. (If your vehicle has pressure, even if under-inflation has alternate tires and wheels allow the
tires of a different size than the size not reached the level to trigger TPMS to continue to function
indicated on the vehicle placard or illumination of the TPMS low tire properly.
tire inflation pressure label, you pressure telltale. See Tire Pressure Monitor
should determine the proper tire Your vehicle has also been Operation 0 372.
inflation pressure for those tires.) equipped with a TPMS malfunction See Radio Frequency
As an added safety feature, your indicator to indicate when the Statement 0 439.
vehicle has been equipped with a system is not operating properly.
tire pressure monitoring system The TPMS malfunction indicator is
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire combined with the low tire pressure
pressure telltale when one or more telltale. When the system detects a
of your tires is significantly malfunction, the telltale will flash for
under-inflated. approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
372 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure Monitor shown on the Tire and Loading A Tire and Loading Information label
Information label. See Vehicle Load shows the size of the original
Operation Limits 0 247. equipment tires and the correct
This vehicle may have a Tire A message to check the pressure in inflation pressure for the tires when
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). a specific tire displays in the Driver they are cold. See Vehicle Load
The TPMS is designed to warn the Information Center (DIC). The low Limits 0 247, for an example of the
driver when a low tire pressure tire pressure warning light and the Tire and Loading Information label
condition exists. TPMS sensors are DIC warning message come on at and its location. Also see Tire
mounted onto each tire and wheel each ignition cycle until the tires are Pressure 0 369.
assembly, excluding the spare tire inflated to the correct inflation The TPMS can warn about a low
and wheel assembly. The TPMS pressure. If the vehicle has DIC tire pressure condition but it does
sensors monitor the air pressure in buttons, tire pressure levels can be not replace normal tire
the tires and transmit the tire viewed. For additional information maintenance. See Tire Inspection
pressure readings to a receiver and details about the DIC operation 0 375, Tire Rotation 0 375 and
located in the vehicle. and displays, see Driver Information Tires 0 362.
Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 158 or
Driver Information Center (DIC) Caution
(Uplevel) 0 174 and Tire
Messages 0 174. Tire sealant materials are not all
The low tire pressure warning light the same. A non-approved tire
may come on in cool weather when sealant could damage the TPMS
the vehicle is first started, and then sensors. TPMS sensor damage
When a low tire pressure condition turn off as the vehicle is driven. This caused by using an incorrect tire
is detected, the TPMS illuminates could be an early indicator that the sealant is not covered by the
the low tire pressure warning light air pressure is getting low and vehicle warranty. Always use only
located on the instrument cluster. needs to be inflated to the proper the GM approved tire sealant
If the warning light comes on, stop pressure. available through your dealer or
as soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure included in the vehicle.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 373
TPMS Malfunction Light and . The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or
Message process was not done or not being near facilities using radio
completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the
The TPMS will not function properly rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS
if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction.
are missing or inoperable. When the message should go off after
system detects a malfunction, the If the TPMS is not functioning
successfully completing the properly, it cannot detect or signal a
low tire pressure warning light sensor matching process. See
flashes for about one minute and low tire condition. See your dealer
"TPMS Sensor Matching for service if the TPMS malfunction
then stays on for the remainder of Process" later in this section.
the ignition cycle. A DIC warning light and DIC message come on
message also displays. The . One or more TPMS sensors are and stay on.
malfunction light and DIC warning missing or damaged. The
malfunction light and the DIC TPMS Sensor Matching
message come on at each ignition
cycle until the problem is corrected. message should go off when the Process
Some of the conditions that can TPMS sensors are installed and Each TPMS sensor has a unique
cause these to come on are: the sensor matching process is identification code. The identification
performed successfully. See code needs to be matched to a new
. One of the road tires has been
your dealer for service. tire/wheel position after rotating the
replaced with the spare tire. The
spare tire does not have a . Replacement tires or wheels do vehicles tires or replacing one or
TPMS sensor. The malfunction not match the original equipment more of the TPMS sensors. Also,
light and the DIC message tires or wheels. Tires and wheels the TPMS sensor matching process
should go off after the road tire other than those recommended should be performed after replacing
is replaced and the sensor could prevent the TPMS from a spare tire with a road tire
matching process is performed functioning properly. See Buying containing the TPMS sensor. The
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor New Tires 0 377. malfunction light and the DIC
Matching Process" later in this message should go off at the next
section. ignition cycle. The sensors are
matched to the tire/wheel positions,
using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
following order: driver side front tire,
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
374 Vehicle Care
passenger side front tire, passenger Settings menu. See Driver The horn sounds twice to
side rear tire, and driver side rear. Information Center (DIC) (Base signal the receiver is in relearn
See your dealer for service or to Level) 0 158 or Driver mode and the TIRE
purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS Information Center (DIC) LEARNING ACTIVE message
relearn tool can also be purchased. (Uplevel) 0 160. displays on the DIC screen.
See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor 4. If the vehicle has an uplevel 6. Start with the driver side
Activation Tool at DIC, use the DIC controls on front tire.
www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or the right side of the steering
call 1-800-GM TOOLS 7. Place the relearn tool against
wheel to scroll to the Tire the tire sidewall, near the valve
(1-800-468-6657). Pressure screen under the DIC stem. Then press the button to
There are two minutes to match the info page. activate the TPMS sensor.
first tire/wheel position, and If the vehicle has a base level A horn chirp confirms that the
five minutes overall to match all four DIC, use the trip odometer sensor identification code has
tire/wheel positions. If it takes reset stem to scroll to the Tire been matched to this tire and
longer, the matching process stops Pressure screen. wheel position.
and must be restarted.
5. If the vehicle has an uplevel 8. Proceed to the passenger side
The TPMS sensor matching front tire, and repeat the
process is: DIC, press and hold V in the
center of the DIC controls. procedure in Step 7.
1. Set the parking brake. 9. Proceed to the passenger side
If the vehicle has a base level
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN DIC, press and hold the trip rear tire, and repeat the
with the engine off or place the odometer reset stem for about procedure in Step 7.
vehicle power mode in ON/ five seconds. A message 10. Proceed to the driver side rear
RUN/START. asking if the process should tire, and repeat the procedure
3. Uplevel DIC Only: Make sure begin should appear. Select in Step 7. The horn sounds two
the Tire Pressure info page yes and press the trip times to indicate the sensor
option is turned on. The info odometer reset stem to confirm identification code has been
pages on the DIC can be the selection. matched to the driver side rear
turned on and off through the tire, and the TPMS sensor
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 375
matching process is no longer . The tread or sidewall is rotation, check the wheel
active. The TIRE LEARNING cracked, cut, or snagged alignment. See When It Is Time
ACTIVE message on the DIC deep enough to show cord or for New Tires 0 376 and Wheel
display screen goes off. fabric. Replacement 0 380.
11. Turn the ignition off. . The tire has a bump, bulge,
12. Set all four tires to the or split.
recommended air pressure
level as indicated on the Tire . The tire has a puncture, cut,
and Loading Information label. or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of
Tire Inspection the size or location of the
damage.
We recommend that the tires,
including the spare tire, if the Tire Rotation
vehicle has one, be inspected
for signs of wear or damage at Tires should be rotated every
least once a month. 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
Maintenance Schedule 0 412. Use this rotation pattern when
Replace the tire if:
Tires are rotated to achieve a rotating the tires.
. The indicators at three or
uniform wear for all tires. The Do not include the spare tire in
more places around the tire
first rotation is the most the tire rotation.
can be seen.
important.
. There is cord or fabric Adjust the front and rear tires to
Anytime unusual wear is the recommended inflation
showing through the tire's noticed, rotate the tires as soon
rubber. pressure on the Tire and
as possible, check for proper tire Loading Information label after
inflation pressure, and check for the tires have been rotated. See
damaged tires or wheels. If the Tire Pressure 0 369 and Vehicle
unusual wear continues after the Load Limits 0 247.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
376 Vehicle Care
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor grease on the flat wheel treadwear indicators. See Tire
System. See Tire Pressure mounting surface or on the Inspection 0 375 and Tire Rotation
Monitor Operation 0 372. wheel nuts or bolts. 0 375 for additional information.
Check that all wheel nuts are The rubber in tires ages over time.
properly tightened. See Wheel When It Is Time for New This also applies to the spare tire,
Tires if the vehicle has one, even if it is
Nut Torque under Capacities never used. Multiple factors
and Specifications 0 426. Factors, such as maintenance, including temperatures, loading
temperatures, driving speeds, conditions, and inflation pressure
{ Warning vehicle loading, and road conditions maintenance affect how fast aging
affect the wear rate of the tires. takes place. GM recommends that
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the tires, including the spare if
parts to which it is fastened, can equipped, be replaced after six
make wheel nuts become loose years, regardless of tread wear. The
after time. The wheel could come tire manufacture date is the last four
off and cause an accident. When digits of the DOT Tire Identification
changing a wheel, remove any Number (TIN) which is molded into
rust or dirt from places where the one side of the tire sidewall. The
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In first two digits represent the week
an emergency, a cloth or a paper (01-52) and the last two digits, the
towel can be used; however, use year. For example, the third week of
a scraper or wire brush later to the year 2010 would have a
remove all rust or dirt. four-digit DOT date of 0310.
Vehicle Storage
Treadwear indicators are one way to
Lightly coat the center of the Tires age when stored normally
tell when it is time for new tires.
wheel hub with wheel bearing Treadwear indicators appear when mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
grease after a wheel change or the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) a vehicle that will be stored for at
tire rotation to prevent corrosion or less of tread remaining. Some least a month in a cool, dry, clean
or rust build-up. Do not get commercial truck tires may not have area away from direct sunlight to
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 377
slow aging. This area should be free vehicle, including brake system on proper tire rotation. However,
of grease, gasoline, or other performance, ride and handling, if it is necessary to replace only
substances that can deteriorate traction control, and tire one axle set of worn tires, place
rubber. pressure monitoring the new tires on the rear axle.
Parking for an extended period can performance. GM's TPC Spec
cause flat spots on the tires that
may result in vibrations while
number is molded onto the tire's { Warning
sidewall near the tire size. If the
driving. When storing a vehicle for tires have an all-season tread Tires could explode during
at least a month, remove the tires or design, the TPC Spec number improper service. Attempting
raise the vehicle to reduce the to mount or dismount a tire
weight from the tires.
will be followed by MS for mud
and snow. See Tire Sidewall could cause injury or death.
Labeling 0 364 for additional Only your dealer or authorized
Buying New Tires tire service center should
information.
GM has developed and matched mount or dismount the tires.
specific tires for the vehicle. The GM recommends replacing worn
original equipment tires installed tires in complete sets of four.
were designed to meet General Uniform tread depth on all tires
Motors Tire Performance Criteria will help to maintain the { Warning
Specification (TPC Spec) performance of the vehicle.
Mixing tires of different sizes,
system rating. When Braking and handling
brands, or types may cause
replacement tires are needed, performance may be adversely
loss of control of the vehicle,
GM strongly recommends affected if all the tires are not
resulting in a crash or other
buying tires with the same TPC replaced at the same time.
vehicle damage. Use the
Spec rating. If proper rotation and
correct size, brand, and type
maintenance have been done,
GM's exclusive TPC Spec of tires on all wheels.
all four tires should wear out at
system considers over a dozen about the same time. See Tire (Continued)
critical specifications that impact Rotation 0 375 for information
the overall performance of the
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
378 Vehicle Care
Winter tires with the same speed 0 247 for the label location and
Warning (Continued) rating as the original equipment more information about the Tire
This vehicle may have a tires may not be available for H, and Loading Information label.
different size spare than the V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
road tires originally installed tires. Never exceed the winter Different Size Tires and
on the vehicle. When new, the tires maximum speed capability Wheels
vehicle included a spare tire when using winter tires with a
If wheels or tires are installed that
and wheel assembly with a lower speed rating. are a different size than the original
similar overall diameter as the If the vehicle tires must be equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
road tires and wheels, so it is replaced with a tire that does not performance, including its braking,
all right to drive on it. The have a TPC Spec number, make ride and handling characteristics,
spare tire was developed for sure they are the same size, stability, and resistance to rollover
use on this vehicle and will not load range, speed rating, and may be affected. If the vehicle has
electronic systems such as antilock
affect vehicle handling. construction (radial) as the brakes, rollover airbags, traction
original tires. control, electronic stability control,
Vehicles that have a tire or All-Wheel Drive, the performance
{ Warning pressure monitoring system of these systems can also be
affected.
could give an inaccurate
Using bias-ply tires on the low-pressure warning if non-TPC
vehicle may cause the wheel Spec rated tires are installed. { Warning
rim flanges to develop cracks See Tire Pressure Monitor
after many miles of driving. If different sized wheels are used,
System 0 371. there may not be an acceptable
A tire and/or wheel could fail
suddenly and cause a crash. The Tire and Loading level of performance and safety if
Information label indicates the tires not recommended for those
Use only radial-ply tires with
original equipment tires on the wheels are selected. This
the wheels on the vehicle.
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits (Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 379
(UTQG) system does not apply Treadwear 200 Traction AA

Warning (Continued) to deep tread, winter tires, Temperature A
increases the chance of a crash compact spare tires, tires with All Passenger Car Tires Must
and serious injury. Only use GM nominal rim diameters of Conform to Federal Safety
specific wheel and tire systems 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), Requirements In Addition To
developed for the vehicle, and or to some limited-production These Grades.
have them properly installed by a tires.
GM certified technician. Treadwear
While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars The treadwear grade is a
See Buying New Tires 0 377 and and light trucks may vary with comparative rating based on the
Accessories and respect to these grades, they wear rate of the tire when tested
Modifications 0 321. must also conform to federal under controlled conditions on a
safety requirements and specified government test
Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire course. For example, a tire
Grading Performance Criteria (TPC) graded 150 would wear one and
standards. one-half (1) times as well on
The following information relates the government course as a tire
to the system developed by the Quality grades can be found graded 100. The relative
United States National Highway where applicable on the tire performance of tires depends
Traffic Safety Administration sidewall between tread shoulder upon the actual conditions of
(NHTSA), which grades tires by and maximum section width. For their use, however, and may
treadwear, traction, and example: depart significantly from the
temperature performance. This norm due to variations in driving
applies only to vehicles sold in habits, service practices and
the United States. The grades differences in road
are molded on the sidewalls of characteristics and climate.
most passenger car tires. The
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
380 Vehicle Care
Traction laboratory test wheel. Sustained Wheel Alignment and Tire

The traction grades, from high temperature can cause the Balance
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and The tires and wheels were aligned
and C. Those grades represent and balanced at the factory to
the tire's ability to stop on wet excessive temperature can lead
provide the longest tire life and best
pavement as measured under to sudden tire failure. The grade overall performance. Adjustments to
controlled conditions on C corresponds to a level of wheel alignment and tire balancing
specified government test performance which all are not necessary on a regular
surfaces of asphalt and passenger car tires must meet basis. Consider an alignment check
concrete. A tire marked C may under the Federal Motor Safety if there is unusual tire wear or the
have poor traction performance. Standard No. 109. Grades B and vehicle is significantly pulling to one
A represent higher levels of side or the other. Some slight pull to
Warning: The traction grade the left or right, depending on the
assigned to this tire is based on performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum crown of the road and/or other road
straight-ahead braking traction surface variations such as troughs
tests, and does not include required by law. Warning: The
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
acceleration, cornering, temperature grade for this tire is vibrating when driving on a smooth
hydroplaning, or peak traction established for a tire that is road, the tires and wheels may need
characteristics. properly inflated and not to be rebalanced. See your dealer
overloaded. Excessive speed, for proper diagnosis.
Temperature underinflation, or excessive
The temperature grades are A loading, either separately or in Wheel Replacement
(the highest), B, and C, combination, can cause heat
Replace any wheel that is bent,
representing the tire's resistance buildup and possible tire failure. cracked, or badly rusted or
to the generation of heat and its corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
ability to dissipate heat when loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
tested under controlled wheel nuts should be replaced.
conditions on a specified indoor If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 381
Some aluminum wheels can be

Caution
Tire Chains
repaired. See your dealer if any of
these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of
The wrong wheel can also cause { Warning
problems with bearing life, brake
wheel that is needed. cooling, speedometer or If the vehicle has 265/65R18,
Each new wheel should have the odometer calibration, headlamp P265/65R18, P275/55R20,
same load-carrying capacity, aim, bumper height, vehicle or P285/45R22 size tires, do not
diameter, width, offset, and be ground clearance, and tire or tire use tire chains. There is not
mounted the same way as the one it chain clearance to the body and enough clearance. Tire chains
replaces. chassis. used on a vehicle without the
proper amount of clearance can
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
cause damage to the brakes,
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor Used Replacement Wheels suspension, or other vehicle
System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts. parts. The area damaged by the
{ Warning tire chains could cause loss of
control and a crash.
{ Warning Replacing a wheel with a used
one is dangerous. How it has Use another type of traction
Using the wrong replacement been used or how far it has been device only if its manufacturer
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel driven may be unknown. It could recommends it for the vehicle's
nuts can be dangerous. It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. tire size combination and road
affect the braking and handling of When replacing wheels, use a conditions. Follow that
the vehicle. Tires can lose air, new GM original equipment manufacturer's instructions. To
and cause loss of control, causing wheel. avoid vehicle damage, drive slow
a crash. Always use the correct and readjust or remove the
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel traction device if it is contacting
nuts for replacement. the vehicle. Do not spin the
wheels.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
382 Vehicle Care
If a Tire Goes Flat

Warning (Continued) { Warning
It is unusual for a tire to blowout
If traction devices are used, install while driving, especially if the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause
them on the rear tires. are maintained properly. If air goes permanent damage to the tire.
out of a tire, it is much more likely to Re-inflating a tire after it has been
leak out slowly. But if there ever is a driven on while severely
blowout, here are a few tips about underinflated or flat may cause a
Caution what to expect and what to do: blowout and a serious crash.
If the vehicle has P255/70R17, If a front tire fails, the flat tire Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
P265/70R17, or LT265/70R17 creates a drag that pulls the vehicle that has been driven on while
size tires, use tire chains only toward that side. Take your foot off severely underinflated or flat.
where legal and only when the accelerator pedal and grip the Have your dealer or an authorized
necessary. Use chains that are steering wheel firmly. Steer to tire service center repair or
the proper size for the tires. Install maintain lane position, and then replace the flat tire as soon as
them on the rear tires only. Do not gently brake to a stop, well off the possible.
use chains on the front tires. road, if possible.
Tighten them as tightly as A rear blowout, particularly on a
possible with the ends securely
fastened. Drive slowly and follow
curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction as
{ Warning
the chain manufacturer's used in a skid. Stop pressing the Lifting a vehicle and getting under
instructions. If the chains contact accelerator pedal and steer to it to do maintenance or repairs is
the vehicle, stop and retighten straighten the vehicle. It may be dangerous without the
them. If the contact continues, very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake appropriate safety equipment and
slow down until it stops. Driving to a stop, well off the road, training. If a jack is provided with
if possible.
too fast or spinning the wheels the vehicle, it is designed only for
with chains on will damage the changing a flat tire. If it is used for
vehicle. anything else, you or others could
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 383
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

be badly injured or killed if the 3. For vehicles with four-wheel
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack drive with an N (Neutral)
is provided with the vehicle, only transfer case position, be
use it for changing a flat tire. sure the transfer case is in a
drive gear not in
N (Neutral).
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly 4. Turn off the engine and do 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
to a level place, well off the road, not restart while the vehicle 2. Flat Tire
if possible. Turn on the hazard is raised.
warning flashers. See Hazard The following information explains
5. Do not allow passengers to how to use the jack and change
Warning Flashers 0 193. remain in the vehicle. a tire.
6. Place wheel blocks,
{ Warning if equipped, on both sides of Tire Changing
the tire at the opposite
Changing a tire can be Before changing a flat tire, see
corner of the tire being
dangerous. The vehicle can slip changed. Hands-Free Operation under
off the jack and roll over or fall Liftgate 0 47.
causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire. To When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), Removing the Spare Tire and
help prevent the vehicle from use the following example as a Tools
moving: guide to assist in the placement of For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
the wheel blocks (1), if equipped. Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
supplement.
2. Put the shift lever in
P (Park).
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
384 Vehicle Care
The equipment needed to change a 4. Turn the jack knob (1)

flat tire is stored in the rear of the counterclockwise to release the
vehicle, on the driver side, behind a jack and wheel blocks from the
door in the trim panel. bracket.
5. Turn the wing nut retaining the
wheel blocks (2)
counterclockwise to remove the
wheel blocks and the wheel
block retainer.
Use the following tools:
1. Pull to open the trim

panel door.
The third row driver side seat
may need to be folded to
access the trim panel door.
1. Jack Knob
2. Wing Nut Retaining the 2. Lift the acoustic pad to access
Wheel Blocks the jack and tools.
3. Wing Nut Retaining the 3. Turn the wing nut retaining the
Tool Bag tool bag (3) counterclockwise to
remove it.
Pull the tool bag toward the 1. Jack
front of the vehicle and lift the 2. Wheel Blocks
rear portion of the bag upward
3. Jack Handle
to remove it.
4. Jack Handle Extensions
5. Wheel Wrench
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 385
To access the spare tire, refer to the 1. Open the hoist shaft access
following graphics and instructions: door (3) on the bumper to
access the spare tire lock (6).
3. Assemble the two jack handle

If equipped with a hitch cover, extensions (4) and wheel
turn the hitch cover retainers wrench (5), as shown.
counterclockwise and pull the
1. Hoist Assembly cover downward to remove it
2. Hoist Shaft before removing the hoist shaft
3. Hoist Shaft Access access door.
Cover/Hole
4. Jack Handle Extensions 2. To remove the spare tire lock
(6), insert the ignition key, turn
5. Wheel Wrench
it clockwise and then pull it
6. Spare Tire Lock straight out.
7. Hoist End of Extension Tool
8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem
Pointed Down)
10. Tire/Wheel Retainer
11. Hoist Cable
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
386 Vehicle Care
4. Insert the open end of the 6. Use the wheel wrench hook to Removing the Flat Tire and
extension (7) through the hole pull the hoist cable closer to Installing the Spare Tire
in the rear bumper (8) (hoist assist in reaching the
shaft access hole). spare tire. 1. Do a safety check before
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Be sure the hoist end of the Flat 0 382 for more information.
extension (7) connects to the
hoist shaft. The ribbed square
end of the extension is used to
lower the spare tire.
5. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to lower the
spare tire to the ground.
Continue to turn the wheel
wrench until the spare tire can 7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle
be pulled out from under the with some slack in the cable to
vehicle. access the tire/wheel retainer. 2. If the vehicle has a center cap
Tilt the retainer and pull it and that covers the wheel
the cable and spring through fasteners, place the chisel end
the center of the wheel. of the wheel wrench in the slot
on the wheel and gently pry the
Once the retainer is separated cap out.
from the guide pin, tilt the
retainer and pull it through the If the wheel has a bolt-on hub
center of the wheel along with cap, loosen the plastic nut caps
the cable and latch. by turning the wheel wrench
counterclockwise. The plastic
8. Put the spare tire near the nut caps will be retained in the
flat tire. hub cap after it is removed
from the wheel.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 387
one jack handle extension.

Attach the wheel wrench to the
jack handle extension. Attach
the jack handle to the jack.
Position the jack on the frame
behind the flat tire where the
frame sections overlap. Turn
the wheel wrench clockwise to
raise the vehicle. Raise the
Jacking Locations (Overall View) vehicle far enough off the
4. Position the jack under the ground so there is enough
vehicle, as shown. room for the spare tire to clear
the ground.
3. Use the wheel wrench to
loosen all the wheel nuts. Turn
the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to loosen the
wheel nuts. Do not remove the
wheel nuts yet.
Left Front Shown, Right Front

Rear Position
Similar
Rear Tire Flat: If the flat tire is
Front Tire Flat: If the flat tire is
on a rear tire of the vehicle,
on a front tire of the vehicle,
use the jack handle (2) and
use the jack handle and only
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
388 Vehicle Care
both jack handle

extensions (3). Attach the { Warning
wheel wrench (4) to the jack
handle extensions (3). Attach Raising the vehicle with the jack
the jack handle (2) to the improperly positioned can
jack (1). Use the jacking damage the vehicle and even
pad (5) provided on the rear make the vehicle fall. To help
axle. Turn the wheel wrench (4) avoid personal injury and vehicle
clockwise to raise the vehicle. damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
Raise the vehicle far enough head into the proper location
off the ground so there is before raising the vehicle.
enough room for the spare tire
to clear the ground.
7. Remove any rust or dirt from
the wheel bolts, mounting
{ Warning surfaces, and spare wheel.
Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous. { Warning
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
you could be badly injured or
parts to which it is fastened, can
killed. Never get under a vehicle
make wheel nuts become loose
when it is supported only by
after time. The wheel could come
a jack.
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
5. Remove all of the wheel nuts. wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
6. Take off the flat tire. an emergency, a cloth or a paper
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 389
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

towel can be used; however, use using accessory locking wheel
a scraper or wire brush later to nuts. See Capacities and
remove all rust or dirt. Specifications 0 426 for original
equipment wheel nut torque
8. Put the wheel nuts back on specifications.
with the rounded end of the
nuts toward the wheel after
mounting the spare tire. Caution
{ Warning 11. Tighten the nuts firmly in a Improperly tightened wheel nuts
crisscross sequence as shown can lead to brake pulsation and
Never use oil or grease on bolts by turning the wheel wrench rotor damage. To avoid expensive
or nuts because the nuts might clockwise. brake repairs, evenly tighten the
come loose. The vehicle's wheel wheel nuts in the proper
could fall off, causing a crash.
{ Warning sequence and to the proper
torque specification. See
9. Tighten each wheel nut by Wheel nuts that are improperly or Capacities and Specifications
hand. Then use the wheel incorrectly tightened can cause 0 426 for the wheel nut torque
wrench to tighten the nuts until the wheels to become loose or specification.
the wheel is held against come off. The wheel nuts should
the hub. be tightened with a torque wrench
When reinstalling the regular wheel
10. Turn the wheel wrench to the proper torque specification and tire, also reinstall either the
counterclockwise to lower the after replacing. Follow the torque center cap or the bolt-on hub cap,
vehicle. Lower the jack specification supplied by the depending on which one the
completely. aftermarket manufacturer when vehicle has.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
390 Vehicle Care

. For center caps, line up the tab
on the center cap with the slot in Caution
the wheel. The cap only goes in
one way. Place the cap on the Storing an aluminum wheel with a
wheel and press until it snaps flat tire under your vehicle for an
into place. extended period of time or with
the valve stem pointing up can
. For bolt-on hub caps, line up the damage the wheel. Always stow
plastic nut caps with the wheel the wheel with the valve stem
nuts and tighten clockwise by
pointing down and have the
hand to get them started. Then
wheel/tire repaired as soon as
tighten with the wheel wrench
until snug. possible.
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire 1. Hoist Assembly

and Tools 2. Hoist Shaft
Caution 3. Hoist Shaft Access
Cover/Hole
{ Warning The tire hoist can be damaged if 4. Jack Handle Extensions
there is no tension on the cable 5. Wheel Wrench
Storing a jack, a tire, or other when using it. To have the
equipment in the passenger 6. Spare Tire Lock
necessary tension, the spare or
compartment of the vehicle could 7. Hoist End of Extension Tool
road tire and wheel assembly
cause injury. In a sudden stop or 8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
must be installed on the tire hoist
collision, loose equipment could 9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem
to use it.
strike someone. Store all these in Pointed Down)
the proper place. 10. Tire/Wheel Retainer
Store the tire under the rear of the 11. Hoist Cable
vehicle in the spare tire carrier.
Refer to the following graphics and 1. Put the tire (9) on the ground at
instructions: the rear of the vehicle with the
valve stem pointed down, and
to the rear.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 391
2. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle.

Separate the tire/wheel retainer
from the guide pin. Pull the pin
through the center of the
wheel. Tilt the retainer down
through the center wheel
opening.
Make sure the retainer is fully
seated across the underside of
the wheel.
4. Insert the open end of the 7. Make sure the tire is stored
extension (7) through the hole securely. Push, pull, and then
in the rear bumper (8) (hoist try to turn the tire. If the tire
shaft access hole). moves, use the wheel wrench
5. Raise the tire part way upward. to tighten the cable.
Make sure the retainer is 8. Reinstall the spare tire lock.
seated in the wheel opening. 9. Reinstall the hoist shaft access
6. Raise the tire fully against the cover.
underside of the vehicle by If equipped, reinstall the hitch
turning the wheel wrench cover and turn the retainers
clockwise until you hear two clockwise.
3. Assemble the two jack handle clicks or feel it skip twice. The
extensions (4) and wheel cable cannot be overtightened. To store the tools:
wrench (5).
1. Return the tools (wheel
wrench, jack handle, and jack
handle extensions) to the
tool bag.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
392 Vehicle Care
2. Assemble the wheel blocks If equipped with a temporary use This spare tire was developed for
and jack together with the full-size spare tire, it is indicated on use on this vehicle, so it is all right
wing nut. the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall to drive on it. If the vehicle has
3. Position the jack and wheel Labeling 0 364. This spare tire four-wheel drive and a different size
blocks in the driver side trim should not be driven on over spare tire is installed, drive only in
panel over the wheelhouse. 112 km/h (70 mph), or 88 km/h two-wheel drive.
(55 mph) when pulling a trailer, at After installing the spare tire on the
4. Turn the jack knob clockwise the proper inflation pressure. Repair
until the jack is secured tight in vehicle, stop as soon as possible
and replace the road tire as soon as and check that the spare tire is
the mounting bracket. Be sure it is convenient, and stow the spare
to position the holes in the correctly inflated.
tire for future use.
base of the jack onto the pin in Have the damaged or flat road tire
the mounting bracket. Caution repaired or replaced and installed
5. Use the retaining bracket to back onto the vehicle as soon as
fasten the tool bag on the stud If the vehicle has four-wheel drive possible so the spare tire will be
and turn the wing nut clockwise and a different size spare tire is available in case it is needed again.
to secure. installed, do not drive in Do not mix tires and wheels of
four-wheel drive until the flat tire different sizes, because they will not
6. Close the trim panel door.
is repaired and/or replaced. The fit. Keep your spare tire and its
vehicle could be damaged and wheel together. If the vehicle has a
Full-Size Spare Tire the repairs would not be covered spare tire that does not match the
If this vehicle came with a full-size by the warranty. Never use original road tires and wheels in size
spare tire, it was fully inflated when four-wheel drive when a different and type, do not include the spare in
new, however, it can lose air over size spare tire is installed on the the tire rotation.
time. Check the inflation pressure vehicle.
regularly. See Tire Pressure 0 369
and Vehicle Load Limits 0 247. For
instructions on how to remove, The vehicle may have a different
install, or store a spare tire, see Tire size spare tire than the road tires
Changing 0 383. originally installed on the vehicle.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 393
Jump Starting Warning (Continued) Caution

Jump Starting - North contain other chemicals known to Ignoring these steps could result
America the State of California to cause in costly damage to the vehicle
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER that would not be covered by the
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the HANDLING. vehicle warranty. Trying to start
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package the vehicle by pushing or pulling it
supplement. See California Proposition
65 Warning 0 320. will not work, and it could damage
For more information about the the vehicle.
vehicle battery, see Battery - North
America 0 340.
1. Check the other vehicle.
If the vehicle's battery (or batteries) { Warning It must have a 12-volt battery
has run down, you may want to use with a negative ground system.
another vehicle and some jumper Batteries can hurt you. They can
cables to start your vehicle. Be sure be dangerous because:
Caution
to use the following steps to do it . They contain acid that can
safely. burn you. If the other vehicle does not have
. They contain gas that can a 12-volt system with a negative
{ Warning explode or ignite. ground, both vehicles can be
damaged. Only use a vehicle that
WARNING: Battery posts, . They contain enough
has a 12-volt system with a
terminals, and related electricity to burn you.
negative ground for jump starting.
accessories contain lead and lead If you do not follow these steps
compounds, chemicals known to exactly, some or all of these
the State of California to cause 2. If the vehicle is equipped with
things can hurt you.
cancer and birth defects or other dual batteries, do not use the
driver-side auxiliary battery to
reproductive harm. Batteries also
jump start the vehicle. This can
(Continued) cause damage to the vehicles
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
394 Vehicle Care
electrical system and uncover the positive (+)

accessories. Always use the Caution terminal, open the red plastic
passenger side battery in the cover.
rear of the engine compartment If any accessories are left on or
plugged in during the jump For more information on the
for jump starting. location of the remote
starting procedure, they could be
3. Get the vehicles close enough damaged. The repairs would not positive (+) and remote
so the jumper cables can be covered by the vehicle negative () terminals, see
reach, but be sure the vehicles warranty. Whenever possible, turn Engine Compartment
are not touching each other. Overview 0 323.
off or unplug all accessories on
If they are, it could cause an
either vehicle when jump starting.
unwanted ground connection.
You would not be able to start
{ Warning
your vehicle, and the bad 4. Turn off the ignition on both An electric fan can start up even
grounding could damage the vehicles. Unplug unnecessary when the engine is not running
electrical systems. accessories plugged into the and can injure you. Keep hands,
To avoid the possibility of the accessory power outlets. Turn clothing, and tools away from any
vehicles rolling, set the parking off the radio and all the lamps underhood electric fan.
brake firmly on both vehicles that are not needed. This will
involved in the jump start avoid sparks and help save
procedure. Put the automatic both batteries. And it could
transmission in P (Park) or a save the radio! { Warning
manual transmission in Neutral 5. Open the hood on the other Using a match near a battery can
before setting the parking vehicle and locate the
cause battery gas to explode.
brake. For vehicles with positive (+) and negative ()
four-wheel drive with an People have been hurt doing this,
terminal locations on that
N (Neutral) transfer case vehicle. and some have been blinded.
position, be sure the transfer Use a flashlight if you need more
The positive (+) terminal is light.
case is in a drive gear not
under a red plastic cover at the
N (Neutral). (Continued)
positive battery post. To
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 395
will go to a heavy, unpainted 8. Do not let the other end touch

Warning (Continued) metal engine part or to a metal. Connect it to the
remote negative () terminal if positive (+) terminal of the
Battery fluid contains acid that the vehicle has one. good battery. Use a remote
can burn you. Do not get it on positive (+) terminal if the
you. If you accidentally get it in Do not connect positive (+) to
negative () or you will get a vehicle has one.
your eyes or on your skin, flush
the place with water and get short that would damage the 9. Connect the black negative ()
medical help immediately. battery and maybe other parts cable to the negative ()
too. And do not connect the terminal of the good battery.
negative () cable to the Use a remote negative ()
negative () terminal on the terminal if the vehicle has one.
{ Warning dead battery because this can
cause sparks.
Do not let the other end touch
anything until the next step.
Fans or other moving engine
parts can injure you badly. Keep
your hands away from moving
parts once the engine is running.
6. Check that the jumper cables

do not have loose or missing
insulation. If they do, you could
get a shock. The vehicles
could be damaged too.
Before you connect the cables,
here are some basic things you
should know. Positive (+) will 7. Connect the red positive (+)
go to positive (+) or to a remote cable to the positive (+)
positive (+) terminal if the terminal of the vehicle with the
vehicle has one. Negative () dead battery.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
396 Vehicle Care
10. Connect the other end of the Jumper Cable Removal Towing the Vehicle
negative () cable to the metal Reverse the sequence exactly when
bracket that is bolted to the removing the jumper cables.
engine and supports the Caution
resonator, on the vehicle with After starting the disabled vehicle
the dead battery. and removing the jumper cables, Incorrectly towing a disabled
allow it to idle for several minutes. vehicle may cause damage. The
11. Start the vehicle with the good damage would not be covered by
battery and run the engine for a the vehicle warranty.
while.
Do not lash or hook to
12. Try to start the vehicle that had suspension components. Use the
the dead battery. If it will not
proper straps around the tires to
start after a few tries, it
secure the vehicle.
probably needs service.
Caution Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed

car carrier. A wheel lift tow truck
If the jumper cables are could damage the vehicle.
connected or removed in the Consult your dealer or a
wrong order, electrical shorting professional towing service if the
may occur and damage the disabled vehicle must be towed.
vehicle. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty. Recreational Vehicle
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct order,
Towing
making sure that the cables do Recreational vehicle towing means
not touch each other or other towing the vehicle behind another
metal. vehicle, such as a motor home. The
two most common types of
recreational vehicle towing are
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 397
dinghy and dolly towing. Dinghy Dinghy Towing Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles

towing is towing the vehicle with all
four wheels on the ground. Dolly Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
towing is towing the vehicle with two
wheels on the ground and two
wheels on a dolly.
Follow the tow vehicle
manufacturers instructions. See
your dealer or trailering professional
for additional advice and equipment
recommendations.
Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive
of the vehicle grille could restrict vehicles with a two speed transfer
airflow and cause damage to the case that has an N (Neutral) and a
Caution
transmission. The repairs would 4n setting.
not be covered by the vehicle If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is
warranty. If using a shield, only towed with all four wheels on the
ground, the drivetrain
{ Warning
use one that attaches to the
towing vehicle. components could be damaged. Shifting a four-wheel-drive
The repairs would not be covered vehicle's transfer case into
by the vehicle warranty. N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
to roll even if the transmission is
in P (Park). You or others could
Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not
be towed with all four wheels on the be injured. Set the parking brake
ground. before shifting the transfer case
to N (Neutral).
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
398 Vehicle Care
To dinghy tow: 10. Keep the ignition key in the

Caution towed vehicle in ACC/
1. Position the vehicle being
towed behind the tow vehicle, ACCESSORY to prevent the
Failure to disconnect the negative steering column from locking.
facing forward and on a level battery cable or to have it contact
surface. If equipped with Keyless
the terminals can cause damage Access, keep the RKE
2. Securely attach the vehicle to the vehicle. transmitter outside of the
being towed to the tow vehicle. vehicle, and manually lock
3. Apply the parking brake and 6. Disconnect the negative doors. Access the vehicle as if
start the engine. battery cable at the battery and it has a dead RKE transmitter
secure the nut and bolt. Cover battery, by using the key in the
4. Shift the transfer case to door lock.
the negative battery post with a
N (Neutral). See Shifting into
non-conductive material to Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle
N (Neutral) under Four-Wheel
Drive 0 267 for the proper prevent any contact with the
negative battery terminal. Before disconnecting the towed
procedure. Check that the vehicle:
vehicle is in N (Neutral) by 7. Shift the transmission to
shifting the transmission to P (Park). 1. Park on a level surface.
R (Reverse) and then to D 2. Set the parking brake and shift
(Drive). There should be no Caution the transmission to P (Park).
movement of the vehicle while
shifting. 3. Connect the battery.
If the steering column is locked,
5. With the transmission in D vehicle damage may occur. 4. Apply the brake pedal.
(Drive), turn the ignition to 5. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
ACC/ACCESSORY. If equipped 8. Move the steering wheel to with the engine off. Shift the
with Keyless Access, turn the make sure the steering column transfer case out of N (Neutral)
engine off. is unlocked. to 2 m. See Shifting out of
9. Release the parking brake.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 399
N (Neutral) under Four-Wheel Dolly Towing Front Towing

Drive 0 267. See your dealer if (Front Wheels Off the Ground) Caution (Continued)
the transfer case cannot be
shifted out of N (Neutral). Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and warranty. Never tow the vehicle
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles with a with the rear wheels on the
6. Check that the vehicle is in 2 m Single Speed Automatic ground.
by starting the engine and Transfer Case
shifting the transmission to
Two-wheel-drive vehicles and
R (Reverse) and then to D
four-wheel-drive vehicles with a
(Drive). There should be
single speed automatic transfer
movement of the vehicle while
case should not be towed with the
shifting.
rear wheels on the ground.
7. Shift the transmission to
Two-wheel-drive transmissions have
P (Park) and turn off the
no provisions for internal lubrication
ignition.
while being towed. Four-wheel-drive
8. Disconnect the vehicle from the vehicles with a single speed
tow vehicle. automatic transfer case have no
9. Release the parking brake. N (Neutral) position and will spin the
transmission when the rear
10. Reset any lost presets. wheels turn.
The outside temperature Caution To dolly tow a two-wheel-drive
display will default to 0 C vehicle or a four-wheel-drive vehicle
(32 F) but will reset with If a two-wheel-drive vehicle is with a single speed automatic
normal usage. towed with the rear wheels on the transfer case, the vehicle must be
ground, the transmission could be towed with the rear wheels on the
damaged. The repairs would not dolly. See Rear Towing (Rear
be covered by the vehicle Wheels Off the Ground) later in this
(Continued) section.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
400 Vehicle Care
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles with a Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off

Two Speed Automatic { Warning the Ground)
Transfer Case
Shifting a four-wheel-drive
vehicle's transfer case into
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
to roll even if the transmission is
in P (Park). You or others could
be injured. Set the parking brake
before shifting the transfer case
to N (Neutral).
5. Use a clamping device

designed for towing to ensure
that the front wheels are locked
into the straight position. Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and
To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles with a
vehicle from the front: 6. Shift the transfer case to
N (Neutral). See Four-Wheel Single Speed Automatic
1. Attach the dolly to the tow Drive 0 267. Transfer Case
vehicle following the dolly To dolly tow the vehicle from
manufacturer's instructions. 7. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
following the manufacturer's the rear:
2. Drive the front wheels onto the instructions. 1. Attach the dolly to the tow
dolly. vehicle following the dolly
8. Release the parking brake only
3. Shift the transmission to after the vehicle being towed is manufacturer's instructions.
P (Park). firmly attached to the towing 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the
4. Set the parking brake. vehicle. dolly.
9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. 3. Firmly set the parking brake.
See Parking Brake 0 273.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 401
4. Put the transmission in 3. Firmly set the parking brake. 7. Shift the transfer case to
P (Park). See Parking Brake 0 273. N (Neutral). See Four-Wheel
5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly 4. Put the transmission in Drive 0 267.
following the manufacturer's P (Park). 8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
instructions. 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly After towing, see Shifting Out of
6. Use an adequate clamping following the manufacturer's N (Neutral) under Four-Wheel
device designed for towing to instructions. Drive 0 267.
ensure that the front wheels 6. Use an adequate clamping
are locked into the straight device designed for towing to
position. ensure that the front wheels
7. For four-wheel-drive vehicles are locked into the straight
with a single speed automatic position.
transfer case, shift the transfer
case into 2 m. See Four-Wheel { Warning
Drive 0 267.
Shifting a four-wheel-drive
8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. vehicle's transfer case into
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles with a N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
Two Speed Automatic to roll even if the transmission is
Transfer Case in P (Park). You or others could
To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive be injured. Set the parking brake
vehicle from the rear: before shifting the transfer case
to N (Neutral).
1. Attach the dolly to the tow
vehicle following the dolly
manufacturer's instructions.
2. Drive the rear wheels onto the
dolly.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
402 Vehicle Care
Appearance Care Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)

Exterior Care your dealer. Follow all This could cause damage that
manufacturer directions regarding would not be covered by the
Locks correct product usage, necessary vehicle warranty.
Locks are lubricated at the factory. safety precautions, and
Use a de-icing agent only when appropriate disposal of any If using an automatic car wash,
absolutely necessary, and have the vehicle care product. follow the car wash instructions. The
locks greased after using. See windshield wiper and rear window
Recommended Fluids and wiper, if equipped, must be off.
Lubricants 0 421. Remove any accessories that may
Caution
Washing the Vehicle be damaged or interfere with the car
Avoid using high-pressure wash equipment.
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) Rinse the vehicle well, before
sunlight. to the surface of the vehicle. Use washing and after, to remove all
of power washers exceeding cleaning agents completely. If they
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result are allowed to dry on the surface,
Caution they could stain.
in damage or removal of paint
Do not use petroleum-based, and decals. Dry the finish with a soft, clean
acidic, or abrasive cleaning chamois or an all-cotton towel to
agents as they can damage the avoid surface scratches and water
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic spotting.
Caution
parts. If damage occurs, it would
Finish Care
not be covered by the vehicle Do not power wash any
warranty. Approved cleaning component under the hood that Application of aftermarket clearcoat
products can be obtained from sealant/wax materials is not
has this e symbol.
recommended. If painted surfaces
(Continued) (Continued) are damaged, see your dealer to
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 403
have the damage assessed and . Be sure the molding is cool to

repaired. Foreign materials such as Caution (Continued) the touch before applying any
calcium chloride and other salts, ice cleaning solution.
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes . Use only approved cleaning
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from solutions for aluminum, chrome
industrial chimneys, etc., can that are made for a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish on the or stainless steel. Some
damage the vehicle's finish if they cleaners are highly acidic or
remain on painted surfaces. Wash vehicle.
contain alkaline substances and
the vehicle as soon as possible. can damage the moldings.
If necessary, use non-abrasive To keep the paint finish looking new,
cleaners that are marked safe for . Always dilute a concentrated
keep the vehicle garaged or
painted surfaces to remove foreign covered whenever possible. cleaner according to the
matter. manufacturers instructions.
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal . Do not use cleaners that are not
Occasional hand waxing or mild Moldings
polishing should be done to remove intended for automotive use.
residue from the paint finish. See . Use a nonabrasive wax on the
your dealer for approved cleaning Caution
vehicle after washing to protect
products. and extend the molding finish.
Failure to clean and protect the
Do not apply waxes or polishes to bright metal moldings can result
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
in a hazy white finish or pitting. Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint This damage would not be
as damage can occur. Stripes
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
Caution soft cloth, and a car washing soap
The bright metal moldings on the to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
Machine compounding or vehicle are aluminum, chrome or emblems, decals, and stripes.
aggressive polishing on a stainless steel. To prevent damage Follow instructions under "Washing
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish always follow these cleaning the Vehicle" previously in this
instructions: section.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
404 Vehicle Care
Lamp covers are made of plastic, Replace the wiper blades if they are
and some have a UV protective Caution worn or damaged. Damage can be
coating. Do not clean or wipe them caused by extreme dusty
when dry. Using wax on low gloss black conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
finish stripes can increase the snow, and ice.
Do not use any of the following on gloss level and create a
lamp covers: non-uniform finish. Clean low Weatherstrips
. Abrasive or caustic agents. gloss stripes with soap and Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
. Washer fluids and other cleaning water only. weatherstrips to make them last
agents in higher concentrations longer, seal better, and not stick or
than suggested by the Air Intakes squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at
manufacturer. least once a year. Hot, dry climates
Clear debris from the air intakes, may require more frequent
. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, between the hood and windshield, application. Black marks from
or other harsh cleaners. when washing the vehicle. rubber material on painted surfaces
. Ice scrapers or other hard items. can be removed by rubbing with a
Windshield and Wiper Blades
. clean cloth. See Recommended
Aftermarket appearance caps or Clean the outside of the windshield Fluids and Lubricants 0 421.
covers while the lamps are with glass cleaner.
illuminated, due to excessive Tires
heat generated. Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
cloth or paper towel soaked with Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
windshield washer fluid or a mild clean the tires.
Caution
detergent. Wash the windshield
Failure to clean lamps properly thoroughly when cleaning the Caution
can cause damage to the lamp blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax Using petroleum-based tire
cover that would not be covered
treatments may cause wiper dressing products on the vehicle
by the vehicle warranty.
streaking. may damage the paint finish and/
(Continued)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 405
Steering, Suspension, and

Caution (Continued) Caution Chassis Components
or tires. When applying a tire To avoid surface damage, do not Visually inspect steering,
dressing, always wipe off any use strong soaps, chemicals, suspension, and chassis
overspray from all painted abrasive polishes, cleaners, components for damaged, loose,
surfaces on the vehicle. brushes, or cleaners that contain or missing parts or signs of wear at
acid on aluminum or least once a year.
chrome-plated wheels. Use only Inspect power steering for proper
Wheels and Trim Aluminum
approved cleaners. Also, never attachment, connections, binding,
or Chrome
drive a vehicle with aluminum or leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild chrome-plated wheels through an
soap and water to clean the wheels. Visually check constant velocity joint
automatic car wash that uses boots and axle seals for leaks.
After rinsing thoroughly with clean silicone carbide tire cleaning
water, dry with a soft, clean towel. brushes. Damage could occur For 1500 Series vehicles, at least
A wax may then be applied. and the repairs would not be every other oil change lubricate the
covered by the vehicle warranty. outer tie rod ends.
Caution Control arm ball joints on 1500
Series vehicles are
Chrome wheels and other chrome Brake System maintenance-free.
trim may be damaged if the Visually inspect brake lines and
vehicle is not washed after driving hoses for proper hook-up, binding, Caution
on roads that have been sprayed leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect
with magnesium, calcium, disc brake pads for wear and rotors Lubrication of applicable steering/
or sodium chloride. These for surface condition. Inspect drum suspension points should not be
chlorides are used on roads for brake linings/shoes for wear or done unless the temperature is
conditions such as ice and dust. cracks. Inspect all other brake parts. 12 C (10 F) or higher,
Always wash the chrome with or damage could result.
soap and water after exposure.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
406 Vehicle Care
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the fluid will decrease the life of the dark spots etched into the paint
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package transfer case and/or axles and surface. See Finish Care
supplement. should be replaced. previously in this section.
Body Component Lubrication Sheet Metal Damage Interior Care
Lubricate all key lock cylinders, If the vehicle is damaged and
To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steel requires sheet metal repair or
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
fuel door hinge and power assist replacement, make sure the body
step hinges, unless the components repair shop applies anti-corrosion Immediately remove any soils.
Newspapers or dark garments can
are plastic. Applying silicone grease material to parts repaired or
transfer color to the vehicles
on weatherstrips with a clean cloth replaced to restore corrosion
will make them last longer, seal protection. interior.
better, and not stick or squeak. Original manufacturer replacement Use a soft bristle brush to remove
dust from knobs and crevices on the
Underbody Maintenance parts will provide the corrosion
instrument cluster. Using a mild
protection while maintaining the
At least twice a year, spring and fall, vehicle warranty. soap solution, immediately remove
use plain water to flush any hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
corrosive materials from the Finish Damage repellent from all interior surfaces or
underbody. Take care to thoroughly permanent damage may result.
Quickly repair minor chips and
clean any areas where mud and scratches with touch-up materials Use cleaners specifically designed
other debris can collect. If equipped available from your dealer to avoid for the surfaces being cleaned to
with power assist steps, extend corrosion. Larger areas of finish prevent permanent damage. Apply
them and then use a high pressure damage can be corrected in your all cleaners directly to the cleaning
wash to clean all joints and gaps. dealer's body and paint shop. cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any
Do not directly power wash the switches or controls. Remove
transfer case and/or front/rear axle Chemical Paint Spotting cleaners quickly.
output seals. High pressure water Airborne pollutants can fall upon
can overcome the seals and and attack painted vehicle surfaces
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated causing blotchy, ring-shaped
discolorations, and small, irregular
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 407
Before using cleaners, read and . Do not use solvents or cleaners Coated Moldings
follow all safety instructions on the containing solvents.
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
label. While cleaning the interior,
open the doors and windows to get Interior Glass . When lightly soiled, wipe with a
proper ventilation. To clean, use a terry cloth fabric sponge or soft, lint-free cloth
dampened with water. Wipe droplets dampened with water.
To prevent damage, do not clean
the interior using the following left behind with a clean dry cloth. . When heavily soiled, use warm
cleaners or techniques: If necessary, use a commercial soapy water.
glass cleaner after cleaning with
. Never use a razor or any other plain water. Fabric/Carpet/Suede
sharp object to remove soil from
any interior surface. Start by vacuuming the surface
Caution using a soft brush attachment. If a
. Never use a brush with stiff rotating vacuum brush attachment is
bristles. To prevent scratching, never use being used, only use it on the floor
. Never rub any surface abrasive cleaners on automotive carpet. Before cleaning, gently
aggressively or with too much glass. Abrasive cleaners or remove as much of the soil as
pressure. aggressive cleaning may damage possible:
the rear window defogger. . Gently blot liquids with a paper
. Do not use laundry detergents or
dishwashing soaps with towel. Continue blotting until no
degreasers. For liquid cleaners, Cleaning the windshield with water more soil can be removed.
use approximately 20 drops per during the first three to six months . For solid soils, remove as much
3.8 L (1 gal) of water. of ownership will reduce tendency as possible prior to vacuuming.
A concentrated soap solution will to fog.
create streaks and attract dirt. To clean:
Speaker Covers
Do not use solutions that contain 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free
strong or caustic soap. Vacuum around a speaker cover colorfast cloth with water.
gently, so that the speaker will not Microfiber cloth is
. Do not heavily saturate the
be damaged. Clean spots with water recommended to prevent lint
upholstery when cleaning. and mild soap. transfer to the fabric or carpet.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
408 Vehicle Care
2. Remove excess moisture by Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather,
gently wringing until water does and Vehicle Information and Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
not drip from the cleaning cloth. Radio Displays Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and
3. Start on the outside edge of the Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss Natural Open Pore Wood
soil and gently rub toward the surfaces or vehicle displays. First, Surfaces
center. Fold the cleaning cloth use a soft bristle brush to remove Use a soft microfiber cloth
to a clean area frequently to dirt that can scratch the surface. dampened with water to remove
prevent forcing the soil in to the Then gently clean by rubbing with a dust and loose dirt. For a more
fabric. microfiber cloth. Never use window thorough cleaning, use a soft
4. Continue gently rubbing the cleaners or solvents. Periodically microfiber cloth dampened with a
soiled area until there is no hand wash the microfiber cloth mild soap solution.
longer any color transfer from separately, using mild soap. Do not
the soil to the cleaning cloth. use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
Caution
thoroughly and air dry before
5. If the soil is not completely
next use. Soaking or saturating leather,
removed, use a mild soap
solution followed only by plain especially perforated leather, as
water. Caution well as other interior surfaces,
may cause permanent damage.
If the soil is not completely Do not attach a device with a Wipe excess moisture from these
removed, it may be necessary to suction cup to the display. This
use a commercial upholstery surfaces after cleaning and allow
may cause damage and would them to dry naturally. Never use
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small not be covered by the vehicle
hidden area for colorfastness before heat, steam, or spot removers. Do
warranty. not use cleaners that contain
using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring silicone or wax-based products.
formation occurs, clean the entire Cleaners containing these
fabric or carpet. solvents can permanently change
After cleaning, use a paper towel to (Continued)
blot excess moisture.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Vehicle Care 409
Caution (Continued)
Cargo Cover and Floor Mats
Convenience Net
the appearance and feel of Wash with warm water and mild { Warning
leather or soft trim, and are not detergent. Do not use chlorine
recommended. bleach. Rinse with cold water, and If a floor mat is the wrong size or
then dry completely. is not properly installed, it can
interfere with the pedals.
Do not use cleaners that increase Care of Safety Belts Interference with the pedals can
gloss, especially on the instrument cause unintended acceleration
Keep belts clean and dry.
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
and/or increased stopping
visibility through the windshield
under certain conditions. { Warning distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
Do not bleach or dye safety belt mat does not interfere with the
Caution webbing. It may severely weaken pedals.
Use of air fresheners may cause the webbing. In a crash, they
permanent damage to plastics might not be able to provide Use the following guidelines for
and painted surfaces. If an air adequate protection. Clean and proper floor mat usage:
freshener comes in contact with rinse safety belt webbing only
with mild soap and lukewarm . The original equipment floor
any plastic or painted surface in mats were designed for your
the vehicle, blot immediately and water. Allow the webbing to dry.
vehicle. If the floor mats need
clean with a soft cloth dampened replacing, it is recommended
with a mild soap solution. that GM certified floor mats be
Damage caused by air fresheners purchased. Non-GM floor mats
would not be covered by the may not fit properly and may
vehicle warranty. interfere with the pedals. Always
check that the floor mats do not
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
410 Vehicle Care

. Do not use a floor mat if the
vehicle is not equipped with a
floor mat retainer on the driver
side floor.
. Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
. Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.
. Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.
. Do not place one floor mat on Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
top of another. retainer openings over the carpet
retainers and snapping into position.
Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mats Make sure the floor mat is properly
secured in place.
Pull up on the rear of the driver side
Verify the floor mat does not
floor mat to unlock each retainer
and remove.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Service and Maintenance 411
Service and General Information changes and tire rotations and

additional maintenance items like
Maintenance Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.
the required maintenance for the
General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help Caution
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 411 protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or Damage caused by improper
Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may maintenance can lead to costly
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 412 also help to maintain the value of repairs and may not be covered
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the by the vehicle warranty.
Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have
Special Application Maintenance intervals, checks,
all required maintenance performed. inspections, recommended fluids,
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Your dealer has trained technicians and lubricants are important to
Additional Maintenance who can perform required keep the vehicle in good working
and Care maintenance using genuine condition.
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many The Tire Rotation and Required
Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and Services are the responsibility of the
Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy vehicle owner. It is recommended to
Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online have your dealer perform these
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 scheduling to assist with service services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Maintenance Replacement needs. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 keep the vehicle in good working
Your dealer recognizes the condition, improves fuel economy,
Maintenance Records importance of providing and reduces vehicle emissions.
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 424 competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained Because of the way people use
technicians, the dealer is the place vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
for routine maintenance such as oil There may need to be more
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
412 Service and Maintenance
frequent checks and services. The . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
Additional Required Services - service.
Maintenance
Normal are for vehicles that: Refer to the information in the
Schedule
. Carry passengers and cargo Maintenance Schedule Additional Owner Checks and Services
within recommended limits on Required Services - Severe chart.
the Tire and Loading Information At Each Fuel Stop
label. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 247.
{ Warning . Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil 0 325.
. Are driven on reasonable road Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause Once a Month
surfaces within legal driving
limits. serious injury. Perform . Check the tire inflation
maintenance work only if the pressures. See Tire
. Use the recommended fuel. See
required information, proper tools, Pressure 0 369.
Fuel 0 298.
and equipment are available. . Inspect the tires for wear. See
Refer to the information in the If they are not, see your dealer to Tire Inspection 0 375.
Maintenance Schedule Additional have a trained technician do the
Required Services - Normal chart. . Check the windshield washer
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work 0 322. fluid level. See Washer
The Additional Required Services - Fluid 0 338.
Severe are for vehicles that are:
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic Engine Oil Change
in hot weather. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
. Mainly driven in hilly or SOON message displays, have the
mountainous terrain. engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
. Frequently towing a trailer. under the best conditions, the
. Used for high speed or engine oil life system may not
competitive driving. indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
a year and the oil life system must . Visually inspect windshield wiper . Check restraint system
be reset. Your trained dealer blades for wear, cracking, components. See Safety System
technician can perform this work. or contamination. See Exterior Check 0 90.
If the engine oil life system is reset Care 0 402. Replace worn or . Visually inspect fuel system for
accidentally, service the vehicle damaged wiper blades. See damage or leaks.
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the Wiper Blade
last service. Reset the oil life Replacement 0 345. . Visually inspect exhaust system
system when the oil is changed. and nearby heat shields for
. Check tire inflation pressures.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 327. loose or damaged parts.
See Tire Pressure 0 369.
. Lubricate body components. See
Tire Rotation and Required . Inspect tire wear. See Tire Exterior Care 0 402.
Services Every 12 000 km/ Inspection 0 375.
7,500 mi . Check starter switch. See Starter
. Visually check for fluid leaks. Switch Check 0 344.
Rotate the tires, if recommended for . Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
the vehicle, and perform the . Check automatic transmission
See Engine Air Cleaner/ shift lock control function. See
following services. See Tire Filter 0 331.
Rotation 0 375. Automatic Transmission Shift
. Inspect brake system. See Lock Control Function
. Check engine oil level and oil
Exterior Care 0 402. Check 0 344.
life percentage. If needed,
change engine oil and filter, and . Visually inspect steering, . Check ignition transmission lock.
reset oil life system. See Engine suspension, and chassis See Ignition Transmission Lock
Oil 0 325 and Engine Oil Life components for damaged, loose, Check 0 344.
System 0 327. or missing parts or signs of wear . Check parking brake and
at least once a year. See automatic transmission park
. Check engine coolant level. See
Exterior Care 0 402. Lubricate mechanism. See Park Brake and
Engine Coolant 0 333. the suspension and steering P (Park) Mechanism
. Check windshield washer fluid components at least every other Check 0 345.
level. See Washer Fluid 0 338. oil change (if equipped with
grease fittings).
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

. Check accelerator pedal for . Visually inspect gas strut for . Verify spare tire key lock
damage, high effort, or binding. signs of wear, cracks, or other operation and lubricate as
Replace if needed. damage. Check the hold open needed. See Tire
ability of the strut. See your Changing 0 383.
dealer if service is required.
. Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof 0 63.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
4WD. (4)
@
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7)
Footnotes Maintenance or environmental allergens. (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
Schedule Additional Required Passenger compartment air filter lines and hoses for proper
Services - Normal replacement may also be needed if attachment, connection, routing, and
(1) Or every two years, whichever there is reduced airflow, window condition.
comes first. More frequent fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer (3) Or every four years, whichever
passenger compartment air filter can help determine when to replace comes first. If driving in dusty
replacement may be needed if the filter. conditions, inspect the filter at each
driving in areas with heavy traffic, oil change or more often as needed.
poor air quality, high dust levels,
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
(4) Do not directly power wash the (5) Or every five years, whichever (7) Replace brake fluid every five
transfer case and/or front/rear axle comes first. See Cooling years. See Brake Fluid 0 339.
output seals. High pressure water System 0 332.
can overcome the seals and (6) Or every 10 years, whichever
contaminate the transfer case fluid. comes first. Inspect for fraying,
Contaminated fluid will decrease the excessive cracking, or damage;
life of the transfer case and/or axles replace, if needed.
and should be replaced.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
4WD. (4)
@ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7)
Footnotes Maintenance poor air quality, high dust levels, (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
Schedule Additional Required or environmental allergens. lines and hoses for proper
Services - Severe Passenger compartment air filter attachment, connection, routing, and
(1) Or every two years, whichever replacement may also be needed if condition.
comes first. More frequent there is reduced airflow, window (3) Or every four years, whichever
passenger compartment air filter fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer comes first. If driving in dusty
replacement may be needed if can help determine when to replace conditions, inspect the filter at each
driving in areas with heavy traffic, the filter. oil change or more often as needed.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
(4) Do not directly power wash the Special Application Additional

transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water Services Maintenance and Care
can overcome the seals and . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important
contaminate the transfer case fluid.
Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly
Contaminated fluid will decrease the
components every oil change. may help to avoid future costly
life of the transfer case and/or axles
. Have underbody flushing service repairs. To maintain vehicle
and should be replaced.
performed. See "Underbody performance, additional
(5) Or every five years, whichever maintenance services may be
Maintenance" in Exterior
comes first. See Cooling required.
Care 0 402.
System 0 332.
It is recommended that your dealer
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever perform these services their
comes first. Inspect for fraying, trained dealer technicians know
excessive cracking, or damage; your vehicle best. Your dealer can
replace, if needed. also perform a thorough
(7) Replace brake fluid every five assessment with a multi-point
years. See Brake Fluid 0 339. inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Battery
The 12-volt battery supplies power
to start the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

. To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have Lamps
start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment Properly working headlamps,
battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and taillamps, and brake lamps are
. Trained dealer technicians have recommend quality parts important to see and be seen on
the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle. the road.
the battery and ensure that the Fluids . Signs that the headlamps need
connections and cables are attention include dimming, failure
corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicles systems to light, cracking, or damage.
Belts and components. See The brake lamps need to be
Recommended Fluids and checked periodically to ensure
. Belts may need replacing if they
Lubricants 0 421 for GM approved that they light when braking.
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting. fluids. . With a multi-point inspection,
. Engine oil and windshield your dealer can check the lamps
. Trained dealer technicians have
washer fluid levels should be and note any concerns.
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill. Shocks and Struts
recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may
Shocks and struts help aid in control
replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids for a smoother ride.
may be low and need to be
Brakes filled. . Signs of wear may include
Brakes stop the vehicle and are steering wheel vibration, bounce/
crucial to safe driving. Hoses sway while braking, longer
Hoses transport fluids and should stopping distance, or uneven
. Signs of brake wear may include
be regularly inspected to ensure tire wear.
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping. that there are no cracks or leaks. . As part of the multi-point
With a multi-point inspection, your inspection, trained dealer
dealer can inspect the hoses and technicians can visually inspect
advise if replacement is needed. the shocks and struts for signs
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
of leaking, blown seals, information on how to clean and Wiper Blades

or damage, and can advise protect the vehicles interior and Wiper blades need to be cleaned
when service is needed. exterior, see Interior Care 0 406 and and kept in good condition to
Exterior Care 0 402. provide a clear view.
Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated, Wheel Alignment . Signs of wear include streaking,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining Wheel alignment is critical for skipping across the windshield,
the tires can save money and fuel, ensuring that the tires deliver and worn or split rubber.
and can reduce the risk of tire optimal wear and performance. . Trained dealer technicians can
failure. . Signs that the alignment may check the wiper blades and
. Signs that the tires need to be need to be adjusted include replace them when needed.
replaced include three or more pulling, improper vehicle
visible treadwear indicators; cord handling, or unusual tire wear.
or fabric showing through the . Your dealer has the required
rubber; cracks or cuts in the equipment to ensure proper
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or wheel alignment.
split in the tire.
. Trained dealer technicians can Windshield
inspect and recommend the right For safety, appearance, and the
tires. Your dealer can also best viewing, keep the windshield
provide tire/wheel balancing clean and clear.
services to ensure smooth . Signs of damage include
vehicle operation at all speeds. scratches, cracks, and chips.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires. . Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
Vehicle Care recommend proper replacement
To help keep the vehicle looking like if needed.
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Automatic Transmission DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Engine Coolant 0 333.
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine
Oil 0 325.
Front Axle (Four-Wheel Drive) SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88900401, in
Canada 89021678).
Front Axle Propshaft Spline or Spline Lubricant, Special Lubricant (GM Part No. 19257121, in
One-Piece Propshaft Spline Canada 19257122).
(Two-Wheel Drive)
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Power Assist Steps, and Outer Canada 10953474).
Liftgate Handle Pivot Points
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Rear Axle SAE 75W-85 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 19300457, in
Canada 19300458).
Transfer Case (Four-Wheel Drive) DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in
Canada 10953437).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 22845992 A3181C
Oil Filter 19330000 PF63E
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 23281440 CF188
Spark Plugs 12622441 41-114
Wiper Blades
Driver Side 55 cm (21.7 in) 22756331
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Passenger Side 55 cm (21.7 in) 22756331
Rear 33 cm (13.0 in) 22956295
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Technical Data 425
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts

Identification Label
Vehicle Identification This label, on the inside of the glove
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) box, has the following information:
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 . Vehicle Identification
Service Parts Identification Number (VIN).
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 . Model designation.
Vehicle Data . Paint information.
Capacities and
. Production options and special
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 428 equipment.
This legal identifier is in the front
Do not remove this label from the
corner of the instrument panel, on
vehicle.
the driver side of the vehicle. It can
be seen through the windshield from
outside. The Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) also appears on the
Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See Engine Specifications
under Capacities and Specifications
0 426 for the vehicle's engine code.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
426 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 421 for more information.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System 16.5 L 17.4 qt
Engine Oil with Filter 7.6 L 8.0 qt
Fuel Tank
Short Wheelbase 98.4 L 26.0 gal
Long Wheelbase 119.2 L 31.5 gal
Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Technical Data 427
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap
5.3L V8 C 0.951.10mm (0.037
0.043 in)
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
428 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing

Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Customer Information 429
Customer Reporting Safety Defects to

the Canadian
Customer Information
Information Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Satisfaction
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 Procedure
Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Privacy important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429 Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Vehicle Data Recording and
Customer Assistance with the sales transaction or the
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 operation of the vehicle will be
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 441
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 432 service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 432 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 436 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 reviewed with the sales, service,
Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 of your dealership or the general
manager.
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to STEP TWO : If after contacting a
the United States member of dealership management,
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 it appears your concern cannot be
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
430 Customer Information
resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line
further help, in the U.S., call the Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Chevrolet Customer Assistance dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
Canada, call General Motors of with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
Canada Customer Care Centre at if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
1-800-263-3777 (English), after following the procedure Inc.
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard
We encourage you to call the can file with the Better Business Suite 600
toll-free number in order to give your Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Arlington, VA 22201
inquiry prompt attention. Have the to enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
following information available to The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/
give the Customer Assistance out-of-court program administered programs-services/
representative: by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/
. Vehicle Identification Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line
Number (VIN). This is available disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all
from the vehicle registration or 50 states and the District of
title, or the plate at the top left of Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
the instrument panel and visible vehicle age, mileage, and other
through the windshield. dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves
. Dealership name and location. program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility
. Vehicle delivery date and case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its
present mileage. 40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program.
decision given in your case, you STEP THREE Canadian
When contacting Chevrolet, may reject it and proceed with any
remember that your concern will Owners : In the event that you do
other venue for relief available not feel your concerns have been
likely be resolved at a dealer's to you.
facility. That is why we suggest addressed after following the
following Step One first. procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Company wants you to be aware of The Mediation/Arbitration Program United States and Puerto Rico
its participation in a no-charge c/o Customer Care Centre
Chevrolet Motor Division
Mediation/Arbitration Program. General Motors of Canada
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
General Motors of Canada Company
Center
Company has committed to binding Mail Code: CA1-163-005
P.O. Box 33170
arbitration of owner disputes 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
involving factory-related vehicle Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.Chevrolet.com
service claims. The program Your inquiry should be accompanied
provides for the review of the facts 1-800-222-1020
by the Vehicle Identification
involved by an impartial third party 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
Number (VIN).
arbiter, and may include an informal Telephone Devices (TTYs))
hearing before the arbiter. The Roadside Assistance:
program is designed so that the Customer Assistance 1-800-243-8872
entire dispute settlement process, Offices From U.S. Virgin Islands:
from the time you file your complaint Chevrolet encourages customers to
to the final decision, should be 1-800-496-9994
call the toll-free number for
completed in about 70 days. We assistance. However, if a customer Canada
believe our impartial program offers wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
advantages over courts in most General Motors of Canada
the letter should be addressed to:
jurisdictions because it is informal, Company
quick, and free of charge. Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
For further information concerning
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
www.gm.ca
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
the General Motors Customer Care 1-800-263-3777 (English)
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), 1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-7854 (French), 1-800-263-3830 (For Text
or write to:
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Telephone devices (TTYs)) Online Owner Center J : View active recalls by Vehicle
Roadside Assistance: Identification Number (VIN). See
1-800-268-6800 Online Owner Experience Vehicle Identification Number
(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com (VIN) 0 425.
Overseas
Please contact the local General
The Chevrolet online owner H : View GM Card, SiriusXM
experience allows interaction with Satellite radio (if equipped), and
Motors Business Unit. Chevrolet and keeps important OnStar account information (if
vehicle-specific information in one equipped).
Customer Assistance for place.
Text Telephone (TTY) F : Chat with online help
Membership Benefits representatives.
Users
E : Download owner manuals and See my.chevrolet.com to register
To assist customers who are deaf, view vehicle-specific how-to videos. your vehicle.
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
G : View maintenance schedules, Chevrolet Owner Centre
alerts, and OnStar Vehicle (Canada) chevroletowner.ca
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
Diagnostic Information. Schedule
equipment available at its Customer Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:
service appointments.
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
the U.S. can communicate with I : View and print dealer-recorded . Chat live with online help
Chevrolet by dialing: service records and self-recorded representatives.
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in service records. . Locate owner resources such as
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. D : Select a preferred dealer and lease-end, financing, and
view locations, maps, phone warranty information.
numbers, and hours. . Retrieve your favorite articles,
r : Track your vehicles warranty quizzes, tips, and multimedia
information. galleries organized into the
Featured Articles and Auto Care
Sections.
. Download owner manuals.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

. Find the General Motors of Canada also has . Odometer reading, Vehicle
Chevrolet-recommended a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca Identification Number (VIN), and
maintenance services. or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) delivery date of the vehicle.
for details. TTY users call . Description of the problem.
GM Mobility 1-800-263-3830.
Reimbursement Program Coverage
Roadside Assistance Services are provided for the
Program duration of the vehicles powertrain
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call warranty.
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone In the U.S., anyone driving the
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.) vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
For Canadian-purchased vehicles, person driving the vehicle without
call 1-800-268-6800. permission from the owner is not
This program is available to covered.
qualified applicants for cost Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year. Roadside Assistance is not a part of
reimbursement of eligible the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
aftermarket adaptive equipment Calling for Assistance General Motors North America and
required for the vehicle, such as Chevrolet reserve the right to make
hand controls or a wheelchair/ When calling Roadside Assistance,
any changes or discontinue the
scooter lift for the vehicle. have the following information
Roadside Assistance program at
ready:
For more information on the limited any time without notification.
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or . Your name, home address, and
General Motors North America and
call the GM Mobility Assistance home telephone number.
Chevrolet reserve the right to limit
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text . Telephone number of your services or payment to an owner or
Telephone (TTY) users, call location. driver if they decide the claims are
1-800-833-9935. made too often, or the same type of
. Location of the vehicle.
claim is made many times.
. Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Services Provided . Battery Jump Start: Service to Services Specific to

. jump start a dead battery. Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the . Trip Interruption Benefits and . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
vehicle to get to the nearest Assistance: If your trip is is up to 7 liters. If available,
service station. interrupted due to a warranty diesel fuel delivery may be
. event, incidental expenses may restricted. Propane and other
Lock-Out Service: Service to
be reimbursed within the fuels are not provided through
unlock the vehicle if you are
Powertrain warranty period. this service.
locked out. A remote unlock may
Items considered are reasonable
be available if you have OnStar. . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
and customary hotel, meals,
For security reasons, the driver registration is required.
rental car, or a vehicle being
must present identification .
delivered back to the customer, Trip Interruption Benefits and
before this service is given.
up to 805 km (500 mi). Assistance: Must be over
. Emergency Tow from a Public 150 km from where your trip was
Road or Highway: Tow to the Services Not Included in started to qualify.
nearest Chevrolet dealer for Roadside Assistance Pre-authorization, original
warranty service, or if the vehicle . Impound towing caused by detailed receipts, and a copy of
was in a crash and cannot be violation of any laws. the repair orders are required.
driven. Assistance is not given Once authorization has been
when the vehicle is stuck in the . Legal fines. received, the Roadside
sand, mud, or snow. . Mounting, dismounting, Assistance advisor will help to
. Flat Tire Change: Service to or changing of snow tires, make arrangements and explain
change a flat tire with the spare chains, or other traction devices. how to receive payment.
tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Service is not provided if a vehicle . Alternative Service: If
must be in good condition and is in an area that is not accessible assistance cannot be provided
properly inflated. It is the owner's to the service vehicle or is not a right away, the Roadside
responsibility for the repair or regularly traveled or maintained Assistance advisor may give
replacement of the tire if it is not public road, which includes ice and permission to get local
covered by the warranty. winter roads. Off-road use is not emergency road service. You will
covered. receive payment, up to $100,
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
after sending the original receipt If your dealer requests you to bring furnished with each new vehicle
to Roadside Assistance. the vehicle for service, you are provides detailed warranty coverage
Mechanical failures may be urged to do so as early in the work information.
covered, however any cost for day as possible to allow for
parts and labor for repairs not same-day repair. Transportation Options
covered by the warranty are the Warranty service can generally be
owner responsibility. Courtesy Transportation completed while you wait. However,
Program if you are unable to do so, your
Scheduling Service dealer may offer the following
To enhance your ownership transportation options:
Appointments experience, we and our participating
When the vehicle requires warranty dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Shuttle Service
service, contact your dealer and Transportation, a customer support This includes one-way or round-trip
request an appointment. By program for vehicles with the shuttle service within reasonable
scheduling a service appointment Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty time and distance parameters of
and advising the service consultant Coverage period in Canada), your dealer's area.
of your transportation needs, your extended powertrain, and/or
dealer can help minimize your hybrid-specific warranties in both Public Transportation or Fuel
inconvenience. the U.S. and Canada. Reimbursement
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled Several Courtesy Transportation If overnight warranty repairs are
into the service department options are available to assist in needed, and public transportation is
immediately, keep driving it until it reducing inconvenience when used, the expense must be
can be scheduled for service, warranty repairs are required. supported by original receipts and
unless, of course, the problem is within the maximum amount allowed
Courtesy Transportation is not a by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
safety related. If it is, please call part of the New Vehicle Limited
your dealership, let them know this, customers arrange their own
Warranty. A separate booklet transportation, limited
and ask for instructions. entitled Limited Warranty and reimbursement for reasonable fuel
Owner Assistance Information expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
and be supported by original Additional Program Collision Parts

receipts. See your dealer for Information Genuine GM Collision parts are new
information.
All program options, such as shuttle parts made with the same materials
Courtesy Rental Vehicle service, may not be available at and construction methods as the
every dealer. Contact your dealer parts with which the vehicle was
For an overnight warranty repair, the
for specific availability. originally built. Genuine GM
dealer may provide an available
Collision parts are the best choice to
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for General Motors reserves the right to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. unilaterally modify, change,
appearance, durability, and safety
Reimbursement is limited and must or discontinue Courtesy
are preserved. The use of Genuine
be supported by original receipts as Transportation at any time and to
GM parts can help maintain the GM
well as a signed and completed resolve all questions of claim
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
rental agreement and meet state/ eligibility pursuant to the terms and
provincial, local, and rental vehicle conditions described herein at its Recycled original equipment parts
provider requirements. sole discretion. may also be used for repair. These
Requirements vary and may include parts are typically removed from
minimum age requirements, Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in
insurance coverage, credit card, etc. prior crashes. In most cases, the
Additional fees such as fuel usage If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle.
excessive mileage, or rental usage damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM
beyond the completion of the repair technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to
are also your responsibility. equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally
parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety
It may not be possible to provide a repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of
like vehicle as a courtesy rental. value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts
be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New
collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Aftermarket collision parts are also Insuring the Vehicle parts. Read the lease carefully, as
available. These are made by you may be charged at the end of
Protect your investment in the GM
companies other than GM and may the lease for poor quality repairs.
vehicle with comprehensive and
not have been tested for the vehicle.
collision insurance coverage. There If a Crash Occurs
As a result, these parts may fit
are significant differences in the
poorly, exhibit premature durability/ If there has been an injury, call
quality of coverage afforded by
corrosion problems, and may not emergency services for help. Do not
various insurance policy terms.
perform properly in subsequent leave the scene of a crash until all
Many insurance policies provide
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not matters have been taken care of.
reduced protection to the GM
covered by the GM New Vehicle Move the vehicle only if its position
vehicle by limiting compensation for
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle puts you in danger, or you are
damage repairs through the use of
failure related to such parts is not instructed to move it by a police
aftermarket collision parts. Some
covered by that warranty. officer.
insurance companies will not
Repair Facility specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information
When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved
GM also recommends that you recommend that you ensure that the in the crash.
choose a collision repair facility that vehicle will be repaired with GM
meets your needs before you ever For emergency towing see
original equipment collision parts. Roadside Assistance
need collision repairs. Your dealer If such insurance coverage is not
may have a collision repair center Program 0 433.
available from your current
with GM-trained technicians and insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information:
state-of-the-art equipment, or be to another insurance carrier.
able to recommend a collision repair . Driver name, address, and
center that has GM-trained If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number.
technicians and comparable company may require you to have . Driver license number.
equipment. insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number.
Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

. Vehicle make, model, and original GM parts. Remember, Service Publications
model year. recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.
Ordering Information
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals
. Insurance company and policy but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals have the diagnosis
number. Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the
your insurance company may engines, transmission, axle,
. General description of the initially value the repair using suspension, brakes, electrical,
damage to the other vehicle. aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc.
Choose a reputable repair facility the repair professional, and insist on
that uses quality replacement parts. Genuine GM parts. Remember, Owner Information
See Collision Parts earlier in this if the vehicle is leased, you may be Owner publications are written
section. obligated to have the vehicle specifically for owners and intended
repaired with Genuine GM parts, to provide basic operational
If the airbag has inflated, see What even if your insurance coverage
Will You See after an Airbag information about the vehicle. The
does not pay the full cost. Owner Manual includes the
Inflates? 0 97.
If another party's insurance Maintenance Schedule for all
Managing the Vehicle Damage company is paying for the repairs, models.
Repair Process you are not obligated to accept a In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
repair valuation based on that Owner Manual, and Warranty
In the event that the vehicle requires
insurance company's collision policy Manual.
damage repairs, GM recommends
repair limits, as you have no
that you take an active role in its RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00
contractual limits with that company.
repair. If you have a pre-determined $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
In such cases, you can have control
repair facility of choice, take the shipping fees.
of the repair and parts choices as
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
long as the cost stays within Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.
Specify to the facility that any
reasonable limits.
required replacement collision parts RETAIL SELL PRICE:
be original equipment parts, either $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
new Genuine GM parts or recycled shipping fees.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Current and Past Models Radio Frequency Reporting Safety

Service and Owner publications are Statement Defects
available for many current and past
This vehicle has systems that
model year GM vehicles.
operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects
ORDER TOLL FREE: complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
1-800-551-4123 Monday Friday Federal Communications
to the United States
8:00 AM 6:00 PM Eastern Time Commission (FCC) rules and with Government
For Credit Card Orders Only Industry Canada Standards If you believe that your vehicle
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,
has a defect which could cause
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. ICES001.
a crash or could cause injury or
Or write to: Operation is subject to the following death, you should immediately
two conditions: inform the National Highway
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service 1. The device may not cause Traffic Safety Administration
47911 Halyard Drive harmful interference. (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Plymouth, MI 48170 2. The device must accept any General Motors.
Prices are subject to change without interference received, including If NHTSA receives similar
notice and without incurring interference that may cause complaints, it may open an
obligation. Allow ample time for undesired operation of the
investigation, and if it finds that
delivery. device.
a safety defect exists in a group
All listed prices are quoted in U.S. Changes or modifications to any of of vehicles, it may order a recall
funds. Make checks payable in U.S. these systems by other than an and remedy campaign.
funds. authorized service facility could void
However, NHTSA cannot
authorization to use this equipment.
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
To contact NHTSA, you may call Transport Canada Vehicle Data

the Vehicle Safety Hotline Road Safety Branch
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 80 rue Noel Recording and
1-800-424-9153); go to http:// Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 Privacy
www.safercar.gov; or write to:
The vehicle has a number of
Administrator, NHTSA Reporting Safety Defects computers that record information
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. to General Motors about the vehicles performance and
Washington, D.C. 20590 In addition to notifying NHTSA (or how it is driven. For example, the
Transport Canada) in a situation like vehicle uses computer modules to
You can also obtain other monitor and control engine and
information about motor vehicle this, notify General Motors.
transmission performance, to
safety from http:// Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: monitor the conditions for airbag
www.safercar.gov. Chevrolet Motor Division deployment and deploy them in a
Chevrolet Customer Assistance crash, and, if equipped, to provide
Reporting Safety Defects Center antilock braking to help the driver
to the Canadian P.O. Box 33170 control the vehicle. These modules
Detroit, MI 48232-5170 may store data to help the dealer
Government technician service the vehicle.
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 Some modules may also store data
If you live in Canada, and you (English) or 1-800-263-7854
believe that the vehicle has a about how the vehicle is operated,
(French), or write: such as rate of fuel consumption or
safety defect, notify Transport
Canada immediately, and notify General Motors of Canada average speed. These modules may
Company retain personal preferences, such as
General Motors of Canada radio presets, seat positions, and
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
Company. Call Transport CA1-163-005 temperature settings.
Canada at 1-800-333-0510 or 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
write to: Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a GM will not access these data or
better understanding of the share it with others except: with the
This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or,
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. if the vehicle is leased, with the
main purpose of an EDR is to consent of the lessee; in response
record, in certain crash or near Note
to an official request by police or
crash-like situations, such as an air EDR data are recorded by your similar government office; as part of
bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle only if a non-trivial crash GM's defense of litigation through
obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are the discovery process; or, as
understanding how a vehicles recorded by the EDR under normal required by law. Data that GM
systems performed. The EDR is driving conditions and no personal collects or receives may also be
designed to record data related to data (e.g., name, gender, age, and used for GM research needs or may
vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded. be made available to others for
systems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as law research purposes, where a need is
typically 30 seconds or less. The enforcement, could combine the shown and the data is not tied to a
EDR in this vehicle is designed to EDR data with the type of specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
record such data as: personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
. How various systems in your
investigation. OnStar
vehicle were operating;
To read data recorded by an EDR, If the vehicle is equipped with
. Whether or not the driver and
special equipment is required, and OnStar and has an active
passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is subscription, additional data may be
buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle collected through the OnStar
. How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as system. This includes information
depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the about the vehicles operation;
or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the collisions involving the vehicle; the
information if they have access to use of the vehicle and its features;
. How fast the vehicle was and, in certain situations, the
traveling. the vehicle or the EDR.
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
OnStar Terms and Conditions and

Privacy Statement on the OnStar
website.
See OnStar Additional
Information 0 448.
Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a
navigation system as part of the
infotainment system, use of the
system may result in the storage of
destinations, addresses, telephone
numbers, and other trip information.
See the infotainment manual for
information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
OnStar 443
OnStar OnStar Overview Terms, Privacy Statement, and

Software Terms for more details
including system limitations at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
OnStar Overview
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
The OnStar system status light is
OnStar Services next to the OnStar buttons. If the
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 status light is:
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 = Voice Command Button . Solid Green: System is ready.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 Q Blue OnStar Button . Flashing Green: On a call.
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
> Red Emergency Button . Red: Indicates a problem.
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a . Off: System is active. Press Q
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 comprehensive, in-vehicle system twice to speak with an OnStar
that can connect to an OnStar Advisor.
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connections, and Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Diagnostics Services. OnStar (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
services may require a paid Advisor.
subscription and data plan. OnStar Press = to:
requires the vehicle battery and
electrical system, cellular service, . Make a call, end a call,
and GPS satellite signals to be or answer an incoming call.
available and operating. OnStar acts . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
as a link to existing emergency voice commands.
service providers. OnStar may
collect information about you and . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
your vehicle, including location Navigation voice commands.
information. See OnStar User
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
444 OnStar
. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi OnStar Services Security
hotspot name or SSID and
password, if equipped. If equipped, OnStar provides these
Emergency services:
Press Q to connect to an . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
Emergency Services require an
Advisor to: active, OnStar service plan OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
. Verify account information or (excludes Basic Plan). With pinpoint the vehicle and help
update contact information. Automatic Crash Response, built-in authorities quickly recover it.
. Get driving directions. sensors can automatically alert a . With Remote Ignition Block,
specially trained OnStar Advisor if equipped, OnStar can block
. Receive a Diagnostic check of who is immediately connected in to
the vehicle's key operating the engine from being restarted.
the vehicle to help.
systems. . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
Press > for a priority connection to if equipped, OnStar can work
. Receive Roadside Assistance. an OnStar Advisor who can contact with law enforcement to
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, emergency service providers, direct gradually slow the vehicle down.
if equipped. them to your exact location, and
relay important information. Theft Alarm Notification
Press > to get a priority connection
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially If equipped, if the doors are locked
to an OnStar Advisor available
trained Advisors are available and the vehicle alarm sounds, a
24/7 to:
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to notification by text, e-mail, or phone
. Get help for an emergency. provide a central point of contact, call will be sent. If the vehicle is
. Be a Good Samaritan or assistance, and information during a stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
respond to an AMBER Alert. crisis. with authorities to recover the
vehicle.
. Get assistance in severe With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
weather or other crisis situations can locate a nearby service provider
and find evacuation routes. to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
OnStar 445
Navigation 3. Say Yes. System responds: Send Destination to Vehicle

OK, request completed, thank Subscribers can have directions
OnStar navigation requires a you, goodbye.
specific OnStar service plan. sent to the vehicles navigation
Route Preview screen, if equipped.
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
directions or have them sent to the 1. Press =. System responds: Press Q, then ask the Advisor to
vehicles navigation screen, OnStar ready, then a tone. download directions to the vehicles
if equipped. navigation system, if equipped. After
2. Say Route preview. System the call ends, the navigation screen
Turn-by-Turn Navigation responds with the next three will provide prompts to begin driving
maneuvers. directions. Routes that are sent to
1. Press Q to connect to an the navigation screen can only be
Repeat
Advisor. canceled through the navigation
2. Request directions to be 1. Press =. System responds: system.
downloaded to the vehicle. OnStar ready, then a tone.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
3. Follow the voice-guided 2. Say Repeat. System www.onstar.ca (Canada).
commands. responds with the last direction
given, then responds with Connections
Using Voice Commands OnStar ready, then a tone.
During a Planned Route The following OnStar services help
Get My Destination with staying connected.
Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds: For coverage maps, see
1. Press =. System responds: OnStar ready, then a tone. www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
OnStar ready, then a tone. www.onstar.ca (Canada).
2. Say Get my destination.
2. Say Cancel route. System System responds with the Ensuring Security
responds: Do you want to address and distance to the . Change the default passwords
cancel directions? destination, then responds with
for the Wi-Fi hotspot and
OnStar ready, then a tone.
RemoteLink mobile application.
Make these passwords different
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
446 OnStar
from each other and use a 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display . Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
combination of letters, numbers, the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), if factory-equipped.
and symbols to increase the password, and on some . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped
security. vehicles, the connection type with automatic locks.
. Change the default name of the (no Internet connection, 3G,
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality . Activate the horn and lamps.
SSID (Service Set Identifier).
This is your networks name that (poor, good, excellent). . Check the vehicles fuel level, oil
is visible to other wireless 3. To change the SSID or life, or tire pressure,
devices. Choose a unique name password, press Q or call if factory-equipped with the Tire
and avoid family names or Pressure Monitor System.
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
vehicle descriptions. with an Advisor. . Send directions to the vehicle.

OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If After initial set-up, your vehicles . Locate the vehicle on a map
Equipped) Wi-Fi hotspot will connect (U.S. market only).
The vehicle may have a built-in automatically to your mobile . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot
Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access devices. Manage data usage by on/off, manage settings, and
to the Internet and web content at turning Wi-Fi on or off on your monitor data consumption,
4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile mobile device, using the if equipped.
devices can be connected. A data RemoteLink mobile app, or by
plan is required. Use the in-vehicle contacting an OnStar Advisor. For OnStar RemoteLink information
controls only when it is safe to and compatibility, see
OnStar RemoteLink Mobile App www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
do so. (If Equipped) www.onstar.ca (Canada).
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot Download the OnStar RemoteLink
information, press =, wait for Remote Services
mobile app to select Apple iOS,
the prompt, then say Wi-Fi Android, BlackBerry, Contact an OnStar Advisor to
settings. On some vehicles, or Windows mobile devices. unlock the doors or sound the horn
touch Wi-Fi Settings on the OnStar Subscribers can access the and flash the lamps.
screen. following services from a mobile
device:
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
OnStar 447
OnStar AtYourService 2. Say Call. System responds: Diagnostics

Call. Please say the name or
OnStar Advisors can provide offers Advanced Diagnostics provides a
number to call.
from restaurants and retailers on status of the vehicles key systems
your route, help locate hotels, 3. Say 911 without pausing. with a monthly e-mail, or by
or book a room. These services System responds: 911.
pressing Q. If equipped, Diagnostic
vary by market. 4. Say Call. System responds: Alerts can be received in real-time
OnStar Hands-Free Calling OK, dialing 911. via e-mail or text. The Proactive
Alerts feature (if available) can help
Make and receive calls with the Retrieve My Number
predict and alert of potential
built-in wireless calling service,
which requires available minutes. 1. Press =. System responds: upcoming maintenance issues with
OnStar ready. select components on the vehicle,
Make a Call before they become a problem.
2. Say My number. System
1. Press =. System responds: responds: Your OnStar OnStar can also monitor and report
Hands-Free Calling number is, tire pressure, if the vehicle is
OnStar ready.
then says the number. equipped with a Tire Pressure
2. Say Call. System responds: Monitoring System.
Call. Please say the name or End a Call
number to call.
Press =. System responds: Call
3. Say the entire number without ended.
pausing, including a 1 and the
area code. System responds: Verify Minutes and Expiration
OK, calling.
Press = and say Minutes then
Calling 911 Emergency Verify to check how many minutes
remain and their expiration date.
1. Press =. System responds:
OnStar ready.
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
448 OnStar
Reactivation for Subsequent . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

OnStar Additional
Owners Press Q to speak with an
Information .
Press Q and follow the prompts to Advisor.
In-Vehicle Audio Messages speak to an Advisor as soon as OnStar services cannot work unless
Audio messages may play important possible. The Advisor will update the vehicle is in a place where
information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar OnStar has an agreement with a
service options. wireless service provider for service
. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press
Q to set up an account. How OnStar Service Works in that area. The wireless service
provider must also have coverage,
. With the OnStar Basic Plan, Automatic Crash Response, network capacity, reception, and
every 60 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, technology compatible with OnStar
. After change in ownership and Stolen Vehicle Assistance, services. Service involving location
at 90 days. Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics, information about the vehicle cannot
Remote Services, Roadside work unless GPS signals are
Transferring Service Assistance, Turn-by-Turn available, unobstructed, and
Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling compatible with the OnStar
Press Q to request account transfer are available on most vehicles. Not hardware. OnStar services may not
eligibility information. The Advisor all OnStar services are available work if the OnStar equipment is not
can cancel or change account everywhere or on all vehicles. For properly installed or it has not been
information. more information, a full description properly maintained. If equipment or
Selling/Transferring the of OnStar services, system software is added, connected,
limitations, and OnStar User Terms, or modified, OnStar services may
Vehicle Privacy Statement, and Software not work. Other problems beyond
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR Terms: the control of OnStar such as
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,
terminate your OnStar services if (1-888-466-7827). electrical system design and
the vehicle is disposed of, sold, architecture of the vehicle, damage
transferred, or if the lease ends. . See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
OnStar 449
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services, Potential Issues
phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
OnStar cannot perform Remote
jamming may prevent service. Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
See Radio Frequency OnStar Personal Identification Assistance after the vehicle has
Statement 0 439. Number (PIN) been off continuously for 10 days
without an ignition cycle. If the
Services for People with A PIN is needed to access some vehicle has not been started for
Disabilities OnStar services. The PIN will need five days, OnStar can contact
Advisors provide services to help to be changed the first time when Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
Subscribers with physical disabilities speaking with an Advisor. To to help gain access to the vehicle.
and medical conditions. change the OnStar PIN, contact an
OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or Global Positioning
Press Q to help: calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. System (GPS)
. Locate a gas station with an . Obstruction of the GPS can
Warranty
attendant to pump gas. occur in a large city with tall
OnStar equipment may be buildings; in parking garages;
. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., warranted as part of the vehicle around airports; in tunnels and
that meets accessibility needs. warranty. underpasses; or in an area with
. Provide directions to the closest very dense trees. If GPS signals
hospital or pharmacy in urgent Languages are not available, the OnStar
situations. The vehicle can be programmed to system should still operate to
respond in multiple languages. call OnStar. However, OnStar
TTY Users
Press Q and ask for an Advisor. could have difficulty identifying
OnStar has the ability to Advisors are available in English, the exact location.
communicate to deaf, Spanish, and French. Available . In emergency situations, OnStar
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired languages may vary by country. can use the last stored GPS
customers while in the vehicle. The location to send to emergency
available dealer-installed TTY responders.
system can provide in-vehicle
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
450 OnStar
A temporary loss of GPS can cause to function properly. These systems settings. These updates or changes
loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is may also collect personal
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected. information. Such collection is
Advisor may give a verbal route or described in the OnStar privacy
may ask for a call back after the Add-on Electrical Equipment statement or separately disclosed at
vehicle is driven into an open area. The OnStar system is integrated the time of installation. These
into the electrical architecture of the updates or changes may also cause
Cellular and GPS Antennas vehicle. Do not add any electrical a system to automatically
Cellular reception is required for equipment. See Add-On Electrical communicate with GM servers to
OnStar to send remote signals to Equipment 0 318. Added electrical collect information about vehicle
the vehicle. Do not place items over equipment may interfere with the system status, identify whether
or near the antenna to prevent operation of the OnStar system and updates or changes are available,
blocking cellular and GPS signal cause it to not operate. or deliver updates or changes. An
reception. active OnStar agreement constitutes
Vehicle Software Updates consent to these software updates
Unable to Connect to OnStar OnStar or GM may remotely deliver or changes and agreement that
Message software updates or changes to the either OnStar or GM may remotely
If there is limited cellular coverage vehicle without further notice or deliver them to the vehicle.
or the cellular network has reached consent. These updates or changes
Privacy
maximum capacity, this message may enhance or maintain safety,
may come on. Press Q to try the security, or the operation of the The complete OnStar Privacy
vehicle or the vehicle systems. Statement may be found at
call again or try again after driving a
Software updates or changes may www.onstar.com (U.S.),
few miles into another cellular area.
affect or erase data or settings that or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
Vehicle and Power Issues are stored in the vehicle, such as recommend that you review it. If you
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name have any questions, call
OnStar services require a vehicle 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
tags, saved navigation destinations,
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
or pre-set radio stations. Neither or press Q to speak with an
OnStar nor GM is responsible for Advisor. Users of wireless
available and operating for features
any affected or erased data or communications are cautioned that
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
OnStar 451
the privacy of any information sent hereby granted, provided that the or other dealings in this Software
via wireless cellular communications above copyright notice and this without prior written authorization of
cannot be assured. Third parties permission notice appear in all the copyright holder.
may unlawfully intercept or access copies.
transmissions and private unzip:
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
communications without consent. AS IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR Info-ZIP copyright and license. The
OnStar - Software definitive version of this document
Acknowledgements IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES should be available at ftp://
Certain OnStar components include OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
libcurl and unzip software and other FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE license.html indefinitely.
third party software. Below are the AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
notices and licenses associated with THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO rights reserved.
libcurl and unzip and for other third EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
party software please see http:// For the purposes of this copyright
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE and license, Info-ZIP is defined as
www.lg.com/global/support/ LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
opensource/index and https:// the following set of individuals:
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
www.onstar.com/us/en/support/ WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
getdocuments.html CONTRACT, TORT OR Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
libcurl:
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
NOTICE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel THE SOFTWARE. Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>. Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Except as contained in this notice, Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
All rights reserved. the name of a copyright holder shall Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
not be used in advertising or George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
Permission to use, copy, modify, otherwise to promote the sale, use
and distribute this software for any Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
purpose with or without fee is Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
452 OnStar
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, to this condition is redistribution of Info-ZIP. Such altered
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, of a standard UnZipSFX binary versions are further prohibited
Rich Wales, Mike White. (including SFXWiz) as part of a from misrepresentative use of
This software is provided as is, self-extracting archive; that is the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
without warranty of any kind, permitted without inclusion of addresses or of the
express or implied. In no event shall this license, as long as the Info-ZIP URL(s).
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held normal SFX banner has not 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
liable for any direct, indirect, been removed from the binary the names Info-ZIP, Zip,
incidental, special or consequential or disabled. UnZip, UnZipSFX, WiZ,
damages arising out of the use of or 3. Altered versionsincluding, but Pocket UnZip, Pocket Zip,
inability to use this software. not limited to, ports to new and MacZip for its own
Permission is granted to anyone to operating systems, existing source and binary releases.
use this software for any purpose, ports with new graphical
including commercial applications, interfaces, and dynamic,
and to alter it and redistribute it shared, or static library
freely, subject to the following versionsmust be plainly
restrictions: marked as such and must not
be misrepresented as being
1. Redistributions of source code the original source. Such
must retain the above copyright altered versions also must not
notice, definition, disclaimer, be misrepresented as being
and this list of conditions. Info-ZIP releasesincluding,
2. Redistributions in binary form but not limited to, labeling of
(compiled executables) must the altered versions with the
reproduce the above copyright names Info-ZIP (or any
notice, definition, disclaimer, variation thereof, including, but
and this list of conditions in not limited to, different
documentation and/or other capitalizations), Pocket
materials provided with the UnZip, WiZ or MacZip
distribution. The sole exception without the explicit permission
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Index 453
Airbag System (cont'd)

Index A
Accessories and What Makes an Airbag
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 What Will You See after an
Active Fuel Management . . . . . . 261 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 280 When Should an Airbag
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 318 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Additional Information Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 93
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 Airbags
Additional Maintenance Adding Equipment to the
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Adjustable Throttle and Passenger Status Indicator . . . 150
Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Adjustments Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Agreements System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Trademarks and License . . . . . 224 Alarm
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 331 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .226, 230 Alert
Air Filter, Passenger Lane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 294
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Airbag System All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
How Does an Airbag Antenna
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 98 Rear Side Window . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 272
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
454 Index
Antilock Brake System Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Bulb Replacement (cont'd)

(ABS) (cont'd) Axle, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 348
Appearance Care Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
B
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Battery
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347, 348
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 High Intensity Discharge
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Assistance Program, (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Voltage and Charging
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433 License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 350
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Assistance Systems for Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Battery - North America . . . .340, 393
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Stoplamps, and Back-up
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 345
Assistance Systems for Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 288 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Bluetooth
Audio
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 199
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . 214, 215, 219 C
Brake Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Audio Players
Pedal and Adjustable California
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Automatic
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 153 Perchlorate Materials
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Forward Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 California
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Proposition
Level Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .320, 340, 393
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 328
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Capacities and
Automatic Transmission
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Automatic Forward . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Carbon Monoxide
Shift Lock Control Function
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 251 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Index 455
Carbon Monoxide (cont'd) Climate Control Systems Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Cargo Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 280
Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3 Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 436 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 126 Compartments Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Text Telephone (TTY)
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Charging Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Customer Information
Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Connections Service Publications
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 151 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 438
Check Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Customer Satisfaction
Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 344 Traction and Electronic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Malfunction Indicator Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
D
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Control Light
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 436
Child Restraints Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3
Infants and Young Children . . . 106 Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Data Collection
Lower Anchors and Tethers Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Coolant
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 441
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . 119, 121, 122 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Daytime Running
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Engine Temperature Gauge . . 147
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Child-View Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226, 230
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Cleaning Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Diagnostics
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 Courtesy Transportation
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
456 Index
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 E Engine (cont'd)

Door E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Electrical Equipment, Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Electrical System Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . 146
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Engine Compartment Fuse Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 428 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 287 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 262
Driver Information Instrument Panel Fuse Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .158, 160 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356, 359 Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Driving Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 290 Rear Compartment Fuse Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 441
Characteristics and Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Emergency Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Engine Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 189
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 30 Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 191
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 243 Check and Service Engine F
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 245 Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Fan
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 323 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Features
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Coolant Temperature Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Filter,
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Cooling System Messages . . . 168 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Dual Automatic Climate Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 193
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Index 457
FlexFuel Fuel (cont'd) Gauges (cont'd)

E85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 Filling a Portable Fuel Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Fluid Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 328 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Warning Lights and
Four-Wheel Drive Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 156 General Information
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Management, Active . . . . . . . . . . 261 Service and Maintenance . . . . . .411
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Requirements, California . . . . . 299 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Forward Automatic Braking . . . . . 293 Engine Compartment Fuse GM Mobility Reimbursement
Forward Collision Alert Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Instrument Panel Fuse
H
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . .267, 341 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356, 359
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Frequency Statement Rear Compartment Fuse
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 193
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
G Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Front Fog Lamp
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Front Seats
Gauges Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Engine Coolant Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . 72
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Daytime Running
Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . 348
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 146 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
458 Index
Headlamps (cont'd) I L
High Intensity Discharge Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . .252, 254 Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 364
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Ignition Transmission Lock Lamps
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 157 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 192
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 191 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 157 Indicator Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Heated Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Exterior Lamps Off
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Infants and Young Children, Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Front Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Heated and Ventilated Front Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 442 Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 151
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Heater Instrument Panel On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226, 230 Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . 6 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 294
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 60 Lane Departure
High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 370 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 243 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 297
Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . 276
J
Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 154
Jack
Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . . 154 Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 274 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Jump Starting - North
Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 LATCH System
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Replacing Parts after a
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 K Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
How to Wear Safety Belts Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 170 LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Keyless Entry Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . 111
HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226, 230 Remote (RKE) System . . . . . 35, 37 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 34
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Index 459
Level Control Lights (cont'd) Maintenance Schedule (cont'd)

Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Traction Control System Recommended Fluids and
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 (TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . 156 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Light Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Hill Decent Control . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 151
Lighting Locks Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Messages
LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Battery Voltage and
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Antilock Brake System Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 156 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 153 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Lower Anchors and Tethers Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 168
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 for Children (LATCH Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 191 Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
M
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Object Detection System . . . . . 171
Magnetic Ride Control . . . . . . . . . . 277
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 149 Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 172
Maintenance
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Maintenance and Care
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 412
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
460 Index
Messages (cont'd) O Outlets

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Object Detection System Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Mirror Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
P
Child-View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Park
Mirrors Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Automatic Dimming Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Oil Parking
Blind Spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 327 Brake and P (Park)
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . 146 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 345
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . 104 Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 260
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 432 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 Parking or Backing
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 60 OnStar Additional Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 288
Monitor System, Tire Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 Passenger Airbag Status
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 OnStar Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 445 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 OnStar Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 Passenger Compartment Air
N OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Navigation OnStar Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 98
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443 Perchlorate Materials
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 Requirements, California . . . . . . 321
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Operation Personalization
Noise Control System . . . . . . . . . . 343 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Ordering Phone
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 438 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . 214, 215, 219
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Index 461
Port Rear Axle (cont'd) Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . 103

USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Replacing LATCH System
Power Rear Climate Control System . . . 230 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Replacing Safety Belt System
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Rear Side Window Antenna . . . . 207 Reporting Safety Defects
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 440
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 258 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 288 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 134 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Restraints
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Retained Accessory
Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 89 Recommended Fluids and Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Privacy Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 440 Records Ride Control Systems
Program Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424 Magnetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 435 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 396 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Proposition Reimbursement Program, Roads
65 Warning, GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433 Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
California . . . . . . . . . . . .320, 340, 393 Remote Keyless Entry Roadside Assistance
(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 37 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
R
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Roof
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 439
Replacement Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Radios
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Replacement Parts Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 428
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Running the Vehicle While
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
462 Index
S Seats (cont'd) Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Shift Lock Control Function
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Check, Automatic
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Second Row . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
How to Wear Safety Belts Third Row Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Shifting
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Securing Child Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . .119, 121, 122 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 294
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Security Signals, Turn and
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 91 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 89 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Safety Defects Reporting OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 Special Application Services . . . . 418
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 440 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Specifications and
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Accessories and StabiliTrak
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 322 Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 435 Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Seats Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 424 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Maintenance, General Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411 Starting the Vehicle
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Parts Identification Label . . . . . 425 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . 72 Publications Ordering Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 68 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 435 Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Services Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 68 Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 418 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
Index 463
Steering System Messages . . . . . 174 Systems Tires (cont'd)

Steps Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 371
Power Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
T
Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 Terminology and Definitions . . 366
Taillamps
Storage Uniform Tire Quality
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 432
Storage Areas Wheel Alignment and Tire
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . 55, 56
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 380
Third-Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 When It Is Time for New
Throttle, Adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 154
All-Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 125 Towing
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 303
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 303
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 396
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
System Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 317
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Forward Collision Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Traction
Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198, 442 Control System (TCS)/
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Noise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369, 370
Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Pressure Monitor Operation . . 372
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16
464 Index
Traction Control/Electronic V Warnings

Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Vehicle Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Trademarks and License Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Trailer Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Wheels
Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 317 Identification Number (VIN) . . . 425 Alignment and Tire Balance . . 380
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Transmission Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 When It Is Time for New
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 177 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 110
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Transportation Program, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 155 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Vehicle Care Windshield
Turn and Lane-Change Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Vehicle Data Recording and Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Turn Signal Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 Winter
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
U
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 345
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 379
Wipers
Universal Remote System . . . . . . 185 W
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Warning
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Updates Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 296
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

2017 Chevrolet Tahoe Suburban Owners Manual

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

2017 Chevrolet Tahoe Suburban Owners Manual

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

2k17_Chevrolet_Tahoe_Suburban_23476164.

Tahoe/Suburban Owners Manual

Introduction This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

Danger, Warning, and Vehicle Symbol Chart

23. Parking Brake 0 273. Initial Drive

Remote Keyless Entry Key Access RKE Transmitter with

Press 7 again to cancel the panic

Q : Press to lock the doors.

Power Seats Lumbar Adjustment Power Lumbar

To adjust a power seat, if equipped: To adjust the power lumbar support,

Second Row Seats

9. Push the seatback forward to Press J to heat the driver or

Safety Belts Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status

Exterior Mirrors Folding Mirrors Steering Wheel

Shown with Power Folding

The vehicle may have a memory DOOR : The lamps come on

Press m or n next to each reading

There are reading lamps in the

Climate Controls 9. RCTRL (Rear Climate Control Transmission

While using Range Selection Mode, 4 n : Vehicles with a two speed

2 m : This setting is used for driving

Vehicle Features g : Press to seek the previous Satellite Radio

Bluetooth V : Press to select a highlighted

Driver Information w or x : Press to move up or

Rear Vision Parking Assist The vehicle may have up to five

2. Fully press the accelerator . Keep vehicle tires properly

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

Keys, Doors, and Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

moving the key out of the RUN

The ignition key and key rings, and

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

Programming with Two If a key is lost or damaged, see your

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

5. Repeat Steps 24 two more With an active OnStar subscription,

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

Remote Keyless Entry Remote Keyless Entry

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

c : Press twice to open the Keyless Access can be

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

Programming with Two 6. Remove the transmitter from

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

To replace the battery:

2. Place the transmitter in the 2. Lift the battery with a flat

3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or 3. Remove the battery.

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 45

46 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 47

has not reduced, the driver door will Doors

48 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Manual Liftgate There will be a delay in the release

Keys, Doors, and Windows 49

Power Liftgate Operation . Press b twice quickly on the

You or others could be injured if . Press 8 on the overhead

50 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 51

sensor, the liftgate will reverse Manual Operation Hands-Free Operation

52 Keys, Doors, and Windows